EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS INC
424B3, 1998-11-10
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS (NO RADIOTELEPHONE)
Previous: HOMESTEAD VILLAGE INC, S-3, 1998-11-10
Next: STERILE RECOVERIES INC, 8-K/A, 1998-11-10


<PAGE>
 
                                                Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
                                                Registration No. 333-62413

PROSPECTUS
 
                       OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING 11 1/4%
             SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008 WHICH WERE ISSUED AND SOLD IN A
   TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
                                    AMENDED
         IN EXCHANGE FOR 11 1/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008 WHICH HAVE BEEN
            REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
 
                                      OF
 
                          EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                  THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M.
 
          NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON DECEMBER 11, 1998, UNLESS EXTENDED.
 
  Exodus Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company" or
"Exodus"), hereby offers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth in this Prospectus and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (which
together constitute the "Exchange Offer"), to exchange an aggregate principal
amount of up to $200,000,000 of 11 1/4% Senior Notes due 2008 of the Company
which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act") (the "New Notes") for a like principal amount of the issued
and outstanding 11 1/4% Senior Notes due 2008 of the Company which were issued
and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act
(the "Old Notes" and, together with the New Notes, the "Notes") with the
Holders thereof. The terms of the New Notes are identical in all respects to
the terms of the Old Notes, except that the terms of the New Notes do not
include certain transfer restrictions and registration rights included in the
terms of the Old Notes. See "Description of Notes."
 
  For each Old Note accepted for exchange, the Holder of such Old Note will
receive a New Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered
Old Note. The New Notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid on the Old Notes or, if no interest has been paid on
the Old Notes, from July 1, 1998. Accordingly, if the relevant record date for
interest payment occurs after the consummation of the Exchange Offer,
registered Holders of New Notes on such record date will receive interest
accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from July 1, 1998. If, however, the relevant record
date for interest payment occurs prior to the completion of the Exchange
Offer, registered holders of Old Notes on such record date will receive
interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid
or, if no interest has been paid, from July 1, 1998. Old Notes accepted for
exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of completion
of the Exchange Offer, except as set forth in the immediately preceding
sentence. Holders of Old Notes whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange will
not receive any payment in respect of interest on such Old Notes otherwise
payable on any interest payment date, the record date for which occurs on or
after consummation of the Exchange Offer.
 
  The Old Notes were issued on July 1, 1998 (the "Old Note Offering") in a
transaction not registered under the Securities Act, in reliance upon the
exemption provided in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. Accordingly, the Old
Notes may not be reoffered, resold, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise
transferred in the United States unless so registered or unless an applicable
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is
available. The Old Notes are, and the New Notes will be, senior unsecured
obligations of the Company and will rank pari passu in right of payment with
all existing and future senior unsecured obligations of the Company (including
Additional Notes, as defined herein) and will be senior in right of payment to
any future subordinated indebtedness of the Company. The Notes will be
effectively subordinated to all secured indebtedness, to the extent of the
value of the assets securing such indebtedness and to any debt and other
liabilities of any future subsidiaries of the Company, including trade
payables and lease obligations. As of September 30, 1998, the aggregate amount
of outstanding indebtedness of the Company was $244.3 million, of which $44.3
million is secured. The Indenture (as defined herein) permits the Company to
incur additional indebtedness, subject to certain limitations. See
"Description of Notes--Covenants--Limitation on Debt."
 
  SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 15 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE NEW NOTES
OFFERED HEREBY.
 
                               ---------------
 THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
   SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION
     PASSED  UPON   THE  ACCURACY   OR   ADEQUACY  OF   THIS  PROSPECTUS.
      ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                               ---------------
               The date of this Prospectus is November 9, 1998.
<PAGE>
 
  The New Notes will be evidenced by one or more global notes, in fully
registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral
multiples thereof deposited with a custodian for, and registered in the name
of, a nominee of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"). Except as described
herein, beneficial interests in the global note or notes representing the New
Notes will be shown on, and transfers thereof will be effected only through,
records maintained by DTC and its direct and indirect participants. See
"Description of Notes--Form, Denomination, Book-Entry Procedures and
Transfer."
 
  The New Notes are being offered hereby to satisfy certain obligations of the
Company contained in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated July
1, 1998 (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), among the Company and the
initial purchasers of the Old Notes. The Company is making the Exchange Offer
in reliance on the position of the staff of the Division of Corporation
Finance (the "Staff") of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") as set forth in the Staff's Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation
no-action letter (available May 13, 1988) (the "Exxon Capital No-Action
Letter"), Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated no-action letter (available June
5, 1991) (the "Morgan Stanley No-Action Letter"), Shearman & Sterling no-
action letter (available July 2, 1993) (the "Shearman & Sterling No-Action
Letter"), and other interpretive letters addressed to third parties in other
transactions. However, the Company has not sought its own interpretive letter
addressing such matters and there can be no assurance that the Staff would
make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as it has in
such interpretive letters to third parties. Based on these interpretations by
the Staff, and subject to the two immediately following sentences, the Company
believes that New Notes issued pursuant to this Exchange Offer in exchange for
Old Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by
Holders thereof (other than a Holder who is a broker-dealer) without further
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act, provided that such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary
course of such Holder's business and that such Holder is not participating,
and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in a
distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of such New Notes.
However, any Holder who (i) is an "affiliate" of the Company (within the
meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), (ii) does not acquire such New
Notes in the ordinary course of its business, (iii) intends to participate in
the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing New Notes or (iv) is a
broker-dealer who purchased such Old Notes directly from the Company, (a) will
not be able to rely on the interpretations of the Staff set forth in the
above-mentioned interpretive letters, (b) will not be permitted or entitled to
tender such Old Notes in the Exchange Offer and (c) must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any sale or other transfer of such Old Notes unless such sale
is made pursuant to an exemption from such requirements. In addition, as
described below, if any broker-dealer holds Old Notes acquired for its own
account as a result of market-making or other trading activities and exchanges
such Old Notes for New Notes (a "Participating Broker-Dealer"), then such
Participating Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be a statutory "underwriter"
within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting
the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of such
New Notes. See "Plan of Distribution."
 
  Each Holder who wishes to exchange Old Notes for New Notes in the Exchange
Offer will be required to represent that (i) it is not an affiliate of the
Company, (ii) any New Notes to be received by it are being acquired in the
ordinary course of its business and (iii) it has no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in a distribution (within the
meaning of the Securities Act) of such New Notes. Each broker-dealer that
receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must
acknowledge that it acquired the Old Notes for its own account as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities (and not directly from
the Company) and must agree that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New
Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by
delivering a prospectus, a Participating Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to
admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
Based on the position taken by the Staff in the interpretive letters referred
to above, the Company believes that Participating Broker-Dealers may fulfill
their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the New Notes received
upon exchange of such Old Notes with a prospectus meeting the requirements of
the Securities Act, which may be the prospectus prepared for an exchange offer
so long as it contains a description of the plan of distribution with respect
to the resale of such
 
                                      ii
<PAGE>
 
New Notes. Accordingly, this Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented
from time to time, may be used by a Participating Broker-Dealer during the
period referred to below in connection with the resales of New Notes received
in exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such
Participating Broker-Dealer for its own account as a result of market-making
or other trading activities. Subject to certain provisions set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall use its best efforts to keep
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (as defined in "Available
Information") continuously effective, supplemented and amended to the extent
necessary to ensure that it is available for sales of New Notes by
Participating Broker-Dealers, and to ensure that the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement conforms with the requirements of the Securities Act
and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from
time to time, for a period ending upon the earlier of 180 days from the date
on which the Exchange Offer has been completed or such time as such
Participating Broker-Dealers no longer own any Transfer Restricted Securities
(as defined in "The Exchange Offer--Registration Covenant; Exchange Offer").
See "Plan of Distribution." Any Participating Broker-Dealer who is an
affiliate of the Company may not rely on such interpretive letters and must
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. See "The Exchange
Offer--Resale of New Notes."
 
  Each Participating Broker-Dealer who surrenders Old Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer will be deemed to have agreed, by execution of the Letter of
Transmittal, that, upon receipt of notice from the Company of the occurrence
of any event or the discovery of any fact which makes any statement contained
or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus untrue in any material respect
or which causes this Prospectus to omit to state a material fact necessary in
order to make the statements contained or incorporated by reference herein, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or of
the occurrence of certain other events specified in the Registration Rights
Agreement, such Participating Broker-Dealer will suspend the sale of New Notes
pursuant to this Prospectus until the Company has amended or supplemented this
Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission and has furnished copies
of the amended or supplemented Prospectus to such Participating Broker-Dealer
or the Company has given notice that the sale of the New Notes may be resumed,
as the case may be.
 
  The Old Notes are eligible for trading in the Private Offerings, Resales and
Trading through Automatic Linkages market (the "PORTAL Market") of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Prior to this Exchange Offer,
there has been no public market for the New Notes. If a market for the New
Notes develops, the New Notes could trade at a discount from their principal
amount. The Company does not intend to list the New Notes on any securities
exchange or to seek approval for quotation on any automated quotation system.
There is no assurance that an active public market for the New Notes will
develop. See "Risk Factors--Lack of Public Market for the Notes; Volatility."
 
  The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal
amount of Old Notes being tendered for exchange, but is otherwise subject to
customary conditions. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on December 11, 1998, unless extended by the Company to such other
date and time as the Company, in its sole discretion, may determine (the
"Expiration Date"). Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be
withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date; otherwise such tenders are
irrevocable. Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions of the
Exchange Offer, the Company will accept, promptly after the Expiration Date,
all Old Notes property tendered (such date of acceptance, the "Exchange Date")
and will issue the New Notes promptly after acceptance of the Old Notes. There
will be no cash proceeds to the Company from the Exchange Offer. The Company
will pay all the expenses incident to the Exchange Offer.
 
                                      iii
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
Available Information....................................................   1
Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements..........................   2
Prospectus Summary.......................................................   3
Risk Factors.............................................................  15
Recent Events............................................................  30
Use of Proceeds..........................................................  31
Capitalization...........................................................  32
Selected Financial Data..................................................  33
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
 of Operations...........................................................  36
Business.................................................................  47
Management...............................................................  66
Certain Transactions.....................................................  75
Principal Stockholders...................................................  78
Description of the New Credit Facility...................................  81
The Exchange Offer.......................................................  82
Description of Notes.....................................................  90
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.................. 118
Plan of Distribution..................................................... 121
Legal Matters............................................................ 122
Experts.................................................................. 122
Index to Financial Statements............................................ F-1
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
  NO DEALER, SALES REPRESENTATIVE, OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO
GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
OFFERING OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO
SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF ANY OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE NOTES
TO WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO, OR A SOLICITATION OF, ANY PERSON IN ANY
JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION WOULD BE UNLAWFUL. NEITHER
THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE
AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY OR THAT INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF
ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
  The Company is currently subject to the information requirements of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and in
accordance therewith files reports, proxy statements and other information
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). Such reports,
proxy statements and other information can be inspected and copies at the
public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Judiciary Plaza, Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the
Commission's following Regional Offices: Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison
Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661; and 13th Floor, Seven World Trade Center, New
York, New York 10048. Copies of such material can be obtained at prescribed
rates from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Judiciary Plaza, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information may be obtained
about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Commission at
1-800-SEC-0330. The Commission maintains a World Wide Web site that contains
reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding
registrants that file electronically with the Commission. The address of the
site is http://www.sec.gov. The Company's Common Stock is quoted for trading
on the Nasdaq National Market and reports, proxy statements and other
information concerning the Company also may be inspected at the offices of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, 9513 Key West Avenue, Rockville,
Maryland 20850.
 
  Whether or not the Company is required to be subject to Section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company is required by the terms of the
Indenture to file with the Commission the annual reports, quarterly reports
and other documents which the Company would have been required to file with
the Commission pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d) or any successor
provision thereto if the Company were subject to such provisions. The
Indenture requires that the Company file such documents with the Commission on
or prior to the respective dates (each a "Required Filing Date", collectively,
the "Required Filing Dates") by which the Company would have been required to
file such documents if it were subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act. The Company is also required in any event (a) within 15 days of
each Required Filing Date (i) to transmit by mail to all Holders, as their
names and addresses appear in the Note Register, without cost to such Holders,
and (ii) to file with the Trustee, copies of the annual reports, quarterly
reports and other documents which the Company files with the Commission
pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d) or any successor provision thereto or
would have been required to file with the Commission pursuant to such Section
13(a) or 15(d) or any successor provisions thereto if the Company were
required to be subject to such Sections and (b) if filing such documents by
the Company with the Commission is not permitted under the Exchange Act,
promptly upon written request to supply copies of such documents to any
prospective Holder.
 
  The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-4 (the "Exchange Offer Registration Statement") pursuant to the Securities
Act, and the rules and registrations promulgated thereunder, covering the New
Notes offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information set
forth in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. For further information
with respect to the Company and the Exchange Offer, reference is made to the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Statements made in this Prospectus as
to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document referred to are
necessarily incomplete. With respect to each such contract, agreement or other
document filed as an exhibit to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement,
reference is made to the exhibit for a more complete description of the
document or matter involved, and each such statement shall be deemed qualified
in its entirety by such reference. Items omitted from this Prospectus but
contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement may be inspected and
copied as described above.
<PAGE>
 
                DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
  This Prospectus includes "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. When
used in this Prospectus, the words "anticipate," "believe," "estimate,"
"will," "may," "intend" and "expect" and similar expressions identify certain
of such forward-looking statements. Although the Company believes that its
plans, intentions and expectations reflected in such forward-looking
statements are reasonable, it can give no assurance that such plans,
intentions or expectations will be achieved. Forward-looking statements in
this Prospectus include, but are not limited to, those relating to the general
rapid expansion of the Company's business, including the expansion of the
Company's network and number of customers through the opening of additional
Internet Data Centers and the timing of such openings, the upgrading and
expansion of the Company's telecommunications infrastructure, the Company's
planned introduction of certain new products and services, including HeadsUp
Site Monitor, the possibility of acquiring complementary businesses, products,
services and technologies, the planned expansion of the Company's consulting
services, the Company's development of relationships with providers of leading
Internet technologies, and the Company's ability to make required payments on
its current and future debt instruments. Actual results, performance or
achievements could differ materially from those contemplated, expressed or
implied by the forward-looking statements contained herein. Important factors
that could cause actual results to differ materially from the Company's
forward-looking statements are set forth in this Prospectus, including under
the heading "Risk Factors." Such factors are not intended to represent a
complete list of the general or specific factors that may affect the Company.
It should be recognized that other factors, including general economic factors
and business strategies, may be significant, presently or in the future, and
the factors set forth herein may affect the Company to a greater extent than
indicated. All forward-looking statements attributable to the Company or
persons acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the
cautionary statements set forth herein. Except as required by law, the Company
undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether as a
result of new information, future events or otherwise.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
  The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and Financial Statements, including the Notes to Financial
Statements, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Investors should carefully
consider the information set forth under "Risk Factors." The Company is the
successor to a Maryland corporation that was formed in August 1992 and
reincorporated in California in May 1995. The Company reincorporated in
Delaware in February 1998. All information in this Prospectus reflect a one-
for-three reverse split of the Company's Common Stock in February 1998. Unless
the context otherwise requires, the terms "Company" and "Exodus" refer to
Exodus Communications, Inc. and its California and Maryland predecessors.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
  Exodus is a leading provider of Internet system and network management
solutions for enterprises with mission-critical Internet operations. The
Company's solutions include server hosting, Internet connectivity,
collaborative systems management and Internet technology services, which
together provide the high-performance, scalability and expertise that
enterprises need to optimize their Internet operations. The Company delivers
its services from geographically distributed, state-of-the-art Internet Data
Centers that are connected through a redundant, high performance, dedicated
backbone ring. The Company's tailored solutions are designed to be seamlessly
integrated with existing enterprise systems architectures and enable customers
to outsource the monitoring, administration and optimization of their
equipment, applications and overall Internet operations. As of September 30,
1998, the Company had over 600 Internet Data Center customers (including
installed and uninstalled customers under contract) and managed over 4,000
customer servers. The Company's customers range from pioneering Internet-based
businesses to Fortune 500 enterprises and include companies such as Computer
Associates International, Inc., DoubleClick Inc., GeoCities, Hotmail
Corporation (a subsidiary of Microsoft Corporation), Inktomi Corporation,
National Semiconductor Corporation, PC World Communications, Inc.,
software.net, SportsLine USA, Inc. and USA Today Information Network.
 
  The Company began offering server hosting services in late 1995, opened its
first dedicated Internet Data Center in August 1996 and introduced its
collaborative systems management and Internet technology services in 1997. The
Company currently operates eight Internet Data Centers, consisting of
approximately 200,000 gross square feet, located in six metropolitan areas:
Boston, Los Angeles, New York, San Francisco, Seattle and Washington, D.C. The
Company also has a server hosting facility in the London metropolitan area. The
Company intends to expand domestically and internationally, including the
expected opening of additional Internet Data Centers in the Washington, D.C.
and Seattle metropolitan areas and new Internet Data Centers in the Chicago
metropolitan area in the first quarter of 1999 and the London metropolitan area
in the second quarter of 1999.
 
                              INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
  Use of the Internet, including intranets and extranets, has grown rapidly in
recent years. As this use continues to grow, enterprises are increasing the
breadth and depth of their Internet product and service offerings. These
Internet operations are mission-critical for virtually all Internet-based
businesses and are becoming increasingly mission-critical for many mainstream
enterprises. In order to ensure the quality, reliability, availability and
redundancy of these mission-critical Internet operations, corporate IT
departments must make substantial investments in geographically distributed
state-of-the-art facilities and networks that are monitored and managed 24x7 by
experts in Internet technology, can be upgraded to reflect changing
technologies and can be scaled as the needs of enterprises evolve. However,
such a continuing significant investment of resources is often an inefficient
use of enterprises' overall resources. As a result, corporate IT departments
are increasingly seeking collaborative outsourcing arrangements that can
increase performance, provide continuous operation of their Internet solutions
and reduce Internet operating expenses. Exodus believes a significant
opportunity exists for a highly focused company to provide a combination of
server hosting, Internet connectivity, collaborative systems management and
Internet technology services that will enable reliable, high performance of
enterprises' mission-critical Internet operations.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
 
                              THE EXODUS SOLUTION
 
  The Company's Internet system and network management solutions are based on a
core set of server hosting and Internet connectivity services, which are
enhanced by a growing number of collaborative systems management and Internet
technology services. The Company's Internet Data Centers provide a secure
platform for server hosting with uninterruptible power supply and back-up
generators, fire suppression, raised floors, HVAC, separate cooling zones,
seismically braced racks, 24x7 operations and high levels of physical security.
The Company's national backbone ring of multiple high-speed DS-3 lines, OC-3
lines and private and public network peering interconnections provide the
foundation for the Company's high performance, scalable Internet connectivity
services. The Company is currently in the process of upgrading its backbone in
order to accommodate expected traffic growth. The Company's collaborative
systems management services, including performance monitoring and site
management reports, enable customers and the Company to manage customers'
Internet operations jointly, proactively and continuously. Finally, the
Company's Internet technology services, including security and content
distribution, integrate best-of-breed technologies of leading vendors with the
Company's expertise and proprietary technology to provide customers with
scalable, secure and high performing Internet applications. The Company's
portfolio of layered services optimizes the development, deployment and
proactive management of enterprises' mission-critical Internet operations.
 
  The Company's tailored solutions are designed to be seamlessly integrated
with existing enterprise systems architectures and enable customers to
outsource the monitoring, administration and optimization of their equipment,
applications and overall Internet operations. The Company believes that its
solutions enable customers to deploy and expand Internet operations rapidly and
cost-effectively, especially when compared to in-house solutions. The Exodus
solution provides the following key advantages to its customers:
 
  High Performance. The Company supports enterprises' business objectives by
ensuring that their Internet sites perform effectively. The Company's solutions
provide the availability and reliability that customers need to be able to
depend on the Internet for mission-critical operations. The Company's solutions
are designed to maximize performance through features such as geographically
distributed Internet Data Centers, redundant and high speed network design,
content distribution technologies, security and 24x7 monitoring, diagnosis and
problem resolution.
 
  Scalability. The Company's solutions are designed to be flexible and
scalable, ensuring customers a consistently high level of performance as their
Internet operations expand. The Company can quickly scale the amount of hosting
space, power, bandwidth or managed services that a customer receives, all in a
way transparent to the end-user. The Company believes that the scalability of
its solutions is a significant advantage over in-house solutions.
 
  Internet System and Network Management Expertise. By leveraging the knowledge
gained from supporting many leading-edge Internet operations, the Company has
developed a specialized Internet system and network management expertise that
is difficult for any single customer to replicate in-house. Customers gain
access to the Company's experience in network, system, application and security
management.
 
  Collaborative and Proactive Management. The Company believes that enterprises
value Internet service relationships that are collaborative and proactive.
Therefore, the Company has developed a collaborative systems management
approach that provides customers with detailed monitoring, reporting and
management tools that can be accessed through the Internet to control
customers' Internet hardware, network, software and application environments.
This approach focuses on identifying and resolving potential problems before
they impact an Internet site's availability or performance. Through the
Company's system and network management framework, customers are able to manage
both mission-critical Internet operations housed at the Company's Internet Data
Centers and in-house IT applications. The Company believes that this provides
an important advantage to enterprises that seek to outsource a portion of their
Internet operations and to link the management of the outsourced operations
with in-house operations.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
 
  Cost-Effective Solution. The Company's customers benefit from leveraging the
significant capital, operating and labor investments that the Company has made
to support distributed, mission-critical Internet operations. Most enterprises
today do not have the infrastructure that mission-critical Internet operations
require, including data centers located adjacent to major Internet connection
points, 24x7 operations and specialized Internet technology expertise. The
Company believes that its solutions to optimize enterprises' Internet
operations are significantly more cost-effective than most in-house solutions.
 
                              THE EXODUS STRATEGY
 
  The Company's objective is to become the leading provider of Internet system
and network management solutions for enterprises with mission-critical Internet
operations. To achieve this objective, the Company's strategy includes the
following key elements:
 
  Extend Market Leadership. The Company has played a leading role in creating
and defining the market for Internet system and network management solutions
and plans to establish itself as the brand name and leader in this market. The
Company believes that its highly focused approach to serving this market
provides it with an advantage over competitors that also serve the entry-level
hosting market or the stand-alone Internet access market. The Company plans to
extend its leadership in the market for Internet system and network management
solutions both by aggressively continuing to expand its base of over 600
Internet Data Center customers (including installed and uninstalled customers
under contract) and by capitalizing on the growth of its customers' needs for
these solutions.
 
  Focus on Collaborative Systems Management and Internet Technology
Services. The Company believes that developing new services to manage
enterprises' mission-critical Internet operations jointly, proactively and
continuously will offer a compelling value proposition to its customers. The
Company has invested and is continuing to invest in services that will ensure
high availability and performance of customers' Internet-based applications,
including systems administration, disaster recovery, security and systems and
network management. As part of this strategy, the Company intends to continue
to develop relationships with providers of leading Internet technologies and,
where appropriate, to develop or acquire proprietary technologies in order to
enhance its service offerings and meet its customers' evolving needs. The
Company also intends to expand the consulting services it offers to its
customers in order to provide enhanced support in planning customers'
strategies for managing mission-critical Internet operations and in
transitioning such operations to the Company's Internet Data Centers.
 
  Accelerate Domestic Expansion and Establish Global Presence. The Company
intends to accelerate its program of building Internet Data Centers and to
expand direct sales coverage in the United States, and is also actively
evaluating a wide range of international opportunities. The Company believes
that having a number of widely distributed and networked Internet Data Centers
improves network performance and enhances overall site redundancy. In addition,
the Company's experience indicates that locating an Internet Data Center within
a geographic region can significantly enhance its ability to attract new
customers in that region. The Company intends to expand domestically and
internationally. The Company recently opened a server hosting site in the
London metropolitan area, an additional Internet Data Center in the San
Francisco metropolitan area and a new Internet Data Center in the Boston
metropolitan area and expects to open additional Internet Data Centers in the
Washington, D.C. and Seattle metropolitan areas and new Internet Data Centers
in the Chicago metropolitan area in the first quarter of 1999 and the London
metropolitan area in the second quarter of 1999.
 
  Leverage Expertise to Address New Market Opportunities. The Company intends
to leverage its significant achievements with pioneering Internet-based
businesses to address broader customer markets, such as e-commerce and
extranets. For example, mainstream corporations are increasingly establishing
extranets with suppliers and customers. However, many of these enterprises lack
the infrastructure and Internet expertise required to operate mission-critical
Internet applications effectively and are looking for collaborative systems
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
management assistance. The Company believes that its Internet system and
network management solutions can support the business needs of these mainstream
corporations by enabling them to deploy their mission-critical Internet
operations successfully.
 
  Establish Strategic Relationships for Technology and Distribution. The
Company is establishing strategic relationships for technology and
distribution. The Company believes that establishing relationships with
technology developers enables it to leverage these enterprises' research and
development expertise cost-effectively. These relationships allow the Company
to gain more rapid access to new technologies and to provide value-added
integrated solutions for its customers. For example, the Company has worked
closely with Computer Associates to develop certain of the Company's
collaborative systems management services using Computer Associates' Unicenter
TNG(TM) technology. The Company's product development personnel will continue
to develop vendor relationships and technology-based relationships, such as
those with Cisco Systems, Inc., Raptor Systems, Inc., VeriFone, Inc. and
CheckPoint Software Technologies Limited, to enhance the Company's solutions.
In addition, the Company currently has distribution relationships with a number
of companies including @Work, a division of At Home Corporation, Computer
Associates International, Inc., GE Capital Services, Poppe Tyson, Inc. and
SAVVIS Communications, Inc. and believes it can expand its customer base by
establishing additional distribution relationships with content developers,
system integrators, system vendors, consulting companies and Internet Service
Providers ("ISPs") domestically and internationally.
 
                                 RECENT EVENTS
 
  Third Quarter Results. On October 28, 1998, the Company reported revenues of
$14.5 million for the quarter ended September 30, 1998 compared to $3.4 million
for the quarter ended September 30, 1997. Net loss and EBITDA loss (loss before
interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges) for the
third quarter of 1998 were $17.7 million and $9.4 million, respectively,
compared to a net loss and EBITDA loss of $6.6 million and $5.6 million,
respectively, for the third quarter of 1997.
 
  The Company's revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 were
$31.6 million compared to $7.5 million for the nine months ended September 30,
1997. Net loss and EBITDA loss for the nine months ended September 30, 1998
were $45.1 million and $29.5 million, respectively, compared to a net loss and
EBITDA loss of $14.6 million and $12.5 million, respectively, for the nine
months ended September 30, 1997.
 
  Arca Systems Acquisition. On October 2, 1998, the Company entered into an
Asset Purchase Agreement with CyberGuard Corporation under which it purchased
substantially all of the assets, including all of Arca's customer agreements,
and assumed certain liabilities of Arca Systems, Inc. ("Arca"), a wholly-owned
subsidiary of CyberGuard Corporation. Arca is a provider of advanced network
and system security consulting services and designs and develops security
technology solutions for complex and sensitive information systems. The Company
also hired Arca's 37 employees. Arca will operate as a wholly-owned subsidiary
of the Company. The consideration paid to CyberGuard Corporation in connection
with the purchase of assets, together with amounts paid to the Arca employees
in connection with their initial employment by the Company and expenses
associated with these transactions, amounted to an aggregate of less than $8
million.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
 
                        ANTICIPATED NEW CREDIT FACILITY
 
  The Company expects to enter into a new revolving credit facility with
Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. (the "Credit Facility") under which, subject
to compliance with certain financial covenants and the satisfaction of
customary borrowing conditions, the Company will be permitted to borrow up to
approximately $50.0 million, of which $25.0 million will be available initially
and the balance will be available upon meeting certain financial tests. Loans
to the Company will be guaranteed by any future subsidiaries of the Company.
The Credit Facility is expected to be secured by a first priority lien on
substantially all of the Company's assets (subject to certain exceptions) and
the assets and stock of any future subsidiaries. The Credit Facility is subject
to the satisfaction of certain material conditions precedent and the specific
terms of the Credit Facility are subject to change pursuant to final loan
documentation. There can be no assurance as to whether, or on what terms, the
Company will enter into the Credit Facility. See "Description of the New Credit
Facility."
 
                                ----------------
 
  The Company's principal executive offices are located at 2650 San Tomas
Expressway, Santa Clara, California 95051. The Company's telephone number is
(408) 346-2200.
 
  Exodus Communications, Exodus, CyberCabinet, CyberRack, HeadsUp Site Monitor,
Multipath Site, Multipath Net, SystemHealth Monitoring and Virtual Data Center
are trade names and trademarks of the Company. This Prospectus also includes
trade names and trademarks of other companies, including Unicenter and
Unicenter TNG, which are trademarks of Computer Associates International, Inc.,
and National Semiconductor, which is a trademark of National Semiconductor
Corporation.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                         SUMMARY OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
Securities Offered..........  $200,000,000 principal amount of 11 1/4% Senior
                              Notes due 2008. The terms of the New Notes and
                              the Old Notes are identical in all respects,
                              except certain transfer restrictions and
                              registration rights relating to the Old Notes
                              will not be applicable with respect to the New
                              Notes.
 
Issuance of Old Notes;       
Registration Rights.........  The Old Notes were issued on July 1, 1998 to
                              Goldman, Sachs & Co., Donaldson, Lufkin &
                              Jenrette Securities Corporation, BT Alex. Brown
                              and NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC
                              (collectively, the "Initial Purchasers"), which
                              placed the Old Notes with "qualified
                              institutional buyers" (as that term is defined in
                              Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act).
                              In connection therewith, the Company executed and
                              delivered for the benefit of the holders of Old
                              Notes the Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant
                              to which the Company agreed to file the Exchange
                              Offer Registration Statement with respect to an
                              offer to exchange the Old Notes for New Notes. If
                              (i) the Exchange Offer is not permitted by
                              applicable law or Commission policy or (ii) any
                              holder of Transfer Restricted Securities notifies
                              the Company within the specified time period that
                              (A) it is prohibited by law or Commission policy
                              from participating in the Exchange Offer, (B) it
                              may not resell the New Notes acquired by it in
                              the Exchange Offer to the public without
                              delivering a prospectus and the prospectus
                              contained in the Exchange Offer Registration
                              Statement is not appropriate or available for
                              such resales or (C) it is a broker-dealer and
                              owns Notes acquired directly from the Company or
                              an affiliate of the Company, the Company is
                              required to provide a shelf registration
                              statement (the "Shelf Registration Statement") to
                              cover resales of the Notes by the Holders
                              thereof.
 
                              If (i) the Company fails to file the Exchange
                              Offer Registration Statement within 60 days of
                              July 1, 1998, or such Exchange Offer Registration
                              Statement fails to become effective within 150
                              days of July 1, 1998, or (ii) the Company is
                              obligated to provide a Shelf Registration
                              Statement and such Shelf Registration Statement
                              is not filed within 45 days (no less than 60 days
                              after July 1, 1998), or declared effective within
                              90 days (no less than 150 days after July 1,
                              1998), of the date on which the Company became so
                              obligated, or (iii) the Company fails to
                              consummate the Exchange Offer within 30 business
                              days of the date on which the Exchange Offer
                              Registration Statement was declared effective by
                              the Commission or (iv) the Shelf Registration
                              Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration
                              Statement is declared effective but shall
                              thereafter cease to be effective or usable in
                              connection with resales of the Notes during the
                              periods specified in the Registration Rights
                              Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses
                              (i) through (iv) above a "Registration Default"),
                              then the Company shall pay to each holder
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                              of Transfer Restricted Securities, with respect
                              to the first 90-day period following such
                              Registration Default, Liquidated Damages in an
                              amount equal to $0.05 per week per $1,000 in
                              principal amount of Transfer Restricted
                              Securities for the first 90-day period following
                              such Registration Default which will increase by
                              an amount equal to $0.05 per week per $1,000 in
                              principal amount of Transfer Restricted
                              Securities for each subsequent 90-day period
                              until such Registration Default has been cured,
                              up to maximum of $0.25 per week. Following the
                              cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of
                              all Liquidated Damages will cease. See "The
                              Exchange Offer--Registration Covenant; Exchange
                              Offer." Holders of the Old Notes do not have any
                              appraisal rights in connection with the Exchange
                              Offer.
 
The Exchange Offer..........  The New Notes are being offered in exchange of a
                              like principal amount of Old Notes. As of the
                              date hereof, $200,000,000 aggregate principal
                              amount of Old Notes is outstanding. The issuance
                              of the New Notes is intended to satisfy the
                              obligations of the Company contained in the
                              Registration Rights Agreement. Based on an
                              interpretation by the Staff set forth in no-
                              action letters issued to third parties, the
                              Company believes that New Notes issued pursuant
                              to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes
                              may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise
                              transferred by such holder (other than any such
                              holder which is an affiliate of the Company or is
                              a broker-dealer which acquired such Old Notes
                              directly from the Company) without compliance
                              with the registration and prospectus delivery
                              provisions of the Securities Act, provided that
                              such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary
                              course of the holder's business and that such
                              holder does not intend to participate and has no
                              arrangement or understanding with any person to
                              participate in the distribution of such New
                              Notes. Each Participating Broker-Dealer that
                              acquired such Old Notes as a result of market
                              making or other trading activity and that
                              receives New Notes for its own account pursuant
                              to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it
                              will deliver a prospectus in connection with any
                              resale of such New Notes. See "Plan of
                              Distribution."
 
                              Any Holder who (i) is an affiliate of the
                              Company, (ii) does not acquire such New Notes in
                              the ordinary course of its business, (iii)
                              tenders in the Exchange Offer with the intention
                              to participate, or for the purpose of
                              participating, in a distribution of the New
                              Notes, or (iv) is a broker-dealer who acquired
                              such Old Notes directly from the Company, could
                              not rely on the position of the Staff enunciated
                              in the Exxon Capital No-Action Letter, the Morgan
                              Stanley No-Action Letter or similar no-action
                              letters and, in the absence of an exemption
                              therefrom, must comply with the registration and
                              prospectus delivery requirements of the
                              Securities Act in connection with the resale of
                              the New Notes. Failure to comply with such
                              requirements in such instance may result in such
                              holder incurring liability under the Securities
                              Act for which the holder is not
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                              indemnified by the Company. Although there has
                              been no indication of any change in the Staff's
                              position, there is no assurance that the Staff of
                              the Commission would make determinations with
                              respect to the resale of the New Notes that are
                              similar to those described above.

Conditions to the Exchange   
Offer.......................  The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any
                              minimum principal amount of Old Notes being
                              tendered for exchange. However, the Exchange
                              Offer is subject to certain customary conditions,
                              which may, under certain circumstances, be waived
                              by the Company. See "The Exchange Offer--Certain
                              Conditions to the Exchange Offer." Except for the
                              requirements of applicable federal and state
                              securities laws, there are no federal or state
                              regulatory requirements to be complied with or
                              obtained by the Company in connection with the
                              Exchange Offer.
 
Procedures for Tendering....  Tendering Holders of Old Notes must complete and
                              sign the Letter of Transmittal in accordance with
                              the instructions contained therein and forward
                              the same by mail, facsimile or hand delivery,
                              together with any other required documents, to
                              the Exchange Agent, either with the Old Notes to
                              be tendered or in compliance with the specified
                              procedures for guaranteed delivery of Old Notes.
                              Holders of the Old Notes desiring to tender the
                              Old Notes in exchange for New Notes should allow
                              sufficient time to ensure timely delivery.
                              Certain brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust
                              companies and other nominees may also effect
                              tenders by book-entry transfer. Holders of Old
                              Notes registered in the name of a broker, dealer,
                              commercial bank, trust company or other nominee
                              are urged to contact such person promptly if they
                              wish to tender Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange
                              Offer. Letters of Transmittal and certificates
                              representing the Old Notes should not be sent to
                              the Company. These documents should only be sent
                              to the Exchange Agent. Questions regarding how to
                              tender and requests for information should also
                              be directed to the Exchange Agent. By executing
                              or agreeing to be bound by the Letter of
                              Transmittal, each holder will represent to the
                              Company that, among other things, the Holder or
                              the person receiving such New Notes, is acquiring
                              the New Notes in the ordinary course of business
                              and that neither the Holder nor any such other
                              person has any arrangement or understanding with
                              any person to participate in the distribution of
                              such New Notes within the meaning of the
                              Securities Act. See "The Exchange Offer--
                              Procedures for Tendering the Old Notes."
 
Tenders, Expiration Date     
Withdrawal..................  The Exchange Offer will expire the earlier of
                              5:00 p.m., New York City time on December 11,
                              1998 or (ii) the date when all Old Notes have
                              been tendered, or such later date and time to
                              which it is extended, provided it may not be
                              extended beyond December 23, 1998. The Company
                              will accept for exchange any and all Old Notes
                              that are validly tendered in the Exchange Offer
                              prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
                              Expiration Date. The tender of Old Notes
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
                              pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn
                              at any time prior to the Expiration Date. Any Old
                              Note not accepted for exchange for any reason
                              will be returned without expense to the tendering
                              Holder thereof as promptly as practicable after
                              the expiration or termination of the Exchange
                              Offer. The New Notes issued pursuant to the
                              Exchange Offer will be delivered promptly
                              following the Expiration Date. See "The Exchange
                              Offer--Terms of the Exchange Offer; Period for
                              Tendering Old Notes" and "--Withdrawals of
                              Tenders."
 
Tax Considerations..........  For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the
                              exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer should
                              not be considered a sale or exchange or otherwise
                              a taxable event to the holders of Notes or the
                              Company. See "Certain United States Federal
                              Income Tax Considerations."
 
Use of Proceeds.............  There will be no proceeds to the Company from the
                              exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
 
Appraisal Rights............  Holders of Old Notes will not have dissenters'
                              rights or appraisal rights in connection with the
                              Exchange Offer.
 
Exchange Agent..............  Chase Manhattan Bank & Trust Company, National
                              Association is serving as Exchange Agent in
                              connection with the Exchange Offer.
 
Consequences of Not          
Exchanging the Old Notes....  Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange Old
                              Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange
                              Offer generally will not have any further
                              registration rights under the Registration Rights
                              Agreement and will continue to be subject to
                              certain restrictions on transfer. Accordingly,
                              the liquidity of the market for such Old Notes
                              could be adversely affected. The Old Notes are
                              currently eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144A
                              through The Portal Market. Because the Company
                              anticipates that most Holders will elect to
                              exchange such Old Notes for New Notes due to the
                              absence of restrictions on the resale of New
                              Notes (except for applicable restrictions on any
                              Holder who is an affiliate of the Company or is a
                              broker-dealer which acquired the Old Notes
                              directly from the Company) under the Securities
                              Act, the Company anticipates that the liquidity
                              of the market for any Old Notes remaining after
                              the consummation of the Exchange Offer may be
                              substantially limited. See "Risk Factors--
                              Consequences of Failure to Exchange Old Notes"
                              and "The Exchange Offer--Consequences of Failure
                              to Exchange Old Notes."
 
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
                      SUMMARY DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES
 
  The terms of the New Notes and the Old Notes are identical in all respects,
except that the terms of the New Notes do not include certain transfer
restrictions and registration rights relating to the Old Notes.
 
  The New Notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which interest
has been paid on the Old Notes or, if no interest has been paid on the Old
Notes, from July 1, 1998. Accordingly, registered Holders of New Notes on the
relevant record date for the first interest payment date following the
completion of the Exchange Offer will receive interest accruing from the most
recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid,
from July 1, 1998. Old Notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue
interest from and after the date of completion of the Exchange Offer. Holders
of Old Notes whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange will not receive any
payment in respect of interest on the Old Notes otherwise payable on any
interest payment date that occurs on or after completion of the Exchange Offer.
 
Maturity Date...............  July 1, 2008.
 
Interest Payment Dates......  January 1 and July 1 of each year, commencing
                              January 1, 1999.
 
Escrow Proceeds.............  The Company has deposited with the Escrow Agent
                              an amount of U.S. Government Securities
                              (approximately $42.4 million), that, together,
                              with the proceeds from the investment thereof,
                              will be sufficient to pay, when due, the first
                              four interest payments on the Notes, with any
                              balance to be retained by the Company. The Notes
                              are secured by a first priority security interest
                              in the Escrow Account. See "Description of
                              Notes--Disbursement of Funds; Escrow Account."
 
Optional Redemption.........  Except as described herein, the Notes will not be
                              redeemable at the Company's option prior to July
                              1, 2003. The Notes will be subject to redemption,
                              at the option of the Company, in whole or in
                              part, at any time on or after July 1, 2003 and
                              prior to maturity, upon not less than 30 days'
                              nor more than 60 days' notice at the redemption
                              prices set forth herein plus accrued and unpaid
                              interest and Liquidated Damages (as defined), if
                              any, to but excluding the Redemption Date (as
                              defined).
 
                              In addition, at any time prior to July 1, 2001,
                              the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate
                              outstanding principal amount of the Notes with
                              the Net Cash Proceeds (as defined) of one or more
                              sales of Capital Stock (as defined), other than
                              Disqualified Stock (as defined), at a redemption
                              price equal to 111.25% of the aggregate principal
                              amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest
                              thereon and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the
                              date of redemption; provided that at least 65% of
                              the original principal amount of the Notes
                              remains outstanding immediately following such
                              redemption. In order to effect the foregoing
                              redemption, the Company must mail a notice of
                              redemption no later than 45 days after the
                              related sale of Capital Stock and must consummate
                              such redemption within 60 days of the closing of
                              the sale of Capital Stock.
 
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
 
Change of Control...........  In the event of Change of Control, each Holder
                              shall have the right to require that the Company
                              purchase the Notes at a price equal to 101% of
                              the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
                              unpaid interest, and Liquidated Damages, if any,
                              to the date of purchase. See "Risk Factors--
                              Ability to Effect Repurchase of the Notes Upon
                              Change of Control."
 
Ranking.....................  The Notes will be senior unsecured indebtedness
                              of the Company ranking pari passu with the
                              Company's existing and future senior unsecured
                              obligations and senior in right of payment to all
                              subordinated indebtedness of the Company. The
                              Notes will be effectively subordinated to all
                              secured indebtedness and to any future
                              liabilities of any future subsidiaries of the
                              Company, including trade payables. As of
                              September 30, 1998, the Company had approximately
                              $244.3 million of indebtedness outstanding, $44.3
                              million of which was secured indebtedness. In
                              addition, the Company has received a commitment
                              for a new secured Credit Facility, and the Notes
                              would be effectively subordinated to any
                              borrowings under the Credit Facility. See "Risk
                              Factors--Substantial Indebtedness; Ability to
                              Service Debt" and "Description of The New Credit
                              Facility."
 
Restrictive Covenants.......  The Indenture governing the Notes (the
                              "Indenture") contains certain covenants that,
                              among other things, limit the ability of the
                              Company to incur additional Debt (as defined),
                              pay dividends or distributions, make Investments
                              (as defined) or certain other Restricted Payments
                              (as defined), sell assets, enter into certain
                              transactions with affiliates, incur liens, engage
                              in mergers and consolidations and allow
                              Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined) to issue
                              Capital Stock (as defined) and make Guarantees
                              (as defined). See "Description of Notes."
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
  Holders of Old Notes should carefully consider the information set forth
under the caption "Risk Factors" and all other information set forth in this
Prospectus before tendering their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer. The risk
factors set forth (other than "Risk Factors--Consequences of Failure to
Exchange Old Notes") are generally applicable to the Old Notes as well as the
New Notes.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
 
                         SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
  The following summary financial information should be read in conjunction
with the Company's Financial Statements and Notes thereto and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations"
included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The summary financial information for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1997 is derived
from financial statements of the Company that have been audited by KPMG Peat
Marwick LLP, independent auditors. The summary financial information as of June
30, 1998 and for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998 is derived from
the unaudited financial statements of the Company for such periods. Historical
results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the
future. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,         JUNE 30,
                                 --------------------------  ------------------
                                  1995     1996      1997      1997      1998
                                 -------  -------  --------  --------  --------
                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                              <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues.......................  $ 1,408  $ 3,130  $ 12,408  $  4,062  $ 17,176
Operating loss.................   (1,273)  (4,094)  (24,792)   (7,879)  (26,289)
Net loss.......................   (1,311)  (4,133)  (25,298)   (8,016)  (27,397)
Cumulative dividends and
 accretion on redeemable
 convertible preferred stock...      --       --     (1,413)      --     (2,014)
Net loss attributable to common
 stockholders..................   (1,311)  (4,133)  (26,711)   (8,016)  (29,411)
Basic and diluted net loss per
 share (1).....................    (1.00)   (2.16)   (13.85)    (4.16)    (2.57)
Shares used in computing basic
 and diluted net loss per share
 (1)...........................    1,315    1,914     1,928     1,927    11,460
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS DATA:
Net cash used for operating
 activities....................  $  (453) $(2,998) $(15,096) $ (5,493) $(16,670)
Net cash used for investing
 activities....................      (77)  (3,617)  (22,911)   (5,765)  (17,842)
Net cash provided by financing
 activities....................      692   10,167    44,562    23,884    84,962
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA (2).....................  $(1,208) $(3,633) $(20,274) $ (6,917) $(20,062)
Depreciation and amortization..       65      461     3,429       962     4,689
Capital expenditures...........       69    3,499    22,489     5,765    17,842
Deficiency of earnings
 available to cover fixed
 charges (3)...................   (1,311)  (4,133)  (25,298)   (8,016)  (27,397)
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           AT JUNE 30, 1998
                                                        ----------------------
                                                        ACTUAL  AS ADJUSTED(4)
                                                        ------- --------------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                     <C>     <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents.............................. $60,720    $211,343
Restricted cash and investments (5)....................   1,938      44,315
Working capital........................................  39,571     232,966
Total assets........................................... 113,040     313,040
Current portion of equipment loans, line of credit
 facility and capital lease obligations................  10,595      10,595
Equipment loans, line of credit facility and capital
 lease obligations, less current portion...............  29,914      29,914
11 1/4% Senior Notes due 2008..........................     --      200,000
Total stockholders' equity.............................  55,511      55,511
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) See Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements for an explanation of the
    determination of the number of shares used in computing per share data.
(2) Represents loss before net interest expense, income taxes, depreciation,
    amortization (including amortization of deferred stock compensation) and
    other noncash charges ("EBITDA"). Although EBITDA should not be used as an
    alternative to operating loss or net cash provided by (used for) operating
    activities, investing activities or financing activities, each as measured
    under generally accepted accounting principles, and, although EBITDA may
    not be comparable to other similarly titled information from other
    companies, the Company's management believes that EBITDA is an additional
    meaningful measure of performance and liquidity.
(3) Earnings consist of income (loss) before provision for income taxes plus
    fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest charges and amortization
    of debt expense and discount or premium related to indebtedness, whether
    expensed or capitalized and that portion of rental expense the Company
    believes to be representative of interest.
(4) As adjusted to reflect the application of the net proceeds from the sale of
    the Old Notes. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Capitalization."
(5) As adjusted amounts include amounts set aside for four semi-annual payments
    of interest on the Notes.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
 
                                 RISK FACTORS
 
  Holders of Old Notes should carefully consider the following risk factors,
as well as all other information set forth in this Prospectus, before
tendering their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer. The risk factors set forth
below (other than "Consequences of Failure to Exchange Old Notes") are
generally applicable to the Old Notes as well as the New Notes.
 
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE OLD NOTES
 
  Any Old Notes tendered and exchanged in the Exchange Offer will reduce the
aggregate principal amount of Old Notes outstanding. Following the
consummation of the Exchange Offer, Holders who did not tender their Old Notes
generally will not have any further registration rights under the Registration
Rights Agreement, and such Old Notes will continue to be subject to certain
restrictions on transfer. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for such
Old Notes could be adversely affected. The Old Notes are currently eligible
for sale pursuant to Rule 144A through The Portal Market. Because the Company
anticipates that most Holders will elect to exchange such Old Notes for New
Notes due to the absence of restrictions on the resale of New Notes (except
for applicable restrictions on any Holder who is an affiliate of the Company
or is a broker-dealer which acquired the Old Notes directly from the Company)
under the Securities Act, the Company anticipates that the liquidity of the
market for any Old Notes remaining after the consummation of the Exchange
Offer may be substantially limited.
 
  As a result of the making of this Exchange Offer, the Company will have
fulfilled certain of its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement,
and Holders who do not tender their Old Notes, except for certain instances
involving the Initial Purchasers or Holders who are not eligible to
participate in the Exchange Offer, will not have any further registration
rights under the Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise or rights to
receive Liquidated Damages (as defined) for failure to register. Accordingly,
any Holder that does not exchange that Holder's Old Notes for New Notes will
continue to hold the untendered Old Notes and will be entitled to all the
rights and subject to all the limitations applicable thereto under the
Indenture, except to the extent that such rights or limitations, by their
terms, terminate or cease to have further effectiveness as a result of the
Exchange Offer.
 
  The Old Notes that are not exchanged for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange
Offer will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, such Old Notes may be
resold only (i) to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) inside the
United States to a Qualified Institutional Buyer ("QIB") in a transaction
complying with Rule 144A, (iii) inside the United States to an institutional
"accredited investor" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
Securities Act) (an "Accredited Investor") that, prior to such transfer,
furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to the
Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements
relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Securities (the form of which
letter can be obtained from such Trustee), (iv) outside the United States in
compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act, (v) pursuant to the
exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if
available), or (vi) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act. Each Accredited Investor that is not a QIB and that is an
original purchaser of any of the Securities from the Initial Purchasers will
be required to sign a letter confirming that such person is an Accredited
Investor under the Securities Act and that such person acknowledges the
transfer restrictions summarized herein.
 
LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY; HISTORY OF LOSSES
 
  While the Company began operations in 1992, it did not offer server hosting
services until 1995 and did not open its first dedicated Internet Data Center
until August 1996, at which time it refocused its business strategy on
providing Internet system and network management solutions for enterprises'
mission-critical Internet operations. As a result, the Company's business
model is still in an emerging state. Since it began to offer server hosting
services in 1995, the Company has experienced operating losses and negative
cash flows from operations in each quarterly and annual period. As of
September 30, 1998, the Company had an accumulated deficit of
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
approximately $75.6 million. The revenue and income potential of the Company's
business and market is unproven, and the Company's limited operating history
makes an evaluation of the Company and its prospects difficult. Currently, the
Company anticipates making significant investments in new Internet Data
Centers and product development and sales and marketing programs and personnel
and therefore believes that it will continue to experience net losses on a
quarterly and annual basis for the foreseeable future. The Company and its
prospects must be considered in light of the risks, expenses and difficulties
encountered by companies in the new and rapidly evolving market for Internet
system and network management solutions. To address these risks, among other
things, the Company must market its brand name effectively, provide scalable,
reliable and cost-effective services, ensure and enhance customer
satisfaction, continue to grow its infrastructure to accommodate new Internet
Data Centers and increased bandwidth use of its network, expand its channels
of distribution, retain and motivate qualified personnel and continue to
respond to competitive developments. Failure of the Company's products and
services to achieve market acceptance would have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
Although the Company has experienced significant growth in revenues in recent
periods, the Company does not believe that this growth rate necessarily is
indicative of future operating results, and there can be no assurance that the
Company will ever achieve profitability on a quarterly or an annual basis or
will sustain profitability if achieved. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
POTENTIAL FLUCTUATIONS IN RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  The Company has experienced significant fluctuations in its results of
operations on a quarterly and an annual basis. The Company expects to continue
to experience significant fluctuations in its future quarterly and annual
results of operations due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside
the Company's control, including: demand for and market acceptance of the
Company's services and enhancements; introductions of services or enhancements
by the Company and its competitors; capacity utilization of its Internet Data
Centers; reliable continuity of service and network availability; the ability
to increase bandwidth as necessary, both on the Company's network and at its
interconnection points with other networks; the costs associated with
increasing bandwidth on the Company's network and at its interconnection
points with other networks; the timing of customer installations; providing
customer discounts and credits; the mix of services sold by the Company;
customer retention and satisfaction; the timing and success of marketing
efforts and service introductions by the Company; the timing and magnitude of
capital expenditures, including construction costs relating to the expansion
of operations; the timely expansion of existing Internet Data Centers and
completion of new Internet Data Centers; costs related to the acquisition of
backbone capacity; the introduction by third parties of new Internet and
networking technologies; increased competition in the Company's markets;
changes in the pricing policies of the Company and its competitors;
fluctuations in bandwidth used by customers; the retention of key personnel;
economic conditions specific to the Internet industry; and other general
economic factors. In addition, a relatively large portion of the Company's
expenses are fixed in the short-term, particularly with respect to
telecommunications, depreciation, certain substantial interest expenses, real
estate and personnel, and therefore the Company's results of operations are
particularly sensitive to fluctuations in revenues. Also, if the Company's
agreement with Computer Associates International, Inc. ("Computer Associates")
were to terminate and the Company continued to require Computer Associates'
software, the license fees paid by the Company could increase fixed costs
significantly. Furthermore, if the Company were to become unable to continue
leveraging third party products in the Company's services offerings, the
Company's product development costs could increase significantly. Although the
Company has not encountered significant difficulties in collecting upon
accounts receivable in the past, many of the Company's customers are in an
emerging stage, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
collect receivables on a timely basis. See "--Risks Associated with
Accelerated Business Expansion" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ACCELERATED BUSINESS EXPANSION
 
  A key element of the Company's business strategy is the expansion of the
Company's network through the opening of additional Internet Data Centers in
geographically diverse locations. The Company currently has eight
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
Internet Data Centers located in six metropolitan areas: Boston, San
Francisco, New York, Los Angeles, Seattle and Washington, D.C., and has a
server hosting facility in the London metropolitan area. The Company intends
to expand domestically and internationally, including the expected opening of
additional Internet Data Centers in the Washington, D.C. and Seattle
metropolitan areas and new Internet Data Centers in the Chicago metropolitan
area in the first quarter of 1999 and the London metropolitan area in the
second quarter of 1999. The Company intends to apply a portion of the proceeds
from the sale of the Old Notes to complete this accelerated geographic
expansion. The Company's continued expansion and development of its network
will depend on, among other things, the Company's ability to assess markets,
identify Internet Data Center sites, install facilities and establish local
peering interconnections with Internet service providers ("ISPs"), all in a
timely manner, at reasonable costs and on terms and conditions acceptable to
the Company. The Company's ability to manage this expansion effectively will
require it to continue to implement and improve its operational and financial
systems and to expand, train and manage its employee base. The Company's
inability to establish additional Internet Data Centers or manage effectively
its expansion would have a material adverse effect upon the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition. See "Use of Proceeds"
and "--Substantial Leverage and Debt Service."
 
  The establishment of each additional Internet Data Center will require the
Company to expend substantial resources for leases of real estate, significant
improvements of such facilities, purchase of equipment, implementation of
multiple telecommunications connections and hiring of network, administrative,
customer support and sales and marketing personnel. Capital expenditures,
including those for new Internet Data Centers, will be funded primarily
through existing and future equipment loans and lease lines and the proceeds
from the sale of the Old Notes and funds available under the Credit Facility.
Moreover, the Company expects to make significant investments in sales and
marketing and the development of new services as part of its expansion
strategy. During the next 12 months, the Company expects to meet its working
capital requirements, including such requirements associated with the
Company's planned expansion, with existing cash and cash equivalents and
short-term investments including the net proceeds from the sale of the Old
Notes, funds available under the Credit Facility, cash from sales of services
and proceeds from existing and future working capital lines of credit.
However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in
generating sufficient cash from sales of services or in raising capital in
sufficient amounts on terms acceptable to it, including completion of
negotiations associated with the Credit Facility. The failure to generate
sufficient cash flows from sales of services or to raise sufficient funds may
require the Company to delay or abandon some or all of its development and
expansion plans or otherwise forego market opportunities and may make it
difficult for the Company to respond to competitive pressures, any of which
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--
Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
  The Company typically requires at least six months to select the appropriate
location for an Internet Data Center, construct the necessary facilities,
install equipment and telecommunications infrastructure, and hire the
operations and sales personnel needed to conduct business at that site.
Expenditures related to an Internet Data Center commence well before the
Internet Data Center opens, and it takes an extended period to approach break-
even capacity utilization at each site. As a result, the Company expects that
individual Internet Data Centers will generally experience losses for in
excess of one year from the time they are opened. The Company experiences
further losses from sales personnel hired to test market the Company's
services in markets where there is no, and may never be an, Internet Data
Center. As a result, the Company expects to make investments in expanding the
Company's business rapidly into new geographic regions which, while
potentially increasing the Company's revenues in the long term, will lead to
significant losses for the foreseeable future. The Company's accelerated
expansion of the number of the Company's Internet Data Centers is likely to
increase the amount and duration of such losses. There can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to anticipate accurately the customer demand for
such additional Internet Data Centers or that the Company will be able to
attract a sufficient number of customers to such facilities. The Company's
inability to attract customers to new Internet Data Centers in a timely
manner, or at all, would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE AND DEBT SERVICE
 
  The Company has significant amounts of outstanding indebtedness and interest
cost. The Company's level of indebtedness presents risks to investors,
including the possibility that the Company may be unable to generate cash
sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the indebtedness when due.
At September 30, 1998, the Company had indebtedness of approximately $244.3
million and available borrowings of an aggregate of $5.1 million under a
working capital line of credit. In addition, the Company will have the right
to issue Additional Notes on or prior to July 1, 1999 in an aggregate
principal amount not to exceed $75.0 million. See "Description of Notes--
Issuance of Additional Notes." Furthermore, the Company expects to enter into
a new secured Credit Facility, and the Notes would be effectively subordinated
to any borrowings under the Credit Facility. Finally, at September 30, 1998,
the Company had borrowing availability under existing equipment loans and
lease lines of $1.1 million. The Company expects to incur additional equipment
loans and lease lines to finance capital expenditures for its Internet Data
Centers and may obtain additional working capital lines of credit and lease
lines. See "Description of the Notes."
 
  The Company's ability to make principal and interest payments on the Notes,
and service other existing and future indebtedness, will be dependent on the
Company's future operating performance, which is itself dependent on a number
of factors, many of which are outside of the Company's control. These factors
include prevailing economic conditions and financial, competitive,
legislative, regulatory and other factors affecting the Company's business and
operations, and may be dependent on the availability of borrowings under the
expected Credit Facility or other borrowings. Although the Company believes,
based on current levels of operations, that its cash flow from operations,
together with other sources of liquidity, will be adequate to make required
payments of principal and interest on its debt (including the Notes), whether
at or prior to maturity, finance anticipated capital expenditures and fund
working capital requirements, there is no assurance in this regard. If the
Company is unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or
additional equipment loans or equipment and working capital lines of credit,
in the future to service its debt, it may be required to sell assets, reduce
capital expenditures, refinance all or a portion of its existing indebtedness
or obtain other sources of financing. There can be no assurance that any such
refinancing would be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or
that any other financing could be obtained, particularly in view of the
Company's high level of indebtedness and the fact that substantially all of
the Company's assets have been pledged to secure obligations under certain
existing indebtedness. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and Notes 3 and 6 of Notes to Financial
Statements.
 
  The degree to which the Company is leveraged could have important
consequences to the Company's future operations, including but not limited to:
(i) increasing the Company's vulnerability to general adverse economic and
industry conditions; (ii) limiting the Company's ability to obtain additional
financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions
and other general corporate requirements; (iii) requiring the dedication of a
substantial portion of the Company's cash flow from operations to the payment
of principal of, and interest on, its indebtedness, thereby reducing the
availability of such cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures
or other general corporate requirements; (iv) limiting the Company's
flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in its business and the
industry in which it competes; and (v) placing the Company at a competitive
disadvantage vis-a-vis less leveraged or better capitalized competitors.
Certain of the Company's indebtedness is secured by the Company's assets. A
default under such indebtedness could result in the foreclosure on such
collateral, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
EFFECTIVE SUBORDINATION
 
  The Notes are effectively subordinated to secured indebtedness of the
Company to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.
The Notes are also effectively subordinated to all debt and other liabilities
(including trade payables and lease obligations) of the Company's
subsidiaries, if any. While the Company does not currently have any
subsidiaries, the Indenture does not prohibit it from forming subsidiaries
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
in the future. Any right of the Company to receive assets of any of its
subsidiaries upon the latter's liquidation or reorganization (and the
consequent right of the Holders of the Notes to participate in those assets)
will be effectively subordinated to the claims of that subsidiary's creditors
(including trade creditors) except to the extent that the Company is itself
recognized as a creditor of such subsidiary, in which case the claims of the
Company would still be subordinate to any security in the assets of such
subsidiary and any debt of such subsidiary senior to that held by the Company.
As of September 30, 1998, there was approximately $44.3 million of
indebtedness of the Company to which holders of Notes would have been
effectively subordinated. In addition, the Company expects to enter into a new
secured Credit Facility, and the Notes are likely to be effectively
subordinated to any borrowings under the Credit Facility. The Indenture
contains certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its
subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness. However, such limitations are
subject to a number of exceptions, and there can be no assurances that the
Company and its subsidiaries will not incur significant additional
indebtedness in the future, including indebtedness to which the holders of the
Notes would be effectively subordinated. See "Description of Notes--
Covenants--Limitation on Debt."
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
 
  Certain of the Company's existing financing arrangements are secured by
substantially all of the Company's assets. These financing arrangements
require that the Company satisfy certain financial covenants and currently
prohibit the payment of dividends and the repurchase of capital stock of the
Company without, in each case, the lender's consent. The Company's secured
lenders would be entitled to foreclose upon those assets in the event of a
default under the financing arrangements and to be repaid from the proceeds of
the liquidation of those assets before the assets would be available for
distribution to the holders of the Notes in the event that the Company is
liquidated. In addition, the collateral security arrangements under the
Company's existing financing arrangements may adversely affect the Company's
ability to obtain additional borrowings.
 
COMPETITION
 
  The market served by the Company is intensely competitive, and such
competition is increasing. There are few substantial barriers to entry, and
the Company expects that it will face additional competition from existing
competitors and new market entrants in the future. The principal competitive
factors in this market include Internet system engineering expertise, customer
service, network capability, reliability, quality of service and scalability,
broad geographic presence, brand name, technical expertise and functionality,
the variety of services offered, the ability to maintain and expand
distribution channels, customer support, price, the timing of introductions of
new services, network security, financial resources and conformity with
industry standards. There can be no assurance that the Company will have the
resources or expertise to compete successfully in the future.
 
  The Company's current and potential competitors in the market include: (i)
providers of server hosting services; (ii) national and regional ISPs; (iii)
global, regional and local telecommunications companies and Regional Bell
Operating Companies ("RBOCs"); and (iv) large IT outsourcing firms. The
Company's competitors may operate in one or more of these areas and include
companies such as certain subsidiaries of GTE Corporation and WorldCom, Inc.
("WorldCom"), International Business Machines Corporation ("IBM") and certain
business units of GlobalCenter, Inc. ("GlobalCenter"), which was recently
acquired by Frontier Corporation.
 
  Many of the Company's competitors have substantially greater financial,
technical and marketing resources, larger customer bases, longer operating
histories, greater name recognition and more established relationships in the
industry than the Company. As a result, certain of these competitors may be
able to develop and expand their network infrastructures and service offerings
more quickly, adapt to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer
requirements more quickly, take advantage of acquisition and other
opportunities more readily, devote greater resources to the marketing and sale
of their products and adopt more aggressive pricing policies than can the
Company. In addition, these competitors have entered and will likely continue
to enter into joint ventures or consortiums to provide additional services
competitive with those provided by the Company.
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
  Certain of the Company's competitors may be able to provide customers with
additional benefits in connection with their Internet system and network
management solutions, including reduced communications costs, which could
reduce the overall costs of their services relative to the Company's. There
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to offset the effects of any
such price reductions. In addition, the Company believes that the businesses
in which the Company competes are likely to encounter consolidation in the
near future, which could result in increased price and other competition that
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition. See "Business--Competition."
 
DEPENDENCE ON NEW MARKET; UNCERTAINTY OF ACCEPTANCE OF SERVICES
 
  The market for Internet system and network management solutions has only
recently begun to develop, is evolving rapidly and likely will be
characterized by an increasing number of market entrants. There is significant
uncertainty regarding whether this market ultimately will prove to be viable
or, if it becomes viable, that it will grow. The Company's future growth, if
any, will be dependent on the willingness of enterprises to outsource the
system and network management of their mission-critical Internet operations
and the Company's ability to market its services in a cost-effective manner to
a sufficiently large number of customers. There can be no assurance that the
market for the Company's services will develop, that the Company's services
will be adopted or that businesses, organizations or consumers will use the
Internet for commerce and communication. If this market fails to develop, or
develops more slowly than expected, or if the Company's services do not
achieve market acceptance, the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition would be materially and adversely affected. In addition,
in order to be successful in this emerging market, the Company must be able to
differentiate itself from its competition through its service offerings, such
as its recently introduced collaborative systems management and Internet
technology services. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
successful in differentiating itself or achieving market acceptance of its
services, or that it will not experience difficulties that could delay or
prevent the successful development, introduction or marketing of these
services. If the Company incurs increased costs or is unable, for technical or
other reasons, to develop and introduce new services or enhancements of
existing services in a timely manner, or if new products or services do not
achieve market acceptance in a timely manner or at all, the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially
adversely affected. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
 
RISK OF SYSTEM FAILURE
 
  The Company's operations are dependent upon its ability to protect its
network infrastructure and customers' equipment against damage from human
error, power loss, fire, earthquakes, floods, telecommunications failures,
sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and similar events. Despite
precautions taken and planned to be taken by the Company, the occurrence of a
natural disaster or other unanticipated problems at one or more of the
Company's Internet Data Centers could result in interruptions in the services
provided by the Company or significant damage to customer equipment. In
addition, failure of any of the Company's telecommunications providers, such
as WorldCom or Qwest Communications Corporation ("Qwest"), to provide the data
communications capacity required by the Company, as a result of human error, a
natural disaster or other operational disruption, could result in
interruptions in the Company's services. Any damage to or failure of the
systems of the Company or its service providers could result in reductions in,
or terminations of, services supplied to the Company's customers, which could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition. In addition, the Company's reputation
could be materially adversely affected. The Company has from time to time
experienced interruptions in specific circuits within its network resulting
from events outside the Company's control, which interruptions have caused
short-term degradation in the level of performance of the Company's network.
 
  The Company's customer contracts currently provide a limited service level
warranty related to the continuous availability of service on a 24 hours per
day, seven days per week ("24x7") basis, except for certain scheduled
maintenance periods. This warranty is generally limited to a credit consisting
of free service for a specified limited period of time for disruptions in
Internet transmission services. To date, only a limited number
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
of customers have been entitled to this warranty to receive credits for free
service. Should the Company incur significant obligations in connection with
system downtime, there can be no assurance that the Company's liability
insurance would be adequate to cover such expenses. The Company's customer
contracts provide for liability of the Company for personal injury or
equipment damage in only limited circumstances. Although these customer
contracts typically provide for no recovery with respect to incidental,
punitive, indirect and consequential damages resulting from damages to
equipment or disruption of service, there can be no assurance that, in the
event of such damages, the Company would not be found liable, and, in such
event, that such damages would not exceed the Company's liability insurance.
See "Business--Customers" and "--Network Design."
 
UNPROVEN NETWORK SCALABILITY
 
  The Company must continue to expand and adapt its network infrastructure
(both its network and its interconnections to other networks) as the number of
users and the amount of information they wish to transport increase and to
meet changing customer requirements. The expansion and adaptation of the
Company's telecommunications infrastructure will require substantial
financial, operational and management resources as the Company negotiates
telecommunications capacity with its existing and other network infrastructure
suppliers. If the Company is required to expand significantly and rapidly its
network infrastructure due to increased usage, additional stress will be
placed upon the Company's network hardware and traffic management systems as
well as the capacity of the networks of the ISPs with which it interconnects.
Due to the limited deployment of the Company's services to date, the ability
of the Company's network to connect and manage a substantially larger number
of customers at high transmission speeds is as yet unknown, and the Company
faces risks related to the network's ability to be scaled up to its expected
customer levels while maintaining superior performance. As customers' usage of
bandwidth increases, the Company will need to make additional investments in
its infrastructure, including interconnections, to maintain adequate
downstream data transmission speeds, the availability of which may be limited
or the cost of which may be significant. The ability of the Company to
increase its interconnections depends largely on the ability and willingness
of other ISPs, which are outside of the control of the Company. In addition,
as the Company adds new customers that have significant bandwidth needs, it
may be required to increase quickly its network capacity which may be
difficult in light of current lead times within the industry for adding
capacity and interconnections. There can be no assurance that additional
network capacity and interconnections will be available from third-party
suppliers as needed by the Company. As a result, there can be no assurance
that the Company's network will be able to achieve or maintain a sufficiently
high capacity of data transmission, especially if the usage of the Company's
customers increases. The Company's failure to achieve or maintain high
capacity data transmission circuits and sufficient interconnections could
significantly reduce consumer demand for its services because of possible
degradation of service, and have a material adverse effect on its business,
results of operations and financial condition. In addition, as the Company
upgrades its telecommunications infrastructure to increase bandwidth available
to its customers, it is likely to encounter a certain level of equipment or
software incompatibility which may cause delays in implementation. There can
be no assurance that the Company will be able to expand or adapt its
telecommunications infrastructure to meet additional demand or its customers'
changing requirements, including its plans to add OC-12 circuits, on a timely
basis and at a commercially reasonable cost, or at all. See "Business--Network
Design."
 
DEPENDENCE UPON NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE
 
  The Company's success will depend upon the capacity, scalability,
reliability and security of its network infrastructure, including the capacity
leased from its telecommunications network suppliers. In particular, the
Company is dependent on WorldCom and Qwest and certain other
telecommunications providers for its backbone capacity (including the
Company's dedicated clear channel network and transit access to ISPs) and is
therefore dependent on such companies to maintain the operational integrity of
its backbone and interconnections. In addition, the Company relies on a number
of public and private peering interconnections to deliver its services. If the
carriers that operate the Internet exchange points ("IXPs") were to
discontinue their support of the peering points and no alternative providers
were to emerge, or such alternative providers were to increase the cost of
utilizing the IXPs, the distribution of content through the IXPs, including
content distributed by the Company, would be significantly constrained.
Furthermore, as traffic through the IXPs increases, if
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
commensurate increases in bandwidth are not added, the Company's ability to
distribute content rapidly and reliably through these networks will be
adversely affected. Many of the companies with which the Company maintains
private peering interconnections are competitors of the Company. Currently,
the Company does not pay a fee for its public and private peering
interconnections. The Company and the operators of these public and private
peering interconnections have mutually agreed not to charge each other a fee
for the exchange of traffic between their respective networks, which is a
standard industry practice. If these organizations were to refuse to continue
to interconnect directly with the Company, or begin to impose additional costs
(including fees) on the Company to maintain and/or increase these
interconnections, the Company might be required to purchase transit access
services from these ISPs in order to allow the Company's customers to reach
the customers of these ISPs, which would increase the Company's costs and as a
result, the Company business, results of operations and financial condition
could be materially adversely affected. If the Company chose not to purchase
such access, there would be a lack of communication between the Company's
customers and the customers of such organization. In those cases where the
Company currently purchases backup capacity from other organizations, if these
organizations were to increase the pricing associated with such capacity, the
Company might be required to identify alternative methods through which it can
distribute its customers' content. If the Company were unable on a cost-
effective basis to access alternative networks to distribute its customers'
content or if it were unable to pass through any additional costs of utilizing
these networks to its customers, the Company's business, results of operations
and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. See
"Business--Network Design."
 
DEPENDENCE ON THE INTERNET AND INTERNET INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT
 
  The increased use of the Internet for retrieving, sharing and transferring
information among businesses, consumers, suppliers and partners has only
recently begun to develop, and the Company's success will depend in large part
on continued growth in the use of the Internet. Critical issues concerning the
commercial use of the Internet, including security, reliability, cost, ease of
access, quality of service and necessary increases in bandwidth availability,
remain unresolved and are likely to affect the development of the market for
the Company's services. The adoption of the Internet for information retrieval
and exchange, commerce and communications, particularly by those enterprises
that have historically relied upon alternative means of commerce and
communications, generally will require the acceptance of a new medium of
conducting business and exchanging information. Demand and market acceptance
of the Internet are subject to a high level of uncertainty and are dependent
on a number of factors, including the growth in consumer access to and
acceptance of new interactive technologies, the development of technologies
that facilitate interactive communication between organizations and targeted
audiences and increases in user bandwidth. In addition, the rate of
development and adoption of the Internet has been slower outside of the United
States and the cost of bandwidth has been higher. If the Internet as a
commercial or business medium fails to develop or develops more slowly than
expected, the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition could be materially adversely affected. The recent growth in the use
of the Internet has caused frequent periods of performance degradation,
requiring the upgrade of routers and switches, telecommunications links and
other components forming the infrastructure of the Internet by ISPs and other
organizations with links to the Internet. Any perceived degradation in the
performance of the Internet as a whole could undermine the benefits of the
Company's services. Potentially increased performance provided by the services
of the Company and others is ultimately limited by and reliant upon the speed
and reliability of the networks operated by third parties. Consequently, the
emergence and growth of the market for the Company's services is dependent on
improvements being made to the entire Internet infrastructure to alleviate
overloading and congestion. See "Business--Network Design."
 
RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE; EVOLVING INDUSTRY STANDARDS
 
  The Company's future success will depend, in part, on its ability to offer
services that incorporate leading technology, address the increasingly
sophisticated and varied needs of its current and prospective customers and
respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and
practices on a timely and cost-effective basis. The market for the Company's
services is characterized by rapidly changing and unproven technology,
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
evolving industry standards, changes in customer needs, emerging competition
and frequent new service introductions. There can be no assurance that future
advances in technology will be beneficial to, or compatible with, the
Company's business or that the Company will be able to incorporate such
advances on a cost-effective and timely basis into its business. Moreover,
technological advances may have the effect of encouraging certain of the
Company's current or future customers to rely on in-house personnel and
equipment to furnish the services currently provided by the Company. In
addition, keeping pace with technological advances in the Company's industry
may require substantial expenditures and lead time. For instance, certain
networking hardware may not be immediately compatible with leading edge
telecommunications infrastructure services which are not yet widely available
and therefore may require the Company to make significant investments to
achieve compatibility.
 
  The Company believes that its ability to compete successfully is also
dependent upon the continued compatibility and interoperability of its
services with products, services and architectures offered by various vendors.
Although the Company often works with various vendors in testing newly
developed products, there can be no assurance that such products will be
compatible with the Company's infrastructure or that such products will
adequately address changing customer needs. Although the Company currently
intends to support emerging standards, there can be no assurance that industry
standards will be established or, that if they become established, the Company
will be able to conform to these new standards in a timely fashion and
maintain a competitive position in the market. The failure of the Company to
conform to the prevailing standard, or the failure of a common standard to
emerge, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition. In addition, there can be no
assurance that products, services or technologies developed by others will not
render the Company's services uncompetitive or obsolete. See "Business--
Product Development."
 
SYSTEM SECURITY RISKS
 
  A significant barrier to electronic commerce and communications is the
secure transmission of confidential information over public networks. Certain
of the Company's services rely on encryption and authentication technology
licensed from third parties to provide the security and authentication
necessary to effect secure transmission of confidential information. Despite
the Company's design and implementation of a variety of network security
measures, there can be no assurance that unauthorized access, computer
viruses, accidental or intentional actions and other disruptions will not
occur. The Company's Internet Data Centers have in the past experienced and
may in the future experience delays or interruptions in service as a result of
the accidental or intentional actions of Internet users, current and former
employees or others. Furthermore, such inappropriate use of the network by
third parties could also potentially jeopardize the security of confidential
information, such as credit card and bank account numbers, stored in the
computer systems of the Company and its customers, which could result in
liability to the Company and the loss of existing customers or the deterrence
of potential customers. Although the Company intends to continue to implement
industry-standard security measures, such measures have been circumvented in
the past, and there can be no assurance that any such measures implemented by
the Company will not be circumvented in the future. The costs required to
eliminate computer viruses and alleviate other security problems could be
prohibitively expensive and the efforts to address such problems could result
in interruptions, delays or cessation of service to the Company's customers,
which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results
of operations and financial condition. Concerns over the security of Internet
transactions and the privacy of users may also inhibit the growth of the
Internet, especially as a means of conducting commercial transactions. See
"Business--Network Design."
 
DEPENDENCE ON THIRD-PARTY SUPPLIERS
 
  The Company is dependent on other companies to supply certain key components
of its telecommunications infrastructure and system and network management
solutions, including telecommunications services and networking equipment
that, in the quantities and quality demanded by the Company, are available
only from sole or limited sources. See "--Dependence Upon Network
Infrastructure." The routers, switches and modems used in the Company's
telecommunications infrastructure are currently supplied primarily by Cisco
Systems Inc.
 
                                      23
<PAGE>
 
("Cisco"). The Company purchases these components pursuant to purchase orders
placed from time to time, does not carry significant inventories of these
components and has no guaranteed supply arrangements with these vendors. Any
failure to obtain required products or services on a timely basis and at an
acceptable cost would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, any
failure of the Company's sole or limited source suppliers to provide products
or components that comply with evolving Internet and telecommunications
standards or that interoperate with other products or components used by the
Company in its communications infrastructure could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition. In addition, the Company expects to be dependent for a time on
third parties to deliver its services from and manage its international
operations, including its site in London. See "--Risks Associated with
International Operations" and "Business--Network Design."
 
  The Company has also licensed certain software from Computer Associates that
allows the Company to monitor its customers' Internet operations and assist in
resolving performance issues that arise from time to time. Under the agreement
with Computer Associates, if the Company desires to offer a service that has a
substantially similar functionality to that provided by Computer Associates'
Unicenter(R) TNG(TM) family of software, or its ARCserve or InocuLAN products
(the "CA Products"), the Company must generally utilize the CA Products, as
long as they meet the Company's requirements. In addition, the Company is a
beta test site for new versions of the CA Products and must, upon commercial
deployment, replace existing software with new CA Products if they are
substantially similar in functionality. During the term of the agreement, the
Company is obligated to pay Computer Associates a royalty equal to one percent
of the Company's gross revenues. Either party may terminate this agreement
upon 60 days' prior written notice with no penalties. Should Computer
Associates or the Company decide to terminate this agreement, the Company has
the right to continue licensing software from Computer Associates at a forty
percent discount from Computer Associates' prevailing standard prices for five
years and the Company will no longer be obligated to pay a royalty to Computer
Associates. See "Business--Relationship with Computer Associates."
 
MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH
 
  The Company is currently experiencing a period of rapid growth with respect
to the building of its Internet Data Centers, expansion of its customer base
and increase in the number of Company employees. This growth has placed, and
if it continues, will place, a significant strain on the Company's financial,
management, operational and other resources, including its ability to ensure
customer satisfaction. In addition, the Company may be required to manage
multiple relationships with a growing number of third parties as it seeks to
complement its service offerings. There can be no assurance that the Company's
management, personnel, systems, procedures and controls will be adequate to
support the Company's existing and future operations. The Company's ability to
manage its growth effectively will require it to continue to expand its
operating and financial procedures and controls, to replace or upgrade its
operational, financial and management information systems and to attract,
train, motivate, manage and retain key employees. The Company has recently
hired many key employees and officers, including its President, and as a
result, the Company's entire management team has worked together for only a
brief time. If the Company's executives are unable to manage growth
effectively, the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition could be materially adversely affected. See "Management."
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION AND LEGAL UNCERTAINTIES
 
  The Company is not currently subject to direct federal, state or local
government regulation, other than regulations applicable to businesses
generally. There is currently only a small body of laws and regulations
directly applicable to access to or commerce on the Internet. However, due to
the increasing popularity and use of the Internet, it is possible that a
number of laws and regulations may be adopted at the federal, state and local
levels with respect to the Internet, covering issues such as user privacy,
freedom of expression, pricing, characteristics and quality of products and
services, taxation, advertising, intellectual property rights, information
security and the convergence of traditional telecommunications services with
Internet communications. Although
 
                                      24
<PAGE>
 
sections of the Communications Decency Act of 1996 (the "CDA") that, among
other things, proposed to impose criminal penalties on anyone distributing
"indecent" material to minors over the Internet, were held to be
unconstitutional by the U.S. Supreme Court, there can be no assurance that
similar laws will not be proposed and adopted. The nature of such similar
legislation and the manner in which it may be interpreted and enforced cannot
be fully determined and, therefore, legislation similar to the CDA could
subject the Company and/or its customers to potential liability, which in turn
could have an adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations
and financial condition. The adoption of any such laws or regulations might
decrease the growth of the Internet, which in turn could decrease the demand
for the services of the Company or increase the cost of doing business or in
some other manner have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations or financial condition. In addition, applicability to
the Internet of existing laws governing issues such as property ownership,
copyrights and other intellectual property issues, taxation, libel, obscenity
and personal privacy is uncertain. The vast majority of such laws were adopted
prior to the advent of the Internet and related technologies and, as a result,
do not contemplate or address the unique issues of the Internet and related
technologies. Changes to such laws intended to address these issues, including
some recently proposed changes, could create uncertainty in the marketplace
which could reduce demand for the services of the Company or increase the cost
of doing business as a result of costs of litigation or increased service
delivery costs, or could in some other manner have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. In
addition, as the Company's services are available over the Internet in
multiple states and foreign countries, and as the Company facilitates sales by
its customers to end users located in such states and foreign countries, such
jurisdictions may claim that the Company is required to qualify to do business
as a foreign corporation in each such state or foreign country. The Company is
qualified to do business in only a limited number of states, and failure by
the Company to qualify as a foreign corporation in a jurisdiction where it is
required to do so could subject the Company to taxes and penalties for the
failure to qualify and could result in the inability of the Company to enforce
contracts in such jurisdictions. Any such new legislation or regulation, or
the application of laws or regulations from jurisdictions whose laws do not
currently apply to the Company's business, could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition. See "Business--Government Regulation."
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INFORMATION DISSEMINATED THROUGH THE COMPANY'S NETWORK
 
  The law relating to the liability of online services companies and Internet
access providers for information carried on or disseminated through their
networks is currently unsettled. It is possible that claims could be made
against online services companies and Internet access providers under both
United States and foreign law for defamation, negligence, copyright or
trademark infringement, or other theories based on the nature and content of
the materials disseminated through their networks. Several private lawsuits
seeking to impose such liability upon online services companies and Internet
access providers are currently pending. In addition, legislation has been
proposed that imposes liability for or prohibits the transmission over the
Internet of certain types of information. The imposition upon the Company and
other Internet network providers of potential liability for information
carried on or disseminated through their systems could require the Company to
implement measures to reduce its exposure to such liability, which may require
the expenditure of substantial resources, or to discontinue certain service or
product offerings. The increased attention focused upon liability issues as a
result of these lawsuits and legislative proposals could impact the growth of
Internet use. While the Company carries professional liability insurance, it
may not be adequate to compensate or may not cover the Company in the event
the Company becomes liable for information carried on or disseminated through
its networks. Any costs not covered by insurance incurred as a result of such
liability or asserted liability could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. Certain
businesses, organizations and individuals have in the past sent unsolicited
commercial e-mails from servers hosted at the Company's facilities to massive
numbers of people, typically to advertise products or services. This practice,
known as "spamming," can lead to complaints against service providers that
enable such activities, particularly where recipients view the materials
received as offensive. In addition, certain ISPs and other online services
companies could deny network access to companies that allow undesired content
or spamming to be transmitted through their networks. The Company has in the
past received, and may in the future receive, letters from recipients of
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
information transmitted by the Company's customers objecting to such
transmission. Although the Company prohibits its customers by contract from
spamming, there can be no assurance that its customers will not engage in this
practice, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition. See "Business--
Government Regulation."
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
 
  A component of the Company's strategy is to expand into international
markets, and the Company recently opened a site in the London metropolitan
area. If revenue generated by any current or future international site or
Internet Data Center is not adequate to offset the expense of establishing and
maintaining any such international operation, the Company's business, results
of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to market, sell and
deliver its services outside the United States successfully. In order to
expand its international operations, the Company may, among other things,
enter into joint ventures or outsourcing agreements with third parties,
acquire rights to high-bandwidth transmission capability, acquire
complementary businesses or operations, or establish and maintain new
operations outside of the United States. In addition, the rate of development
and adoption of the Internet has been slower outside of the United States, and
the cost of bandwidth has been higher, which may adversely affect the
Company's ability to expand its operations and may increase its cost of
operations internationally. In addition to the uncertainty as to the Company's
ability to expand into international markets, there are certain risks inherent
in conducting business internationally, such as unexpected changes in
regulatory requirements, export restrictions, tariffs and other trade
barriers, challenges in staffing and managing foreign operations, differing
technology standards, employment laws and practices in foreign countries,
longer payment cycles, problems in collecting accounts receivable, political
instability, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, imposition of currency
exchange controls, seasonal reductions in business activity and potentially
adverse tax consequences, any of which could adversely affect the Company's
international operations. Furthermore, certain foreign governments, such as
Germany, have enforced laws and regulations related to content distributed
over the Internet that are more strict than those currently in place in the
United States. There can be no assurance that one or more of these factors
will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's current or future
international operations and, consequently, on the Company's business, results
of operations and financial condition. In addition, there can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to obtain the necessary telecommunications
infrastructure in a cost-effective manner or compete effectively in
international markets. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
  The Company's success depends in significant part upon the continued
services of its key technical, sales and senior management personnel. Although
certain of the Company's executive officers participate in the Company's
Executive Employment Policy, none of the Company's officers is a party to an
employment agreement with the Company. Any officer or employee of the Company
can terminate his or her relationship with the Company at any time. The
Company's future success will also depend on its ability to attract, train,
retain and motivate highly qualified technical, marketing, sales and
management personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense, and there can
be no assurance that the Company will be able to attract and retain key
personnel. The loss of the services of one or more of the Company's key
employees or the Company's failure to attract additional qualified personnel
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition. The Company does not carry key-man life
insurance for any of its employees. See "Business--Employees" and
"Management."
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH POTENTIAL ACQUISITIONS
 
  The Company believes that its future growth depends, in part, upon the
acquisition of complementary businesses, products, services or technologies.
There can be no assurance that the Company will successfully identify, acquire
on favorable terms or integrate such businesses, products, services or
technologies. The Company may face competition for acquisition opportunities,
which may inhibit the Company's ability to
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
consummate suitable acquisitions and increase the costs of completing and the
time required to complete such acquisitions. Any such acquisitions will
require the Company to manage and integrate such acquired businesses,
products, services or technologies, coordinate (and possibly change) the
diverse operating structures, policies and practices of the acquired entities
and to integrate new employees into the Company's organization and culture.
Failure to integrate and manage acquired businesses, products, services and
technologies successfully could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. In
addition, future acquisitions by the Company may result in the incurrence of
additional debt, large one-time write-offs and the creation of goodwill or
other intangible assets that could result in amortization expenses. These
factors could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
PROTECTION AND ENFORCEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
 
  The Company relies on a combination of copyright, trademark, service mark
and trade secret laws and contractual restrictions to establish and protect
certain proprietary rights in its products and services. The Company currently
has no patented technology that would preclude or inhibit competitors from
entering the Company's market. The Company has entered into confidentiality
and invention assignment agreements with its employees and contractors, and
nondisclosure agreements with its suppliers, distributors and appropriate
customers in order to limit access to and disclosure of its proprietary
information. There can be no assurance that these contractual arrangements or
the other steps taken by the Company to protect its intellectual property will
prove sufficient to prevent misappropriation of the Company's technology or to
deter independent third-party development of similar technologies. The laws of
certain foreign countries may not protect the Company's products, services or
intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United
States. The Company also relies on certain technologies that it licenses from
third parties, such as Computer Associates. See "--Dependence on Third-Party
Suppliers." There can be no assurance that these third-party technology
licenses will continue to be available to the Company on commercially
reasonable terms. The loss of such technology could require the Company to
obtain substitute technology of lower quality or performance standards or at
greater cost, which could materially adversely affect the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition.
 
  The Company has determined increasingly to develop or acquire additional
proprietary intellectual property in addition to licensing technologies from
third parties. There can be no assurance that third parties will not claim
infringement by the Company with respect to current or future products or
services, particularly if such products or services include more of its own
proprietary technology. The Company expects that participants in its markets
will be increasingly subject to infringement claims as the number of products
and services and competitors in the Company's industry segment grows. Any such
claim, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly
litigation, cause product installation delays or require the Company to enter
into royalty or licensing agreements. Such royalty or licensing agreements
might not be available on terms acceptable to the Company or at all. As a
result, any such claim could have a material adverse effect upon the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition. See "Business--
Intellectual Property Rights."
 
YEAR 2000 RISKS
 
  Many currently installed computer systems are not capable of distinguishing
21st century dates from 20th century dates. As a result, in less than two
years, computer systems or applications used by many companies in a wide
variety of industries will experience operating difficulties unless the
systems or applications are modified to process information related to the
century change adequately. Significant uncertainty exists in the software and
other industries concerning the scope and magnitude of problems associated
with the century change. To the extent Year 2000 issues cause significant
delay in, or cancellation of, decisions to purchase the Company's products or
product support, due to the reallocation of resources to address Year 2000
issues or otherwise, the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
 
  Products. Based on its assessment to date, the Company believes that the
current versions of its products are either "Year 2000 compliant" or will not
require substantial effort or cost to make them Year 2000
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
compliant. However, many of the Company's customers maintain their Internet
operations on servers which may be impacted by Year 2000 complications. The
failure of the Company's customers to ensure that their servers are Year 2000
compliant could have a material adverse effect on the Company's customers,
which in turn could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the costs of
defending and resolving Year 2000 related disputes, and any liability of the
Company for Year 2000-related damages, including consequential damages, could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition.
 
  Operations. The Company has reviewed, and continues to review, its internal
management information and other systems in order to identify and modify those
products, services or systems that may not be Year 2000 compliant. Based on
its assessment to date, the Company believes that its internal management
information and other systems are either Year 2000 compliant or will not
require substantial effort or cost to make them Year 2000 compliant. The total
cost of these Year 2000 compliance activities has not been material to date.
There can be no assurance that the Company will identify and remedy any Year
2000 problems in a timely fashion, that remedial efforts in this regard will
not involve significant time and expense, or that such problems will not have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition. The Company faces additional risk to the extent that
suppliers of products, services and systems purchased by the Company and
others with whom the Company transacts business are not Year 2000 compliant.
In the event that any such third parties cannot provide the Company with
products, services or systems that are Year 2000 compliant on a timely basis
(or in the event that Year 2000 issues prevent such third parties from
delivering products, services or systems required by the Company on a timely
basis), the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition
could be materially adversely affected. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
BROAD MANAGEMENT DISCRETION IN ALLOCATION OF PROCEEDS
 
  The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the Old Notes, after
deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses, are
estimated to be approximately $193.0 million. Approximately $42.4 million of
the net proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes are being held in an Escrow
Account for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes to fund when due the first
four scheduled interest payments on the Notes. The Company expects to use the
remaining net proceeds primarily (i) to fund accelerated expansion of the
Company's Internet Data Centers and facilities, including capital expenditures
and operating expenses associated with the initial operation of such Internet
Data Centers and facilities, and expansion of the Company's network
infrastructure, and (ii) for other general corporate purposes, including
increased research and development and the possible acquisition of or
investment in complementary businesses, products, services or technologies.
Accordingly, the Company's management has broad discretion as to the
allocation of the proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes. The failure of
management to apply such funds effectively could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
ABILITY TO EFFECT REPURCHASE OF THE NOTES UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company may be required to
purchase all or a portion of the Notes then outstanding at a purchase price
equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the date of purchase. Prior to commencing such an offer
to purchase, the Company may be required to (i) repay in full all indebtedness
of the Company that would prohibit the repurchase of the Notes, including
under the Credit Facility, or (ii) obtain any consent required to make the
repurchase. If the Company is unable to repay all of such indebtedness or is
unable to obtain the necessary consents, the Company will be unable to offer
to purchase the Notes and that failure would constitute an Event of Default
under the Indenture. There is no assurance that the Company will have
sufficient funds available at the time of any Change of Control to repurchase
the Notes. The events that require a repurchase upon a Change of Control under
the Indenture may also constitute events of default under the Credit Facility
or other indebtedness of the Company. See "Description of the Notes--
Repurchase at the Option of Holders."
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
BANKRUPTCY RELATED TO ESCROW AMOUNT
 
  The right of the Trustee (as defined) under the Indenture and the Escrow
Agreement (as defined) to foreclose upon and sell Escrow Collateral (as
defined) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default on the Notes is likely to
be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy or
reorganization case were to be commenced by or against the Company or one or
more of its subsidiaries. Under applicable bankruptcy law, secured creditors
such as the holders of the Notes are prohibited from foreclosing upon or
disposing of a debtor's property without prior bankruptcy court approval. See
"Description of Notes--Disbursement of Funds; Escrow Account."
 
CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
  As of September 30, 1998, the Company's executive officers, directors and
greater than 5% stockholders (and their affiliates), in the aggregate, owned
approximately 33.5% of the Company's outstanding Common Stock. As a result,
such persons, acting together, will have the ability to significantly
influence matters submitted to stockholders of the Company for approval
(including the election and removal of directors and any merger, consolidation
or sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets) as well as the
management and affairs of the Company. See "Management."
 
LACK OF PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE NOTES; VOLATILITY
 
  The Old Notes are eligible for trading in the Private Offerings, Resales and
Trading through Automated Linkages ("PORTAL") Market. The New Notes will be
new securities, and there is no existing trading market for the New Notes.
Accordingly, there is no assurance regarding the future development of a
trading market for the New Notes or the ability of the holders, or the price
at which such holders may be able, to sell their New Notes. If such a market
were to develop, the New Notes could trade at prices that may be higher or
lower than the exchange tender price of the Old Notes. Prevailing market
prices from time to time will depend on many factors, including then existing
interest rates, the Company's operating results and cash flow and the market
for similar securities.
 
  Consequently, even if a trading market for the New Notes does develop, there
is no assurance as to the liquidity of that market. The Company does not
intend to apply for listing or quotation of the New Notes on any securities
exchange or in the over-the-counter market.
 
  In addition, the liquidity of, and trading markets for, the New Notes may be
adversely affected by declines in the market for high-yield securities
generally. Such a decline may adversely affect liquidity and trading markets
independent of the financial performance of, and prospects for, the Company.
 
                                      29
<PAGE>
 
                                 RECENT EVENTS
 
  Third Quarter Results. On October 28, 1998, the Company reported revenues of
$14.5 million for the quarter ended September 30, 1998 compared to $3.4
million for the quarter ended September 30, 1997. The Company's revenues for
the nine months ended September 30, 1998 were $31.6 million compared to $7.5
million for the nine months ended September 30, 1997. These increases
reflected the continuing increase in the number of customers, increases in
revenues from existing customers and the opening of new Internet Data Centers.
 
  Net loss and EBITDA loss (loss before interest, taxes, depreciation,
amortization and other non-cash charges) for the third quarter of 1998 were
$17.7 million and $9.4 million, respectively, compared to a net loss and
EBITDA loss of $6.6 million and $5.6 million, respectively, for the third
quarter of 1997. Net loss and EBITDA loss for the nine months ended September
30, 1998 were $45.1 million and $29.5 million, respectively, compared to a net
loss and EBITDA loss of $14.6 million and $12.5 million, respectively, for the
nine months ended September 30, 1997. These increases in the level of losses
reflect increases in both the three and nine month periods ended September 30,
1998 in cost of revenues to $16.4 million and $39.3 million, respectively;
marketing and sales expenses to $6.9 million and $20.5 million, respectively;
general and administrative expenses to $3.9 million and $9.5 million,
respectively; and product development expenses to $935,000 and $2.3 million,
respectively, reflecting the costs associated with opening and maintaining
additional Internet Data Centers, including the hiring of additional
employees. In addition, net interest expense increased to $4.0 million and
$5.1 million for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 1998,
respectively, which reflected increased interest expenses associated with the
$200 million of Notes issued by the Company on July 1, 1998 and increased
borrowings under equipment loans and lease agreements to finance the
construction of Internet Data Centers and working capital lines of credit to
finance working capital for operations.
 
  As of September 30, 1998, the Company's cash and cash equivalents was $191.0
million and its working capital was $163.0 million. As of that date, the
Company also had total bank borrowings, debt and capital lease obligations of
$244.3 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 1998, the Company used
net cash for operating activities of $31.2 million (primarily due to net
losses) and net cash for investing activities of $26.5 million (primarily due
to capital expenditures related to the construction of Internet Data Centers,
leasehold improvements, furniture and fixtures and computers and other
equipment) and generated net cash of $238.5 million from financing activities
(primarily due to the Company's $200 million Note offering in July 1998). As
of September 30, 1998, the Company had commitments under the capital leases
and noncancellable operating leases of $12.7 million and $92.5 million,
respectively, through 2010.
 
  Arca Systems Acquisition. On October 2, 1998, the Company entered into an
Asset Purchase Agreement with CyberGuard Corporation under which it purchased
substantially all of the assets, including all of Arca's customer agreements,
and assumed certain liabilities of Arca Systems, Inc. ("Arca"), a wholly-owned
subsidiary of CyberGuard Corporation. Arca is a provider of advanced network
and system security consulting services and designs and develops security
technology solutions for complex and sensitive information systems. The
Company also hired Arca's 37 employees. Arca will operate as a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company. The consideration paid to CyberGuard Corporation in
connection with the purchase of assets, together with amounts paid to Arca
employees in connection with their initial employment by the Company and
expenses associated with these transactions, amounted to an aggregate of less
than $8 million.
 
                                      30
<PAGE>
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
  The Company will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the New Notes
offered pursuant to the Exchange Offer. In consideration for issuing the New
Notes as contemplated in this Prospectus, the Company will receive in exchange
Old Notes in like principal amount, the terms of which are identical in all
respects to the New Notes except for certain transfer restrictions and
registration rights. The Old Notes surrendered in exchange for New Notes will
be retired and canceled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, issuance of the
New Notes will not result in any increase in the indebtedness of the Company.
 
  The estimated net proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes, after deducting
the underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses, were approximately
$193.0 million. Approximately $42.4 million of such net proceeds were invested
in U.S. Government Securities (as defined) and held in an Escrow Account for
the benefit of the Holders of the Notes to fund when due the first four
scheduled interest payments on the Notes. The remaining net proceeds, together
with borrowings under the Credit Agreement, will be used primarily (i) to fund
accelerated expansion of the Company's Internet Data Centers and facilities,
including capital expenditures and operating expenses associated with the
initial operation of such Internet Data Centers and facilities, and expansion
of the Company's network infrastructure, and (ii) for other general corporate
purposes, including increased research and development and the possible
acquisition of or investment in complementary businesses, products, services
or technologies. In the ordinary course of business, the Company evaluates
potential acquisitions of such businesses, products and technologies. However,
the Company has no present commitments or agreements with respect to any
acquisition of any material businesses, products, services or technologies.
Pending such uses, the Company has invested the net proceeds from the sale of
the Old Notes in investment-grade, short-term, interest-bearing securities.
See "Risk Factors--Broad Management Discretion in Allocation of Proceeds" and
"--Bankruptcy Related to Escrow Amount."
 
                                      31
<PAGE>
 
                                CAPITALIZATION
 
  The following table sets forth the unaudited capitalization of the Company
as of June 30, 1998 on an actual basis and as adjusted to reflect the receipt
of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes and the
application of the net proceeds therefrom.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              JUNE 30, 1998
                                                           --------------------
                                                           ACTUAL   AS ADJUSTED
                                                           -------  -----------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                        <C>      <C>
Cash and cash equivalents................................. $60,720   $211,343
                                                           =======   ========
Restricted cash and investments...........................   1,938     44,315
                                                           =======   ========
Current portion of equipment loans, line of credit
 facility and capital lease
 obligations (1)..........................................  10,595     10,595
                                                           =======   ========
Debt (excluding current maturities) (1):
  Bank borrowings.........................................     --         --
  Equipment loans and line of credit facility.............  21,453     21,453
  Capital lease obligations...............................   8,461      8,461
  11 1/4% Senior Notes....................................     --     200,000
Stockholders' equity (2):
  Preferred stock, $0.001 par value: 5,000,000 shares
   authorized, no shares issued or outstanding............     --         --
  Common stock, $0.001 par value: 50,000,000 shares
   authorized, 19,477,098 shares issued and outstanding...      19         19
  Additional paid-in capital.............................. 115,160    115,160
  Notes receivable from stockholders......................     (53)       (53)
  Deferred stock compensation.............................  (1,641)    (1,641)
  Accumulated deficit..................................... (57,974)   (57,974)
                                                           -------   --------
  Total stockholders' equity..............................  55,511     55,511
                                                           -------   --------
    Total capitalization.................................. $85,425   $285,425
                                                           =======   ========
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) See Notes 3, 6 and 8 of Notes to Financial Statements.
(2) Does not include (i) 3,259,412 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
    exercise of stock options outstanding under the Company's stock option
    plans as of June 30, 1998 with a weighted average per share exercise price
    of $6.69, (ii) 1,777,624 shares of Common Stock available for future grant
    as of June 30, 1998 under the Company's stock and option plans or (iii)
    246,557 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants
    outstanding as of June 30, 1998 with a weighted average per share exercise
    price of $7.94. See Notes 5 and 8 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
  The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the
Company's Financial Statements and Notes thereto and "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included
elsewhere in this Prospectus. The statement of operations data for each of the
years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1997, and the balance sheet
data as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, are derived from financial statements
of the Company that have been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent
auditors, and are included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The statement of
operations data for the six month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1998 and the
balance sheet data as of June 30, 1998 are derived from unaudited financial
statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The balance sheet data as of
December 31, 1994 and 1995 are derived from financial statements of the
Company that have been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP that are not included
herein. The statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 1993
and 1994 and the three months ended March 31, June 30, September 30 and
December 31, 1997 and March 31 and June 30, 1998 and the balance sheet data as
of December 31, 1993, are derived from unaudited financial statements that are
not included herein. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on
substantially the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the
opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal
recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of
operations for such periods. Historical results are not necessarily indicative
of the results to be expected in the future, and results of interim periods
are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      SIX MONTHS ENDED
                               ----------------------------  ------------------
                                                             JUNE 30,  JUNE 30,
                                 1995      1996      1997      1997      1998
                               --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                            <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues.....................  $  1,408  $  3,130  $ 12,408  $  4,062  $ 17,176
                               --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
Cost and expenses:
 Cost of revenues............     1,128     2,990    16,868     4,898    22,864
 Marketing and sales.........     1,056     2,734    12,702     4,376    13,580
 General and administrative..       427     1,056     5,983     2,079     5,657
 Product development.........        70       444     1,647       588     1,364
                               --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
 Total cost and expenses.....     2,681     7,224    37,200    11,941    43,465
                               --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
 Operating loss..............    (1,273)   (4,094)  (24,792)   (7,879)  (26,289)
 Net interest expense........        38        39       506       137     1,108
                               --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
 Net loss....................    (1,311)   (4,133)  (25,298)   (8,016)  (27,397)
 Cumulative dividends and
  accretion on redeemable
  convertible preferred
  stock......................       --        --     (1,413)      --     (2,014)
                               --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
Net loss attributable to
 common stockholders.........  $ (1,311) $ (4,133) $(26,711) $ (8,016) $(29,411)
                               ========  ========  ========  ========  ========
Basic and diluted net loss
 per share (1)...............  $  (1.00) $  (2.16) $ (13.85) $  (4.16) $  (2.57)
                               ========  ========  ========  ========  ========
Shares used in computing
 basic and diluted net loss
 per share (1)...............     1,315     1,914     1,928     1,927    11,460
                               ========  ========  ========  ========  ========
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS DATA:
Net cash used for operating
 activities..................  $   (453) $ (2,998) $(15,096) $ (5,493) $(16,670)
Net cash used for investing
 activities..................       (77)   (3,617)  (22,911)   (5,765)  (17,842)
Net cash provided by
 financing activities........       692    10,167    44,562    23.884    84,962
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA (2)...................  $ (1,208) $ (3,633) $(20,274) $ (6,917) $(20,062)
Depreciation and
 amortization................        65       461     3,429       962     4,689
Capital expenditures.........        69     3,499    22,489     5,765    17,842
Deficiency of earnings
 available to cover fixed
 charges (3).................    (1,311)   (4,133)  (25,298)   (8,016)  (27,397)
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) See Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements for an explanation of the
    determination of the number of shares used in computing per share data.
(2) Represents loss before net interest expense, income taxes, depreciation,
    amortization (including amortization of deferred stock compensation) and
    other noncash charges ("EBITDA"). Although EBITDA should not be used as an
    alternative to operating loss or net cash provided by (used for) operating
    activities, investing activities or financing activities, each as measured
    under generally accepted accounting principles, and, although EBITDA may
    not be comparable to other similarly titled information from other
    companies, the Company's management believes that EBITDA is an additional
    meaningful measure of performance and liquidity.
(3) Earnings consist of income (loss) before provision for income taxes plus
    fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest charges and amortization
    of debt expense and discount or premium related to indebtedness, whether
    expensed or capitalized, and that portion of rental expense the Company
    believes to be representative of interest.
 
                                      33
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            THREE MONTHS ENDED
                          -----------------------------------------------------------
                          MAR. 31,  JUNE 30,  SEPT. 30,  DEC. 31,  MAR. 31,  JUNE 30,
                            1997      1997      1997       1997      1998      1998
                          --------  --------  ---------  --------  --------  --------
                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
Revenues................  $  1,669  $  2,393  $  3,443   $  4,903  $  7,105  $ 10,071
                          --------  --------  --------   --------  --------  --------
Cost and expenses:
 Cost of revenues.......     1,899     2,999     4,644      7,326     9,881    12,983
 Marketing and sales....     1,630     2,746     3,291      5,035     6,417     7,163
 General and
  administrative........       916     1,163     1,447      2,457     2,657     3,000
 Product development....       203       385       512        547       645       719
                          --------  --------  --------   --------  --------  --------
  Total cost and
   expenses.............     4,648     7,293     9,894     15,365    19,600    23,865
                          --------  --------  --------   --------  --------  --------
 Operating loss.........    (2,979)   (4,900)   (6,451)   (10,462)  (12,495)  (13,794)
 Net interest expense...        56        81       105        264       826       282
                          --------  --------  --------   --------  --------  --------
  Net loss..............    (3,035)   (4,981)   (6,556)   (10,726)  (13,321)  (14,076)
 Cumulative dividends
  and accretion on
  redeemable convertible
  preferred stock.......       --        --       (823)      (590)   (2,014)      --
                          --------  --------  --------   --------  --------  --------
Net loss attributable to
 common stockholders....  $ (3,035) $ (4,981) $ (7,379)  $(11,316) $(15,335) $(14,076)
                          ========  ========  ========   ========  ========  ========
Basic and diluted net
 loss per share(1)......                                           $  (4.46) $  (0.73)
                                                                   ========  ========
Shares used in computing
 basic and diluted net
 loss per share(1)......                                              3,436    19,412
                                                                   ========  ========
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 DATA:
 Net cash used for
  operating activities..  $ (1,554) $ (3,519) $ (4,147)  $ (5,876) $ (7,760) $ (8,910)
 Net cash used for
  investing activities..    (2,802)   (3,383)   (8,841)    (7,885)   (7,146)  (10,696)
 Net cash provided by
  financing activities..     3,496    20,388       530     20,148    78,789     6,173
OTHER DATA:
 EBITDA(2)..............  $ (2,629) $ (4,288) $ (5,566)  $ (7,791) $ (9,617) $(10,445)
 Depreciation and
  amortization..........       350       612       800      1,667     1,975     2,714
 Capital expenditures...     2,606     3,159     9,010      7,714     7,225    10,617
 Deficiency of earnings
  available to cover
  fixed charges(3)......    (3,035)   (4,981)   (6,556)   (10,726)  (13,321)  (14,076)
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                  ---------------------------
                                                      1993           1994
                                                  -------------  ------------
                                                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                  RATIO AND PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                               <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA(4):
Revenues......................................... $         266  $        977
Operating income.................................            19           143
Net income.......................................            19           144
Basic and diluted net income per share........... $        0.02  $       0.14
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net
 income per share................................         1,000         1,000
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(3)............            11x           25x
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) See Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements for an explanation of the
    determination of the number of shares used in computing per share data.
(2) Represents loss before net interest expense, income taxes, depreciation,
    amortization (including amortization of deferred stock compensation) and
    other noncash charges ("EBITDA"). Although EBITDA should not be used as an
    alternative to operating loss or net cash provided by (used for) operating
    activities, investing activities or financing activities, each as measured
    under generally accepted accounting principles, and, although EBITDA may
    not be comparable to other similarly titled information from other
    companies, the Company's management believes that EBITDA is an additional
    meaningful measure of performance and liquidity.
(3) Earnings consist of income (loss) before provision for income taxes plus
    fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest charges and amortization
    of debt expense and discount or premium related to indebtedness, whether
    expensed or capitalized, and that portion of rental expense the Company
    believes to be representative of interest.
(4) The Company is the successor to a Maryland corporation that was formed in
    August 1992 to provide computer consulting services. The Company began to
    offer Internet connectivity services to enterprises in October 1994 and
    server hosting services in late 1995. In August 1996, the Company opened
    its first dedicated Internet Data Center and refocused its business
    strategy on providing Internet system and network management solutions for
    enterprises with mission-critical Internet operations.
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                 -------------------------------------  JUNE 30,
                                 1993  1994  1995     1996      1997      1998
                                 ----  ---- -------  -------  --------  --------
                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                              <C>   <C>  <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents....... $ 2   $  1 $   163  $ 3,715  $ 10,270  $ 60,720
Restricted cash and
 investments....................   -      -       -      378     1,753     1,938
Working capital (deficiency)....  (5)    93  (1,170)   1,892    (3,707)   39,571
Total assets....................  32    320     840    8,289    40,973   113,040
Equipment loans, line of credit
 facility and capital lease
 obligations, less current
 portion........................   -      -     141    1,449    15,135    29,914
Total stockholders' equity
 (deficit)......................  25    169  (1,140)  (5,234)  (30,600)   55,511
</TABLE>
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
 
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  The following discussion of the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company should be read in conjunction with the Financial
Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. This
discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. The Company's actual results may differ materially from those
anticipated in these forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause such a
difference include, but are not limited to, those set forth under "Risk
Factors."
 
OVERVIEW
 
  Exodus is a leading provider of Internet system and network management
solutions for enterprises with mission-critical Internet operations. The
Company's solutions include server hosting, Internet connectivity,
collaborative systems management and Internet technology services, which
together provide the high performance, scalability and expertise that
enterprises need to optimize Internet operations. The Company delivers its
services from geographically distributed, state-of-the-art Internet Data
Centers that are connected through a redundant high-performance national
Internet backbone ring.
 
  The Company is the successor to a Maryland corporation that was formed in
August 1992 to provide computer consulting services. The Company began to
offer Internet connectivity services to enterprises in October 1994 and server
hosting services in late 1995. In August 1996, the Company opened its first
dedicated Internet Data Center and refocused its business strategy on
providing Internet system and network management solutions for enterprises
with mission-critical Internet operations. Since refocusing its business
strategy, the Company has derived most of its revenues (and substantially all
of its growth in revenues) from customers for which it provides these
services. Each of the Company's Internet Data Center customers initially
purchases a subset of the Company's service offerings to address specific
departmental or enterprise Internet computing needs, and some of these
customers purchase additional services as the scale and complexity of their
Internet operations increase. The Company sells its services under contracts
that typically have terms of one year. Customers pay monthly fees for the
services utilized, as well as one-time fees for installation and for any
equipment that they choose to purchase from the Company. Beginning with the
quarter ended March 31, 1998, the Company determined not to disclose
separately the portions of total revenues and cost of revenues consisting of
service revenues and equipment revenues, as equipment revenues had, for each
quarterly period beginning in 1997, represented less than 10% of total
revenues and the Company expected, and continues to expect, equipment revenues
to remain less than 10% of total revenues going forward. However, the
foregoing forward-looking statement is subject to risks and uncertainties,
such as the level of customer equipment demands, which could cause actual
results to differ materially.
 
  The Company opened its first Internet Data Center in the San Francisco
metropolitan area in August 1996. Since that time, the Company has opened
seven additional domestic Internet Data Centers in the metropolitan areas of
New York (March 1997), San Francisco (second site--August 1997; third site--
June 1998), Seattle (September 1997), Los Angeles (October 1997), Washington,
D.C. (December 1997) and Boston (July 1998), and has a server hosting facility
in London. See "Business--Facilities." These facilities serve as a base for
the array of solutions offered by the Company, including server hosting,
Internet connectivity, collaborative systems management and Internet
technology services. The building of Internet Data Centers has required the
Company to obtain substantial equity and debt financing. See "Risk Factors--
Substantial Leverage and Debt Service" and "--Liquidity and Capital Resources"
below.
 
  The Company intends to expand domestically and internationally, including
the expected opening of additional Internet Data Centers in the Washington,
D.C. and Seattle metropolitan areas and Internet Data Centers in the Chicago
metropolitan area in the first quarter of 1999 and the London metropolitan
area in the second quarter of 1999. Prior to building an Internet Data Center
in a new geographic region, the Company employs various means to evaluate the
market opportunity in a given location, including the use of focus groups and
market research on Internet usage statistics, the pre-selling of services into
the proposed market and analysis
 
                                      36
<PAGE>
 
of specific financial criteria. The Company typically requires at least six
months to select the appropriate location for an Internet Data Center,
construct the necessary facilities, install equipment and telecommunications
infrastructure, and hire the operations and sales personnel needed to conduct
business at that site. Expenditures related to an Internet Data Center
commence well before the Internet Data Center opens, and it takes an extended
period to approach break-even capacity utilization at each site. As a result,
the Company expects that individual Internet Data Centers will experience
losses in excess of one year from the time they are opened. The Company
experiences further losses from sales personnel hired to test market the
Company's services in markets where there is no, and may never be an, Internet
Data Center. As a result, the Company expects to make investments in expanding
the Company's business rapidly into new geographic regions which, while
potentially increasing the Company's revenues in the long term, will lead to
significant losses for the foreseeable future. See "Risk Factors--Risks
Associated with Accelerated Business Expansion" for risks related to the
foregoing forward-looking statements.
 
  Since the Company began to offer server hosting services in 1995, it has
experienced operating losses and negative cash flows from operations in each
quarterly and annual period. As of September 30, 1998, the Company had an
accumulated deficit of approximately $75.6 million. The revenue and income
potential of the Company's business and market is unproven, and the Company's
limited operating history makes an evaluation of the Company and its prospects
difficult. Currently, the Company anticipates making significant investments
in new Internet Data Centers, product development and sales and marketing
programs and personnel and therefore believes that it will continue to
experience net losses on a quarterly and annual basis for the foreseeable
future. The Company and its prospects must be considered in light of the
risks, expenses and difficulties encountered by companies in the new and
rapidly evolving market for Internet system and network management solutions.
To address these risks, among other things, the Company must market its brand
name effectively, provide scalable, reliable and cost-effective services,
continue to grow its infrastructure to accommodate new Internet Data Centers
and increased bandwidth use of its network, expand its channels of
distribution, retain and motivate qualified personnel and continue to respond
to competitive developments. Failure of the Company's products and services to
achieve market acceptance would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. There can
be no assurance that the Company will ever achieve profitability on a
quarterly or an annual basis or will sustain profitability if achieved. See
"Risk Factors--Limited Operating History; History of Losses" for risks related
to the foregoing forward-looking statements.
 
 
                                      37
<PAGE>
 
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  The following table sets forth certain statement of operations data as a
percentage of total revenues for the three months ended March 31, June 30,
September 30 and December 31, 1997 and March 31 and June 30, 1998. This
information has been derived from the Company's unaudited financial
statements, which, in management's opinion, have been prepared on
substantially the same basis as the audited financial statements and include
all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary
for a fair presentation of the financial information for the quarters
presented. This information should be read in conjunction with the Financial
Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The
operating results in any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results
for any future period.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           THREE MONTHS ENDED
                         -----------------------------------------------------------
                         MAR. 31,  JUNE 30,  SEPT. 30,  DEC. 31,  MAR. 31,  JUNE 30,
                           1997      1997      1997       1997      1998      1998
                         --------  --------  ---------  --------  --------  --------
<S>                      <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenues................   100.0%    100.0%    100.0%     100.0%    100.0%    100.0%
                          ------    ------    ------     ------    ------    ------
Cost and expenses:
  Cost of revenues......   113.8     125.3     134.9      149.4     139.1     128.9
  Marketing and sales...    97.7     114.8      95.6      102.7      90.3      71.1
  General and
   administrative.......    54.9      48.6      42.0       50.1      37.4      29.8
  Product development...    12.1      16.0      14.8       11.2       9.1       7.1
                          ------    ------    ------     ------    ------    ------
    Total cost and
     expenses...........   278.5     304.7     287.3      313.4     275.9     236.9
                          ------    ------    ------     ------    ------    ------
Operating loss..........  (178.5)   (204.7)   (187.3)    (213.4)   (175.9)   (136.9)
Net interest expense....     3.4       3.4       3.1        5.4      11.6       2.8
                          ------    ------    ------     ------    ------    ------
    Net loss............  (181.9)%  (208.1)%  (190.4)%   (218.8)%  (187.5)%  (139.7)%
                          ======    ======    ======     ======    ======    ======
</TABLE>
 
 Revenues
 
  The Company's revenues consist of service revenues and equipment revenues.
Service revenues consist of monthly fees for server hosting, Internet
connectivity, collaborative systems management and Internet technology
services and one-time fees for installation. Service revenues (other than
installation fees) are generally billed and recognized ratably over the term
of the contract, generally one year. Installation fees are typically
recognized at the time that installation occurs. Equipment revenues consist of
sales to customers of third-party equipment, as an accommodation to facilitate
their purchase of services; thus, the Company's equipment revenues have varied
from quarter to quarter depending on particular customer needs. Revenues from
equipment sales are recognized at the time the equipment is shipped to the
customer or placed into service at an Internet Data Center. The Company's
customers generally do not have the right to return equipment purchased from
the Company, although the Company may elect from time to time to accept such a
return.
 
  The Company's revenues increased sequentially each quarter with an overall
increase from $1.7 million in the quarter ended March 31, 1997 to $10.1
million in the quarter ended June 30, 1998. This growth in revenues resulted
primarily from the growth in the Company's service revenues due to increases
in the number of customers, increases in revenues per customer and the opening
of new Internet Data Centers. During 1997 and the first half of 1998, more
than 90% of the Company's total revenues were derived from service revenues,
and the Company expects that it will continue to derive substantially all of
its revenues from service revenues in the foreseeable future. However, the
foregoing forward-looking statement is subject to risks and uncertainties,
such as the level of customer equipment demands, which could cause actual
results to differ materially.
 
 Cost of Revenues
 
  Cost of revenues consists of cost of service revenues and cost of equipment
revenues. The Company's cost of service revenues is comprised primarily of the
Company's costs for its nationwide backbone network and local telco loops,
salaries and benefits for the Company's customer service and operations
personnel (including its
 
                                      38
<PAGE>
 
network engineers, backbone engineers, network management and systems
personnel and installers), and depreciation, rent, repairs and utilities
related to the Company's Internet Data Centers. Cost of equipment revenues
represents the cost to the Company of third-party equipment sold to customers.
 
  The Company's cost of revenues increased sequentially each of the last six
quarters, with an overall increase from $1.9 million in the quarter ended
March 31, 1997 to $13.0 million in the quarter ended June 30, 1998. Cost of
revenues as a percentage of revenues increased sequentially each quarter
through the quarter ended December 31, 1997 then declined somewhat in the
quarters ended March 31 and June 30, 1998, with an overall increase during the
periods presented from 113.8% in the quarter ended March 31, 1997 to 128.9% in
the quarter ended June 30, 1998. The overall increase in cost of revenues in
absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenues was primarily the result of
wages, depreciation and other costs associated with opening additional
Internet Data Centers, and the increased costs for the Company's network
infrastructure. The decrease in cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues
in the quarters ended March 31 and June 30, 1998 from the prior quarters
resulted from revenue growing faster than the Company's associated costs. Cost
of service revenues for each quarter represented in excess of 90% of cost of
revenues, and the Company expects that cost of service revenues will
constitute substantially all of its cost of revenues in the foreseeable
future. However, the foregoing forward-looking statement is subject to risks
and uncertainties, such as the level of customer equipment demands, which
could cause actual results to differ materially. The Company expects that its
cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues may remain above 100% through
most of the first half of 1999. However, the foregoing forward-looking
statement is subject to risks and uncertainties, such as the level of revenues
achieved by the Company. See "Risk Factors--Potential Fluctuations in
Operating Results."
 
 Marketing and Sales
 
  The Company's marketing and sales expenses are comprised primarily of
salaries and benefits for the Company's marketing and sales personnel,
printing and advertising costs, consultants' fees and travel and entertainment
expenses. Marketing and sales expenses have increased sequentially in each of
the last six quarters as a result of increased marketing and sales personnel,
increased marketing program expenses and other marketing efforts. Marketing
and sales expenses as a percentage of total revenues fluctuated from quarter
to quarter primarily due to increases in headcount and the timing of
advertising and other promotional activities such as trade shows. The Company
expects that marketing and sales expenses will continue to increase in
absolute dollars during the remainder of 1998 but will continue the decline as
a percentage of total revenues experienced in the quarters ended March 31 and
June 30, 1998 as recurring revenues from existing customers, which tend to
have lower marketing and sales expenses associated with them, become a higher
percentage of total revenues. However, the foregoing forward-looking statement
is subject to risks and uncertainties such as risks associated with the
Company's achievement of anticipated levels of revenues and expenses and
competition. See "Risk Factors--Competition," "--Dependence on New Market" and
"--Uncertainty of Acceptance of Services."
 
 General and Administrative
 
  The Company's general and administrative expenses consist primarily of
salaries and benefits for the Company's administrative and management
information systems personnel and fees paid for professional services and
recruiting. General and administrative expenses have increased primarily as a
result of additional personnel, recruiting fees, professional fees and
consulting costs. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of total
revenues increased during the quarters ended March 31 and June 30, 1997 due to
increased professional services and recruiting fees and increased during the
quarter ended December 31, 1997 primarily as a result of $656,000 of
amortization of deferred compensation expense and $278,000 of professional
services and recruiting fees. General and administrative expenses for the
quarters ended March 31 and June 30, 1998 decreased significantly as a
percentage of total revenues from the prior quarter due to faster growing
revenues and improved operating efficiencies and, with respect to the quarter
ended March 31, 1998, lower stock compensation expenses. The Company expects
that general and administrative expenses will continue to increase in absolute
dollars but will continue to decline as a percentage of total revenues as
existing overhead is spread
 
                                      39
<PAGE>
 
over more substantial operations. However, the foregoing forward-looking
statement is subject to risks and uncertainties, such as risks associated with
the Company's achievement of anticipated levels of revenues and expenses,
which may cause actual results to differ materially. See "Risk Factors--
Potential Fluctuations in Operating Results."
 
 Product Development
 
  The Company's product development expenses consist primarily of salaries and
benefits for the Company's product development personnel and fees paid to
consultants, all of whom focus their efforts primarily on the integration of
best-of-breed products and services developed by leading technology vendors
with the Company's services and the development of the Company's proprietary
technologies. Product development expenses have increased in absolute dollars
every quarter since March 31, 1997 as a result of continuing efforts to
integrate and enhance best-of-breed third-party technologies to support the
Company's service offerings. Product development expenses as a percentage of
total revenues decreased during 1997 and the first two quarters of 1998
generally due to revenues growing faster than product development expenses.
However, from March 31, 1997 to June 30, 1997, product development expenses
increased as a percentage of total revenues due to an acceleration in the
costs of product development employees and consultants at a higher rate than
revenues. The Company expects that product development expenses will continue
to increase in absolute dollars as the Company makes additional investments in
developing proprietary technology, particularly related to its collaborative
systems management services, but will decline as a percentage of total
revenues as existing costs are spread over a larger revenue base. However, the
foregoing forward-looking statement is subject to risks and uncertainties,
such as risks associated with the Company's achievement of anticipated levels
of revenues and expenses, which may cause actual results to differ materially.
See "Risk Factors--Potential Fluctuations in Operating Results."
 
 Stock Compensation Expense
 
  In the quarters ended September 30 and December 31, 1997, the Company
recorded aggregate deferred stock compensation of approximately $3.5 million
in connection with the grant of certain stock options from March through
December 1997, which amount is generally being amortized over the 50 month
vesting period of such options. This amortization is being recorded in a
manner consistent with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")
Interpretation No. 28. The Company also recorded stock compensation of
approximately $261,000 in connection with stock grants in the quarter ended
June 30, 1998. Of the total deferred stock compensation, approximately $85,000
was amortized in the quarter ended September 30, 1997, approximately $1.0
million was amortized in the quarter ended December 31, 1997, approximately
$378,000 was amortized in the quarter ended March 31, 1998 and approximately
$374,000 was amortized in the quarter ended June 30, 1998. The Company expects
amortization of approximately $600,000 during the remainder of 1998, $700,000
during 1999, $300,000 during 2000 and $100,000 during 2001 related to these
options. These amortization amounts are allocated among the expense categories
discussed above. See Note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
 
                                      40
<PAGE>
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997 AND
THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998
 
  The following table sets forth certain statement of operations data as a
percentage of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and
1997 and the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998. The information for the
years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 has been derived from the
Company's audited financial statements included in this Prospectus. The
information for the six month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1998 has been
derived from the Company's unaudited financial statements included in this
Prospectus, which, in management's opinion, have been prepared on
substantially the same basis as the audited financial statements and include
all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary
for a fair presentation of the financial information for the quarters
presented. This information should be read in conjunction with the Financial
Statements and Notes thereto included herein. The operating results in any
quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any
future period.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    YEAR ENDED            SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                   DECEMBER 31,               JUNE 30,
                                -----------------------   -------------------
                                1995     1996     1997      1997       1998
                                -----   ------   ------   --------   --------
<S>                             <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>
Revenues....................... 100.0%   100.0%   100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
                                -----   ------   ------   --------   --------
Cost and expenses:
  Cost of revenues.............  80.1     95.5    135.9      120.6      133.1
  Marketing and sales..........  75.0     87.3    102.4      107.7       79.1
  General and administrative...  30.3     33.8     48.2       51.2       32.9
  Product development..........   5.0     14.2     13.3       14.5        7.9
                                -----   ------   ------   --------   --------
    Total cost and expenses.... 190.4    230.8    299.8      294.0      253.0
                                -----   ------   ------   --------   --------
Operating loss................. (90.4)  (130.8)  (199.8)    (194.0)    (153.0)
Net interest expense...........   2.7      1.2      4.1        3.4        6.5
                                -----   ------   ------   --------   --------
    Net loss................... (93.1)% (132.0)% (203.9)%   (197.4)%   (159.5)%
                                =====   ======   ======   ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
 Revenues
 
  The Company's revenues increased 122% from $1.4 million in 1995 to $3.1
million in 1996 and increased an additional 296% to $12.4 million in 1997.
Service revenues increased 130% from $1.1 million in 1995 to $2.5 million in
1996. The growth in the Company's service revenues from 1995 to 1996 resulted
primarily from an increase in the number of customers to which the Company
provided Internet connectivity and to a lesser extent from an increase in
service revenues per Internet connectivity customer. Service revenues
increased 372% from $2.5 million in 1996 to $11.6 million in 1997. This growth
in service revenues was primarily the result of opening the Company's first
two Internet Data Centers in August 1996 and March 1997, increases in the
number of new customers, substantially all of which were Internet Data Center
customers, and increases in revenues per customer. Service revenue as a
percentage of total revenues increased from 75.9% in 1995 to 78.4% in 1996 and
to 93.4% in 1997. The Company sells third-party equipment to its customers as
an accommodation to facilitate their purchase of services. The Company's
equipment revenues increased 99% from $340,000 in 1995 to $676,000 in 1996 and
increased an additional 21% to $820,000 in 1997.
 
  The Company's revenues increased 323% to $17.2 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1998 from $4.1 million in the same period of the prior year.
This growth in revenues resulted primarily from increases in the number of
customers, increases in revenues from existing customers and the opening of
new Internet Data Centers.
 
                                      41
<PAGE>
 
 Cost of Revenues
 
  Cost of service revenues increased from $846,000 in 1995 to $2.5 million in
1996 and to $16.2 million in 1997. The Company's cost of service revenues as a
percentage of service revenues increased from 79% in 1995 to 103% in 1996 and
to 140% in 1997. The increases in cost of service revenues in absolute dollars
and as a percentage of service revenues were due to increased costs associated
with the build-out and operation of the Company's increasing number of
Internet Data Centers, including increased costs for its network backbone and
local telco loops, salaries and benefits for its customer service and
operations personnel, depreciation and rent. Costs for the Company's network
backbone and local telco loops increased by approximately $834,000 from 1995
to 1996 and by approximately $3.8 million from 1996 to 1997. Salaries and
benefits for its customer service and operations personnel increased by
approximately $341,000 from 1995 to 1996 and by approximately $3.5 million
from 1996 to 1997. Depreciation increased by approximately $346,000 from 1995
to 1996 and by approximately $3.0 million from 1996 to 1997. Rent expense
increased by approximately $36,000 from 1995 to 1996 and by approximately
$945,000 from 1996 to 1997. Cost of equipment revenues increased from $282,000
in 1995 to $452,000 in 1996 and to $640,000 in 1997. Cost of equipment
revenues varies primarily as a result of equipment revenues and, to a lesser
extent, the mix of equipment purchased by customers.
 
  The Company's cost of revenues increased 367% to $22.9 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1998 from $4.9 million in the same period of the prior
year. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues increased to 133% for the
six months ended June 30, 1998 from 121% in the same period of the prior year.
These increases in cost of revenues in absolute dollars and as a percentage of
revenues were primarily the result of costs associated with the opening of
additional Internet Data Centers, including the hiring of additional
employees, and the Company's expansion and increased capacity of its
nationwide backbone network.
 
 Marketing and Sales
 
  The Company's marketing and sales expenses increased from $1.1 million in
1995 to $2.7 million in 1996 and to $12.7 million in 1997. These increases
were primarily the result of hiring additional marketing and sales personnel
and expanding marketing programs in connection with the Company's expansion of
its operations, including the number and scope of its Internet system and
network management solutions. Salaries and benefits for its sales and
marketing personnel increased by approximately $649,000 from 1995 to 1996 and
by approximately $6.1 million from 1996 to 1997, and costs associated with
tradeshows and advertising increased by approximately $328,000 from 1995 to
1996 and by approximately $977,000 from 1996 to 1997.
 
  The Company's marketing and sales expenses increased 210% to $13.6 million
(including a one-time non-cash charge of $525,000 related to a warrant issued
to At Home Corporation in the first quarter of 1998 in connection with a
distribution relationship) for the six months ended June 30, 1998 from $4.4
million in the same period of the prior year. Marketing and sales expenses
increased as a result of additional marketing and sales personnel, increased
travel and entertainment expenses, increased trade shows and marketing events
and increased public relations expenses. Marketing and sales expenses as a
percentage of revenues decreased to 79% for the six months ended June 30, 1998
from 108% in the same period of the prior year. This decline was due primarily
to increased recurring revenues from existing customers, which tend to have
lower marketing and sales associated with them, as well as the Company's
general significant increase in revenues between the comparison periods.
 
 General and Administrative
 
  The Company's general and administrative expenses increased from $427,000 in
1995 to $1.1 million in 1996 and to $6.0 million in 1997. These increases were
primarily the result of increased hiring of general and administrative
personnel, costs for consultants and professional services providers, fees
paid for recruiting and amortization of deferred compensation. Salaries and
benefits for general and administrative personnel increased by approximately
$202,000 from 1995 to 1996 and by approximately $2.0 million from 1996 to
1997. Costs for consultants and professional services providers increased by
approximately $57,000 from 1995 to 1996 and by approximately $1.1 million from
1996 to 1997. Recruiting fees increased by approximately $193,000 from 1995
 
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
to 1996 and by approximately $968,000 from 1996 to 1997. These increased
expenses reflected the Company's need for additional general and
administrative personnel to handle the expansion of the Company's operations.
The amortization of deferred compensation included in general and
administrative expenses was $741,000 in 1997, and there was no such expense
recorded in 1995 or 1996. See "--Stock Compensation Expense" below.
 
  The Company's general and administrative expenses increased 172% to $5.7
million for the six months ended June 30, 1998 from $2.1 million in the same
period of the prior year. General and administrative expenses increased
primarily as a result of additional personnel and increased professional and
recruiting services. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of
revenues decreased to 33% for the six months ended June 30, 1998 from 51% in
the same period of the prior year. This decline was due primarily to the
Company's significant increase in revenues between the comparison periods.
 
 Product Development
 
  The Company's product development expenses increased from $70,000 in 1995 to
$444,000 in 1996 and to $1.6 million in 1997. The Company's product
development expenses grew between the comparison periods primarily because of
the addition of product development personnel to support the Company's
expanded service offerings.
 
  The Company's product development expenses increased 132% to $1.4 million
for the six months ended June 30, 1998 from $588,000 in the same period of the
prior year. Product development expenses increased as a result of additional
personnel and the increase in fees paid to consultants. Product development
expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 8% for the six months ended
June 30, 1998 from 15% in the same period of the prior year. This decline was
due primarily to the Company's significant increase in revenues between the
comparison periods.
 
 Net Interest Expense
 
  The Company's net interest expense increased from $38,000 in 1995 to $39,000
in 1996 and to $506,000 in 1997. The increases in net interest expense between
the comparison periods were primarily the result of substantially increased
borrowings as the Company entered into equipment loans and lease agreements to
finance the construction of its Internet Data Centers.
 
  The Company's net interest expense increased to $1.1 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1998 from $137,000 in the same period of the prior year.
The increase in net interest expense between the comparison periods was
primarily the result of substantially increased borrowings as the Company
entered into equipment loans and lease agreements to finance the construction
and expansion of its Internet Data Centers and working capital lines of credit
to finance working capital for its operations. The Company expects that net
interest expense will increase substantially as the Company begins to incur
interest payment obligations on the Notes and as the Company enters into
additional equipment leases and loans and obtains additional borrowings.
 
 Stock Compensation Expense
 
  During 1997, the Company recorded deferred stock compensation of
approximately $3.5 million in connection with the grant of certain stock
options from March through December 1997, which amount is generally being
amortized over the 50 month vesting period of such options. Of this amount,
approximately $1.1 million was amortized in 1997. The Company had stock
compensation expense of $1.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 1998
and had no such expense in the same period of the prior year. This
amortization is being recorded in a manner consistent with FASB Interpretation
No. 28. See Note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
 EBITDA
 
  The Company's loss before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and
other non-cash charges ("EBITDA") was $1.2 million in 1995, $3.6 million in
1996 and $20.3 million in 1997. EBITDA losses
 
                                      43
<PAGE>
 
increased from $6.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $20.1
million for the six months ended June 30, 1998. The increases in the level of
EBITDA losses between the comparison periods was primarily due to increased
expenditures needed to support the Company's growth in operations, including
salaries and benefits for additional employees, network costs, rent, utilities
and other costs related to the increase in the number of Company's Internet
Data Centers as well as increased marketing and sales expenses, consulting
fees and professional services. Although EBITDA should not be used as an
alternative to operating loss or net cash provided by (used for) operating
activities, investing activities or financing activities, each as measured
under generally accepted accounting principles, the Company's management
believes that EBITDA is an additional meaningful measure of performance and
liquidity.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
  Since inception and through June 30, 1998, the Company has financed its
operations primarily through private sales of preferred stock, its initial
public offering in March 1998 and through various types of equipment loans and
lease lines and working capital lines of credit. At June 30, 1998, the
principal source of liquidity for the Company was $60.7 million of cash and
cash equivalents. As of that date, the Company also had equipment loans and
lease lines and working capital lines of credit under which it could borrow up
to an additional aggregate of $10.4 million for purchases of equipment and for
working capital. On July 1, 1998, the Company incurred an additional $200
million of indebtedness in connection with the issuance of the Old Notes. See
Note 8 of Notes to Financial Statements and "Description of Notes." In
addition, the Company expects to enter into the Credit Facility, under which
the Company will be permitted to borrow up to approximately $25.0 million or
up to approximately $50.0 million upon meeting certain financial tests.
However, there can be no assurance as to whether, or on what terms, the
Company will obtain the Credit Facility. See "Description of New Credit
Facility."
 
  Since the Company began to offer server hosting services in 1995, the
Company has had significant negative cash flows from operating activities. Net
cash used for operating activities in 1995, 1996 and 1997 was $453,000, $3.0
million and $15.1 million, respectively. Net cash used for operating
activities for the six months ended June 30, 1998 was $16.7 million. Net cash
used for operating activities in each of these periods was primarily due to
net losses, offset in part by increases in accounts payable and accrued
expenses and depreciation and amortization.
 
  Net cash used for investing activities in 1995, 1996 and 1997 was $77,000,
$3.6 million and $22.9 million, respectively. Net cash used for investing
activities in the six months ended June 30, 1998 was $17.8 million. Net cash
used for investing activities in each of these periods was due to capital
expenditures for the continued construction of Internet Data Centers,
leasehold improvements, furniture and fixtures, and computers and other
equipment. Cash provided by financing activities in 1995, 1996 and 1997 was
$692,000, $10.2 million and $44.6 million, respectively. Of this cash, $9.4
million in 1996 and $23.3 million in 1997 resulted from the issuance of
Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs, and related warrants, and $490,000,
$719,000 and $17.0 million in 1995, 1996 and 1997 resulted from debt, bank
borrowings and sale-leaseback financings offset by payments thereon and
required restricted deposits. Cash provided by financing activities for the
six months ended June 30, 1998 was $85.0 million, primarily due to the
proceeds from the Company's initial public offering.
 
  As of June 30, 1998, the Company had commitments under capital leases and
under noncancellable operating leases of $11.8 million and $31.9 million,
respectively, through 2010. The Company intends to make significant capital
expenditures during the next 12 months, primarily for property and equipment,
in particular equipment needed for existing and future Internet Data Centers,
as well as office equipment, computers and telephones. The Company expects to
finance such capital expenditures primarily through existing and future
equipment loans and lease lines, net proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes
and borrowings under the expected Credit Facility. The Company expects to meet
its working capital and capital expenditure requirements over the next 12
months with existing cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments
including the proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes, borrowings under the
expected Credit Facility, cash from sales of services and proceeds from
existing and future working capital lines of credit. The Company may enter
into additional equipment loans and capital leases. The Company may also seek
to raise additional funds through public or private financing,
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
strategic relationships or other arrangements. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be successful in generating sufficient cash flows from
operations or raising capital in sufficient amounts on terms acceptable to it.
See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with Accelerated Business Expansion."
 
FACTORS AFFECTING RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  The Company expects to experience significant fluctuations in its future
quarterly and annual results of operations due to a variety of factors, many
of which are outside the Company's control including: demand for and market
acceptance of the Company's services and enhancements; introductions of
services or enhancements by the Company and its competitors; capacity
utilization of its Internet Data Centers; reliable continuity of service and
network availability; the ability to increase bandwidth as necessary, both on
the Company's network and at its interconnection points with other networks;
the costs associated with increasing bandwidth on the Company's network and at
its interconnection points with other networks; the timing of customer
installations; providing customer discounts and credits; the mix of services
sold by the Company; customer retention and satisfaction; the timing and
success of marketing efforts and service introductions by the Company; the
timing and magnitude of capital expenditures, including construction costs
relating to the expansion of operations; the timely expansion of existing
Internet Data Centers and completion of new Internet Data Centers; costs
related to the acquisition of backbone capacity; the introduction by third
parties of new Internet and networking technologies; increased competition in
the Company's markets; changes in the pricing policies of the Company and its
competitors; fluctuations in bandwidth used by customers; the retention of key
personnel; economic conditions specific to the Internet industry; and other
general economic factors. In addition, a relatively large portion of the
Company's expenses are fixed in the short-term, particularly with respect to
telecommunications, depreciation, certain substantial interest expenses, real
estate and personnel, and therefore the Company's results of operations are
particularly sensitive to fluctuations in revenues. Also, if the Company's
agreement with Computer Associates were to terminate and the Company continued
to require Computer Associates' software, the license fees paid by the Company
could increase fixed costs significantly. Furthermore, if the Company were to
become unable to continue leveraging third party products in the Company's
services offerings, the Company's product development costs could increase
significantly. Although the Company has not encountered significant
difficulties in collecting upon accounts receivable in the past, many of the
Company's customers are in an emerging stage, and there can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to collect receivables on a timely basis.
 
  The market for Internet system and network management solutions has only
recently begun to develop, is evolving rapidly and likely will be
characterized by an increasing number of market entrants. There is significant
uncertainty regarding whether this market ultimately will prove to be viable
or, if it becomes viable, that it will grow. In order to be successful in this
emerging market, the Company must be able to differentiate itself from its
competition through its service offerings, such as its recently introduced
collaborative systems management and Internet technology services. There can
be no assurance that the Company will be successful in differentiating itself
or achieving market acceptance of its services, or that it will not experience
difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful development,
introduction or marketing of these services. If the Company incurs increased
costs or is unable, for technical or other reasons, to develop and introduce
new services or enhancements of existing services in a timely manner, or if
new products or services do not achieve market acceptance in a timely manner
or at all, the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition could be materially adversely affected. See "Risk Factors--
Dependence on New Market; Uncertainty of Acceptance of Services."
 
  A component of the Company's strategy is to expand into international
markets, and the Company recently opened a server hosting facility in the
London metropolitan area. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to market, sell and deliver its services outside the United States
successfully. In order to expand its international operations, the Company
may, among other things, enter into joint ventures or outsourcing agreements
with third parties, acquire rights to high-bandwidth transmission capability,
or acquire complementary business or operations or establish and maintain new
operations outside the United States. In addition to the uncertainty as to the
Company's ability to expand into international markets, there are certain
risks inherent in conducting business internationally, such as unexpected
changes in regulatory requirements, export restrictions, tariffs and other
trade barriers, challenges in staffing and managing foreign operations,
 
                                      45
<PAGE>
 
differing technology standards, employment laws and practices in foreign
countries, longer payment cycles, problems in collecting accounts receivable,
political instability, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, imposition of
currency exchange controls, seasonal reductions in business activity and
potentially adverse tax consequences, any of which could adversely affect the
Company's international operations. In addition, there can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to obtain the necessary telecommunications
infrastructure in a cost-effective manner or compete effectively in
international markets. See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with International
Operations."
 
  Based on its assessment to date, the Company believes that the current
versions of its products are either "Year 2000 compliant" or will not require
substantial effort or cost to make them Year 2000 compliant. However, many of
the Company's customers maintain their Internet operations on servers which
may be impacted by Year 2000 complications. The failure of the Company's
customers to ensure that their servers are Year 2000 compliant could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's customers, which in turn could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition. In addition, the costs of defending and resolving Year
2000 related disputes, and any liability of the Company for Year 2000-related
damages, including consequential damages, could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. The
Company has reviewed, and continues to review, its internal management
information and other systems in order to identify and modify those products,
services or systems that may not be Year 2000 compliant. Based on its
assessment to date, the Company believes that its internal management
information and other systems are either Year 2000 compliant or will not
require substantial effort or cost to make them Year 2000 compliant. The total
cost of these Year 2000 compliance activities has not been material to date.
There can be no assurance that the Company will identify and remedy any
significant Year 2000 problems in a timely fashion, that remedial efforts in
this regard will not involve significant time and expense, or that such
problems will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition. The Company faces additional
risk to the extent that suppliers of products, services and systems purchased
by the Company and others with whom the Company transacts business are not
Year 2000 compliant. In the event that any such third parties cannot provide
the Company with products, services or systems that are Year 2000 compliant on
a timely basis (or in the event that Year 2000 issues prevent such third
parties from delivering products, services or systems required by the Company
on a timely basis), the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition could be materially adversely affected. See "Risk
Factors--Year 2000 Risks."
 
  The Company believes that its future growth depends, in part, upon the
acquisition of complementary businesses, products, services or technologies.
These can be no assurance that the Company will successfully identify, acquire
on favorable terms or integrate such businesses, products, services or
technologies. The Company may face competition for acquisition opportunities,
which may inhibit the Company's ability to consummate suitable acquisitions
and increase the costs of completing and the time required to complete such
acquisitions. Any such acquisitions will require the Company to manage and
integrate such acquired businesses, products, services or technologies and
coordinate (and possibly change) the diverse operating structures, policies
and practices of the acquired entities and to integrate new employees into the
Company's organization and culture. Failure to integrate and manage acquired
businesses, products, services and technologies successfully could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. In addition, future acquisitions by the Company may
result in the incurrence of additional debt, large one-time write-offs and the
creation of goodwill or other intangible assets that could result in
amortization expense. These factors could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See
"Risk Factors--Risks Associated with Potential Acquisitions."
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
  Effective January 1, 1998, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 130, Reporting of Comprehensive
Income. SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for the reporting and display of
comprehensive income and its components in a full set of financial statements.
Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during a period except
those resulting from the issuance of shares of stock and distributions to
stockholders. To date, there have not been material differences between net
loss and comprehensive loss.
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
                                   BUSINESS
 
THE COMPANY
 
  Exodus is a leading provider of Internet system and network management
solutions for enterprises with mission-critical Internet operations. The
Company's solutions include server hosting, Internet connectivity,
collaborative systems management and Internet technology services, which
together provide the high performance, scalability and expertise that
enterprises need to optimize their Internet operations. The Company delivers
its services from geographically distributed, state-of-the-art Internet Data
Centers that are connected through a redundant high performance dedicated
backbone ring. The Company's tailored solutions are designed to be seamlessly
integrated with existing enterprise systems architectures and enable customers
to outsource the monitoring, administration and optimization of their
equipment, applications and overall Internet operations. As of September 30,
1998, the Company had over 600 Internet Data Center customers (including
installed and uninstalled customers under contract) and managed over 4,000
customer servers. The Company's customers range from pioneering Internet-based
businesses to Fortune 500 enterprises and include companies such as Computer
Associates International, Inc., DoubleClick Inc., GeoCities, Hotmail
Corporation (a subsidiary of Microsoft Corporation), Inktomi Corporation,
National Semiconductor Corporation, PC World Communications, Inc.,
software.net, SportsLine USA, Inc. and USAToday Information Network.
 
  The Company's Internet system and network management solutions are based on
a core set of server hosting and Internet connectivity services, which are
enhanced by a growing number of collaborative systems management and Internet
technology services. The Company's server hosting and Internet connectivity
services, through its Internet Data Centers, national backbone ring of
multiple high speed clear DS-3 lines, OC-3 lines and public and private
network peering interconnections, provide the foundation for high performance,
availability, scalability and reliability of customers' Internet operations.
The Company is currently in the process of upgrading its backbone in order to
accommodate expected traffic growth. The Company's collaborative systems
management services, including performance monitoring and site management
reports, enable customers and the Company to manage customers' Internet
operations jointly, proactively and continuously. Finally, the Company's
Internet technology services, which include security and content distribution,
integrate best-of-breed technologies of leading vendors with the Company's
expertise and proprietary technology to provide customers with scalable,
secure and high performing Internet applications. The Company's portfolio of
layered services optimizes the development, deployment and proactive
management of enterprises' mission-critical Internet operations.
 
  The Company began offering server hosting services in late 1995, opened its
first dedicated Internet Data Center in August 1996 and introduced its
collaborative systems management and Internet technology services in 1997. The
Company currently operates eight Internet Data Centers, consisting of
approximately 200,000 gross square feet, located in six metropolitan areas:
Boston, Los Angeles, New York, San Francisco, Seattle and Washington, D.C. The
Company also has a server hosting facility in the London metropolitan area.
The Company intends to expand domestically and internationally, including the
expected opening of additional Internet Data Centers in the Washington, D.C.
and Seattle metropolitan areas and new Internet Data Centers in the Chicago
metropolitan area in the first quarter of 1999 and the London metropolitan
area in the second quarter of 1999.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
  Use of the Internet, including intranets and extranets, has grown rapidly in
recent years, driven by a number of factors, including the large and growing
installed base of advanced personal computers, improvements in network
architectures, increasing numbers of network-enabled applications, the
emergence of compelling content and commerce-enabling technologies and easier,
faster and cheaper access. International Data Corporation estimated that by
the end of 1997 the number of World Wide Web users worldwide would be
approximately 50 million and will continue to grow to approximately 129
million by the end of 2000. As a result of this growing use, the Internet has
become an important new global communications and commerce medium and
represents an
 
                                      47
<PAGE>
 
enormous opportunity for enterprises to interact in new and different ways
with a large number of customers, employees, suppliers and partners.
 
  Enterprises are responding to this opportunity by rapidly increasing their
investments in Internet sites and services. In the last several years, many
enterprises that focus solely on delivering services over the Internet have
emerged, and, more recently, mainstream businesses have begun to implement
Internet sites and commerce applications. This projected increase in
commercial Internet use should drive rapid growth in revenues from Internet
commerce which, according to International Data Corporation, are expected to
increase from approximately $10 billion in 1997 to approximately $120 billion
in 2000.
 
  As use of the Internet grows, enterprises are increasing the breadth and
depth of their Internet product and service offerings. Pioneering Internet-
based businesses have developed Internet products and services in areas such
as finance, banking, entertainment, education and advertising. In addition,
mainstream businesses have begun to use the Internet for an expanding variety
of applications, ranging from corporate publicity and advertising, to sales,
distribution, customer service, employee training and communication with
business partners. These Internet operations are mission-critical for
virtually all Internet-based businesses and are becoming increasingly mission-
critical for many mainstream enterprises. Loss of the availability of mission-
critical Internet sites often results in losses in revenue and impairment of
customer goodwill. As a result, to ensure the reliability of their mission-
critical Internet operations, enterprises are requiring that these operations
have 24x7 performance, scalability and expert management.
 
  The proliferation of Internet services offered and the growth in mission-
critical Internet applications are driving an increase in the complexity of
commercial Internet sites. In order to ensure the quality, reliability,
availability and redundancy of these Internet operations, corporate IT
departments must make substantial investments in developing Internet expertise
and infrastructure. They need geographically distributed state-of-the-art
facilities and networks that are monitored and managed 24x7 by experts in
Internet technology, can be upgraded to reflect changing technologies and can
be scaled as the needs of enterprises evolve. However, such a continuing
significant investment of resources is often an inefficient use of
enterprises' overall resources. As a result, corporate IT departments are
increasingly seeking collaborative outsourcing arrangements that can increase
performance, provide continuous operation of their Internet solutions and
reduce Internet operating expenses. Forrester Research, Inc. ("Forrester")
estimates that Internet hosting revenues will increase from approximately $200
million in 1997 to almost $8 billion by the year 2000. Furthermore, Forrester
estimates that the broader market for distributed infrastructure services,
which includes Internet hosting as well as wide area network ("WAN")
management, network design and end-user support, will grow from approximately
$36 billion in 1997 to approximately $89 billion in 2000.
 
  A variety of companies, such as regional ISPs, national ISPs and large IT
outsourcing firms, offer products and services that attempt to address
enterprises' Internet outsourcing needs. However, the solutions offered by
these companies fail to address certain elements required to ensure that
customers' mission-critical Internet operations are reliable, scalable and
high performing. For example, regional ISPs lack the geographically-
distributed data centers necessary to deliver content using replication or
caching technologies, which are becoming increasingly important as Internet
usage and bandwidth demands increase. National ISPs focus on providing
Internet access and generally have not developed sophisticated and reliable
server management capabilities. In addition, the Company believes that they
often oversubscribe their networks, resulting in poor performance and an
inability to handle effectively customers' sharp increases in bandwidth
demand. The Company believes that neither the regional nor the national ISPs
have developed the systems and application management, monitoring and customer
service capabilities required to support mission-critical Internet operations.
Finally, large IT outsourcing firms tend to focus on large enterprises that
want to outsource their entire IT infrastructure, not just their Internet
operations. These vendors often lack the network infrastructure and Internet
expertise required to provide mission-critical Internet system and network
management services. As a result, Exodus believes a significant opportunity
exists for a highly focused company to provide a combination of server
hosting, Internet connectivity, collaborative systems management and Internet
technology services that will enable reliable, high performance of
enterprises' mission-critical Internet operations.
 
                                      48
<PAGE>
 
THE EXODUS SOLUTION
 
  Exodus is a leading provider of Internet system and network management
solutions for enterprises with mission-critical Internet operations. The
Company's server hosting, Internet connectivity, collaborative systems
management and Internet technology services are designed to provide
enterprises with the high performance, scalability and expertise necessary to
optimize their Internet operations. The Company's tailored solutions are
designed to be seamlessly integrated with existing enterprise systems
architectures and enable customers to outsource the monitoring, administration
and optimization of their equipment, applications and overall Internet
operations. The Company believes that its solutions enable customers to deploy
and expand Internet operations rapidly and cost-effectively, especially when
compared to in-house solutions. The Exodus solution provides the following key
advantages to its customers:
 
  High Performance. The Company supports enterprises' business objectives by
ensuring that their Internet sites perform effectively. The Company's
solutions provide the availability and reliability that customers need to be
able to depend on the Internet for mission-critical operations. The Company's
solutions are designed to maximize performance through features such as
geographically distributed Internet Data Centers, redundant and high speed
network design, content distribution technologies, security and 24x7
monitoring, diagnosis and problem resolution.
 
  Scalability. The Company's solutions are designed to be flexible and
scalable, ensuring customers a consistently high level of performance as their
Internet operations expand. The Company can quickly scale the amount of
hosting space, power, bandwidth or managed services that a customer receives,
all in a way transparent to the end-user. The Company believes that the
scalability of its solutions is a significant advantage over in-house
solutions.
 
  Internet System and Network Management Expertise. By leveraging the
knowledge gained from supporting many leading-edge Internet operations, the
Company has developed a specialized Internet system and network management
expertise that is difficult for any single customer to replicate in-house.
Customers gain access to the Company's experience in network, system,
application and security management.
 
  Collaborative and Proactive Management. The Company believes that
enterprises value Internet service relationships that are collaborative and
proactive. Therefore, the Company has developed a collaborative systems
management approach that provides customers with detailed monitoring,
reporting and management tools that can be accessed through the Internet to
control customers' Internet hardware, network, software and application
environments. This approach focuses on identifying and resolving potential
problems before they impact an Internet site's availability or performance.
Through the Company's system and network management framework, customers are
able to manage both mission-critical Internet operations housed at the
Company's Internet Data Centers and in-house IT applications. The Company
believes that this provides an important advantage to enterprises that seek to
outsource a portion of their Internet operations and to link the management of
the outsourced operations with in-house operations.
 
  Cost-Effective Solution. The Company's customers benefit from leveraging the
significant capital, operating and labor investments that the Company has made
to support distributed, mission-critical Internet operations. Most enterprises
today do not have the infrastructure that mission-critical Internet operations
require, including data centers located adjacent to major Internet connection
points, 24x7 operations and specialized Internet technology expertise. The
Company believes that its solutions to optimize enterprises' Internet
operations are significantly more cost-effective than most in-house solutions.
 
THE EXODUS STRATEGY
 
  The Company's objective is to become the leading provider of Internet system
and network management solutions for enterprises with mission-critical
Internet operations. To achieve this objective, the Company's strategy
includes the following key elements:
 
 
                                      49
<PAGE>
 
  Extend Market Leadership. The Company has played a leading role in creating
and defining the market for Internet system and network management solutions
and plans to establish itself as the brand name and leader in this market. The
Company believes that its highly focused approach to serving this market
provides it with an advantage over competitors that also serve the entry-level
hosting market or the stand-alone Internet access market. The Company plans to
extend its leadership in the market for Internet system and network management
solutions both by aggressively continuing to expand its base of over 600
Internet Data Center customers (including installed and uninstalled customers
under contract) and by capitalizing on the growth of its customers' needs for
these solutions.
 
  Focus on Collaborative Systems Management and Internet Technology
Services. The Company believes that developing new services to manage
enterprises' mission-critical Internet operations jointly, proactively and
continuously will offer a compelling value proposition to its customers. The
Company has invested and is continuing to invest in services that will ensure
high availability and performance of customers' Internet-based applications,
including systems administration, disaster recovery, security and systems and
network management. As part of this strategy, the Company intends to continue
to develop relationships with providers of leading Internet technologies and,
where appropriate, to develop or acquire proprietary technologies in order to
enhance its service offerings and meet its customers' evolving needs. The
Company also intends to expand the consulting services it offers to its
customers in order to provide enhanced support in planning customers'
strategies for managing mission-critical Internet operations and in
transitioning such operations to the Company's Internet Data Centers.
 
  Accelerate Domestic Expansion and Establish Global Presence. The Company
intends to accelerate its program of building Internet Data Centers and to
expand direct sales coverage in the United States, and is also actively
evaluating a wide range of international opportunities. The Company believes
that having a number of widely distributed and networked Internet Data Centers
improves network performance and enhances overall site redundancy. In
addition, the Company's experience indicates that locating an Internet Data
Center within a geographic region can significantly enhance its ability to
attract new customers in that region. The Company intends to expand
domestically and internationally. The Company recently opened a server hosting
facility in the London metropolitan area, an additional Internet Data Center
in the San Francisco metropolitan area and a new Internet Data Center in the
Boston metropolitan area and expects to open additional Internet Data Centers
in the Washington, D.C. and Seattle metropolitan areas and new Internet Data
Centers in the Chicago metropolitan area in the first quarter of 1999 and the
London metropolitan area in the second quarter of 1999.
 
  Leverage Expertise to Address New Market Opportunities. The Company intends
to leverage its significant achievements with pioneering Internet-based
businesses to address broader customer markets, such as e-commerce and
extranets. For example, mainstream corporations are increasingly establishing
extranets with suppliers and customers. However, many of these enterprises
lack the infrastructure and Internet expertise required to operate mission-
critical Internet applications effectively and are looking for collaborative
systems management assistance. The Company believes that its Internet system
and network management solutions can support the business needs of these
mainstream corporations by enabling them to deploy their mission-critical
Internet operations successfully.
 
  Establish Strategic Relationships for Technology and Distribution. The
Company is establishing strategic relationships for technology and
distribution. The Company believes that establishing relationships with
technology developers enables it to leverage these enterprises' research and
development expertise cost-effectively. These relationships allow the Company
to gain more rapid access to new technologies and to provide value-added
integrated solutions for its customers. For example, the Company has worked
closely with Computer Associates to develop certain of the Company's
collaborative systems management services using Computer Associates'
Unicenter(R) TNG(TM) technology. The Company's product development personnel
will continue to develop vendor relationships and technology-based
relationships, such as those with Cisco, Raptor Systems, Inc., VeriFone, Inc.
and CheckPoint Software Technologies Limited, to enhance the Company's
solutions. In addition, the Company currently has distribution relationships
with a number of companies including @Work, a division of At Home Corporation,
Computer Associates, GE Capital Services, Poppe Tyson, Inc. and SAVVIS
 
                                      50
<PAGE>
 
Communications, Inc. and believes it can expand its customer base by
establishing additional distribution relationships with content developers,
system integrators, system vendors, consulting companies and ISPs.
 
SERVICES
 
  The Company's services are designed to provide enterprises with the high
performance, scalability and expertise they need to optimize their mission-
critical Internet operations. The Company creates tailored solutions for its
customers based on their unique business and technical requirements, modifying
the services as customers' needs evolve. The services are delivered from
geographically distributed, state-of-the-art Internet Data Centers and include
server hosting, Internet connectivity, collaborative systems management and
Internet technology services. The server hosting and Internet connectivity
services provide the foundation for high performance, availability,
scalability and reliability of customers' Internet operations. The
collaborative systems management services enable customers and the Company to
manage customers' Internet operations jointly, proactively and continuously.
The Internet technology services integrate and enhance best-of-breed
technologies of leading vendors to support the Company's expertise to build
scalable, secure and high performing Internet applications. The Company also
offers consulting services and intends to expand such services to assist its
customers in planning their strategies for managing mission-critical Internet
operations and transitioning such operations to the Company's Internet Data
Centers. These services can be layered to allow customers to outsource an
increasing portion of the management of their Internet operations. Customers
pay monthly fees for the services utilized, as well as one-time fees for
installation and for any equipment purchased from the Company.
 
 Server Hosting
 
  The Company provides a broad range of server hosting services tailored to
meet the unique demands of sophisticated, multi-vendor mission-critical
Internet operations. The Company supports all leading Internet hardware and
software systems vendor platforms, including those from Compaq Computer
Corporation, Dell Computer Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Company, IBM,
Microsoft Corporation, Silicon Graphics, Inc., Sun Microsystems, Inc. and The
Santa Cruz Operation, Inc. This multi-vendor flexibility enables the customer
to retain complete control over the technical solution and enables its
Internet operations to be integrated into its existing IT technical
architecture. Because mission-critical Internet operations are typically very
dynamic and often require immediate hardware and software upgrades to maintain
targeted service levels, customers have unlimited 24x7 access to the Internet
Data Centers. Additional space and electrical power can be added as needed,
ensuring that the customer has access to additional server hosting services.
 
  Customers can select from shared rack facilities, highly secure cabinets or
enclosed cage facilities based upon their business and technical requirements.
Most server hosting facilities include dedicated electrical power circuits to
ensure that each customer's electrical power requirements are met. Each
Internet Data Center is constructed based upon the requirements of high-
availability mission-critical computing with uninterruptible power supply and
back-up generators, fire suppression, raised floors, HVAC, separate cooling
zones, seismically braced racks, 24x7 operations and high levels of physical
security.
 
                                      51
<PAGE>
 
  The following chart summarizes the key features of the Company's current
server hosting services:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SERVICE                          DESCRIPTION                               BENEFITS
- -------                          -----------                               --------
<S>                  <C>                                  <C>
CyberRack            19" x 23" quarter, half or full rack . Entry-level service providing
                                                            economical solution for customers
                                                            that do not need dedicated
                                                            environments
                                                          . Secured environment that is
                                                            shared by multiple customers

CyberCabinet         19" x 23" full rack                  . Dedicated, locked cabinet
                                                          . Provides a single rack with the
                                                            security of a dedicated environment
                                                          . Dedicated power circuits

Virtual Data Center  7' x 4' or 7' x 8' cage              . Dedicated, locked cage
                     or customized to order               . Provides flexibility in designing and
                                                            configuring Internet servers,
                                                            including space for multiple racks
                                                            and other customer computing
                                                            products
                                                          . Provides ventilation for heat
                                                            generating equipment
                                                          . Dedicated power circuits

ExodusVault          8' x 8' or 8' x 12' vault or         . Dedicated, enclosed security area
                     customized to order                  . Provides additional security for
                                                            sensitive Internet transactions by
                                                            financial institutions and on-line
                                                            merchants
                                                          . Includes biometric identification
                                                            for entry and exist, motion and
                                                            temperature detectors tiles bolted
                                                            to the floor, cameras, high impact
                                                            glass and secured data and electrical
                                                            lines
                                                          . Separate, dedicated power circuits
</TABLE>
 
 Internet Connectivity
 
  The Company's Internet connectivity services are designed to deliver the
scalability, high availability and performance required by high-volume,
mission-critical Internet operations. Since enterprises' mission-critical
Internet operations often experience network traffic spikes due to promotions
or events, the Company has a policy of undersubscribing its network by
provisioning significant excess capacity. In addition, customers can purchase
spare capacity and pay only for the bandwidth that is used.
 
  To meet customers' requirements of near 100% availability, the Company's
network is designed to minimize the likelihood of any single point of failure.
Each Internet Data Center has multiple physical fiber paths into the facility.
The Company maintains multiple network links from multiple vendors into each
Internet connection point and regularly checks that its fiber backbone is
traversing physically-separated paths. Customers also enhance their Internet
site's availability by physically duplicating their site within multiple
Internet Data Centers and then synchronizing applications and content via the
Company's private fiber backbone network. This network architecture optimizes
the availability of a customer's site, even in the event of a link failure.
 
                                      52
<PAGE>
 
  The Company's Internet connectivity services are also designed to
consistently deliver low-latency and peak network performance. The Company's
backbone engineering personnel continuously monitor traffic patterns and
congestion points throughout the Internet and dynamically reroute traffic
flows to optimize end-user response times. The Company also provides peak
network performance by maintaining what it believes is one of the largest
number of direct public and private network peering interconnections in the
industry. The Company's network includes private peering interconnections with
over eight national ISPs and public peering interconnections with over 120
ISPs, including many of the largest providers.
 
  For customers seeking a direct communications link to the site of another
customer that is located at the same Internet Data Center, the Company offers
highly secure, fast and efficient cross-connections.
 
 Collaborative Systems Management
 
  The Company's collaborative systems management services support mission-
critical Internet operations by providing the customer with detailed
monitoring, reporting and management tools to control their hardware, network,
software and application environments. Through the Company's system and
network management framework, customers are able to manage both mission-
critical Internet operations housed at the Company's Internet Data Centers and
in-house IT applications. The Company believes that this provides an important
advantage to enterprises that seek to outsource a portion of their Internet
operations and to link the management of the outsourced operations with in-
house operations. The Company's proactive service methodology focuses on
identifying and resolving potential problems before they ever impact an
Internet site's availability or performance. The Company's sophisticated
Internet system and network management solutions enable the Company to
identify and to begin to resolve hardware, software, network and application
problems, frequently before the customer is even aware that a problem exists.
The Company offers the services summarized in the following chart:
 
  SERVICE                    DESCRIPTION                       BENEFIT
  -------                    -----------                       -------
SystemHealth Basic   . 24x7 proactive               . Maximizes availability
Monitoring Service     monitoring of Internet         of customers' mission-
                       server process                 critical Internet
                     . 24x7 rebooting of              operations by
                       servers                        proactively
                     . Monthly and daily              identifying potential
                       reports available via          problems
                       the Web                      . Allows customers to
                                                      leverage Exodus'
                                                      systems expertise
 
SystemHealth Pro     . System Health Basic          . Includes advantages of
Monitoring Service     Monitoring service             SystemHealth Basic
                       plus an Exodus system          Monitoring Service
                       administrator leads            plus offloads problem
                       problem resolution if          resolution to Exodus
                       problem arises
                     . Automated process
                       restarts
 
DatabaseHealth Basic . 24x7 proactive               . Maximizes availability
Monitoring Service     monitoring of SQL              of customers' database
                       server processes               resources by
                     . Automated customer             proactively
                       notification of                identifying potential
                       database problems              problems
                     . Monthly and daily
                       reports available via
                       the Web
 
DatabaseHealth Pro   . DatabaseHealth Basic         . Includes advantages of
Monitoring Service     Monitoring service             DatabaseHealth Basic
                       plus an Exodus system          Monitoring Service
                       administrator leads            plus offloads problem
                       problem resolution if          resolution to Exodus
                       problem arises
                     . Automated process
                       restarts
                     . Problem resolution
 
                                      53
<PAGE>
 
  SERVICE                    DESCRIPTION                       BENEFIT
  -------                    -----------                       -------
Site Management      . Bandwidth usage              . Assists in capacity
Reports                reports                        planning and
                     . Graphic and tabular            management of network
                       statistics                     resources
                     . Information delivered
                       to customers via the
                       Internet on an hourly,
                       daily and semi-monthly
                       basis
 
Internet Disaster    . Tape management              . Maximizes the
Recovery               services to restore            availability of
                       sites after a system           customers'
                       failure                        applications
                     . Distributed load             . Provides additional
                       balancing services to          redundancy in the
                       seamlessly re-route            event of Web site
                       user traffic to an             failure
                       alternate site in the
                       event of a failure
 
Internet Systems     . Assigned project             . Assures a smooth
Integration            manager responsible            transition to an
                       for developing a               Exodus Internet Data
                       migration plan,                Center
                       managing the site's          . Provides for ongoing
                       installation and               support
                       providing ongoing
                       account support
                     . Company acts as value-
                       added reseller of
                       Cisco products,
                       primarily routers,
                       hubs and switching
                       equipment, in
                       connection with server
                       hosting services
 
  In addition, the following chart summarizes the key features of an
additional collaborative systems management service being developed by the
Company and expected to be available in the second half of 1998:
 
  SERVICE                    DESCRIPTION                       BENEFIT
  -------                    -----------                       -------
HeadsUp Site Monitor . Will provide an                .Will allow customers to
                       integrated platform             view the status of their
                       for delivering key              entire Internet
                       customer information            operations located at
                     . Will perform real-time          Exodus through the
                       monitoring of URLs,             Internet via a single
                       bandwidth, server               integrated console
                       performance and                .Will proactively alert
                       Internet Data Center            customers with updates
                       activities                      on any internal or
                                                       external network event
                                                       that might impact their
                                                       site
 
                                      54
<PAGE>
 
 Internet Technology
 
  The Company's Internet technology services are developed by integrating
best-of-breed technologies of leading vendors with its own Internet expertise
and its own proprietary technologies. Customers may select any or all of the
Company's available Internet technology services, depending on their needs.
The following chart summarizes the key features of the Internet technology
services currently offered by the Company:
 
  SERVICE                   DESCRIPTION                        BENEFIT
  -------                   -----------                        -------
Exodus SAFE (Secure  . Full range of                   . Enhances site security
Access from Exodus)    perimeter firewall                and integrity
                       security, penetration
                       testing, automated
                       intrusion detection,
                       site security auditing
                       and consulting
                       services
                     . Potential intruders
                       identified and blocked
                       from customer's site
                     . Site's security probed
                       and tested 24x7 and
                       audit reports
                       generated on potential
                       security risks
                     . Proactive agendas
                       developed before site
                       integrity is comprised
 
Exodus Multipath     . Site requests                  . Increases availability
Site                   intelligently balanced           and performance for
                       across multiple                  multi-server mission-
                       servers located within           critical Internet
                       a single Internet Data           sites
                       Center based on server
                       utilization,
                       availability and
                       response times
 
Exodus Multipath IDC . Intelligent routing            . Maximizes availability
                       services that                    and performance for
                       geographically                   Internet sites located
                       distribute end-user              across multiple
                       requests                         Internet Data Centers
                     . Traffic routed based           . Optimizes end-user
                       upon server                      response time
                       performance and                . Provides sophisticated
                       availability, Internet           Internet site
                       traffic patterns and             redundancy
                       the geographic
                       locations of the
                       requesters
 
Exodus NetHost       . Turnkey infrastructure         . Cost-effective
                       services for                     solution for one-time
                       delivering high-                 events such as
                       performance cybercast            software releases and
                       events                           concerts
                     . Includes high-
                       bandwidth
                       connectivity, high
                       performance UNIX and
                       NT servers and
                       specialized systems
                       administration and
                       management before and
                       during the event
 
                                      55
<PAGE>
 
CUSTOMERS
 
  The Company has established a diversified base of customers in a wide range
of industries, including finance, entertainment, high technology, education,
healthcare and publishing. As of September 30, 1998, the Company had over 600
Internet Data Center customers (including installed and uninstalled customers
under contract). The following is a representative list of the Company's
Internet Data Center customers, each of which are expected to generate
annualized revenues for the Company in excess of $67,000 based upon the
monthly recurring charges for such customers in July 1998. Based upon such
expected annualized revenues and assuming no addition of new customers, the
following customers would represent in the aggregate approximately 38% of the
Company's total expected annualized revenues, and none of such customers
individually would represent in excess of 10% of such total expected
annualized revenues.
 
AdKnowledge (formerly       Hearst New Media &          The Santa Cruz
 FocaLink)                   Technology                  Operation, Inc.
Applied Materials, Inc.     Hotmail Corporation (a      Sierra On-Line, Inc.
Blizzard Entertainment       subsidiary of Microsoft    software.net
BMG Entertainment            Corporation)               Sony Online Ventures,
Computer Associates         Inktomi Corporation          Inc.
 International, Inc.        Internet Profiles           Synopsys, Inc. 
CondeNet Inc.                Corporation ("I/Pro")      Tripod, Inc.
DoubleClick Inc.            Juno Online Services, L.P.  United Media
E-Loan                      Mpath Interactive, Inc.     USA Today
Eidos Interactive, Inc.     National Semiconductor      Visto Corporation
GeoCities                    Corporation                 (formerly
GolfWeb, Inc.               Oracle Corporation           RoamPage, Inc.)
                            PC World Communications,    Web Communications
                             Inc                        WhoWhere? Inc.
                            Poppe Tyson, inc.

  The Company's contracts with its customers generally cover the provision of
services by the Company for a one year period and may contain, among other
things, certain service level warranties. Service agreements entered into with
customers prior to August 1997 typically included service level warranties
which provided that, if the Company failed to provide Internet Data Center
services to a customer for more than 24 consecutive hours, such customer's
account would be credited for the charges the customer paid for services it
did not receive during such period. Between August 1997 and July 1998, the
Company's service agreements typically included service level warranties which
provide that, if the Company fails to provide Internet Data Center services to
a customer for more than two consecutive hours, such customer's account would
be credited for one day of service and, if for more than eight consecutive
hours, one week of service, with each customer limited to one credit per
month. Since July 1998, the Company's service agreements have typically
included service level warranties which provide that, if the Company fails to
provide Internet Data Center services to a customer for more than 15 minutes,
such customer's account would be credited for one day of service, up to a
maximum of seven days in any month. In addition, the Company provides
additional credits for packet loss and transmission latency. Certain customers
have received more favorable terms than those described above. To date, only a
limited number of customers have been entitled to these warranties to receive
a credit for a period of free service. See "Risk Factors--Risk of System
Failure." As the Company did not open its first dedicated Internet Data Center
until August 1996, the Company has had Internet Data Center customers for only
a short period of time. Accordingly, most of the Company's customers are
within the first year of their service contracts with the Company. The Company
has had limited experience with customers whose initial one year service
contract terms have been completed and whose contracts are therefore eligible
for renewal. However, of the Internet Data Center customers whose initial one
year service contracts have become eligible for renewal, substantially all
have elected to renew.
 
                                      56
<PAGE>
 
  The following examples illustrate how the Company's customers use its server
hosting, Internet connectivity, collaborative systems management and Internet
technology services.
 
 GeoCities
 
  In 1997, GeoCities, one of the largest and fastest growing communities on
the Internet, selected the Company to co-locate its Internet servers and
administer its rapidly growing Internet computing requirements. GeoCities is
one of the most frequently visited sites on the Internet measuring over 850
million page views each month according to I/PRO's April 1998 report. The
Relevant Knowledge April 1998 report ranks GeoCities sixth in reach, with over
14 million unique visitors. GeoCities relied upon the Company's advanced
professional service capabilities to plan and manage the successful migration
of the GeoCities site into Exodus' Internet Data Center facilities. This
migration posed unique challenges, including minimizing downtime for
Geocities' then one million "homesteaders" (users), physically migrating more
than 45 Internet servers and shifting in real-time the network routing of more
than 80 Mbps of sustained Internet traffic. The Company currently provides
GeoCities and its more than 1.1 million users with reliable connectivity,
scalable bandwidth and 24x7 monitoring, systems administration and disaster
recovery services.
 
 Hotmail Corporation
 
  In 1996, Hotmail Corporation ("Hotmail"), a leading provider of globally
accessible, free Web-based electronic mail, engaged the Company to host its
Internet servers to gain access to greater bandwidth and redundancy to support
Hotmail's growing customer base. Hotmail's primary challenge was to find a
company that could support the exponential growth in subscribers they were
experiencing. Hotmail selected the Company, based upon the scalability and
high performance of the Company's Internet Data Centers and network solutions,
as well as on the Company's reputation for high-quality customer service.
Since Hotmail has co-located their Internet operations with the Company, their
subscriber base had grown from 400,000 to over 10 million as of June 1998,
growing at a rate of 90,000 new subscribers each weekday at that time. As of
June 1998, Hotmail was processing on average 10 million e-mail messages per
day.
 
 National Semiconductor Corporation
 
  In 1997, National Semiconductor Corporation ("National"), a global
semiconductor manufacturer, selected the Company for its application
management expertise. National depends on the Company to support its Internet,
extranet and intranet sites. National depends on a Java-based e-commerce
application on its Internet site to sell components. This application reduces
the time it takes for customers to determine which components they need, and
National views it as a competitive advantage. National's Internet site serves
a broad array of additional functions, and use of it has grown significantly
in the last 18 months to a few hundred thousand hits per day. In supporting
National's Internet operations, Exodus provides the systems administration,
hardware maintenance and tape back-up necessary to manage these applications
and to keep them available to internal employees and 1.2 million customers
worldwide.
 
 Hearst New Media & Technology
 
  In 1997, Hearst New Media & Technology ("Hearst"), a unit of the Hearst
Corporation, decided to co-locate Internet hosting for its Web sites,
including "HomeArts.com," a leading site for women on the Web, to the
Company's Internet Data Center located in the New York metropolitan area.
Hearst chose the Company for its 24-hour per day monitoring services and its
array of systems management services. Hearst's objective was to improve
network performance, monitoring and systems management capabilities, allowing
the Hearst team to focus on further refinement and expansion of the site. The
Company now monitors Hearst's systems through its Unicenter(R) TNG(TM)-based
services and sends Hearst frequent Web-based reports that track the status of
over 40 domains.
 
 
                                      57
<PAGE>
 
SALES, DISTRIBUTION AND MARKETING
 
  The Company's sales, distribution and marketing objective is to achieve
broad market penetration by targeting enterprises that depend upon the
Internet for mission-critical operations. As of September 30, 1998, the
Company had 154 employees engaged in sales, distribution and marketing.
 
  The Company sells its services to enterprises directly through its sales
force and indirectly through its channel partners. The Company is actively
seeking to increase its sales and distribution capabilities and coverage in
the United States and to expand internationally as new Internet Data Centers
are installed outside of the United States. Currently, most of the Company's
sales are derived through the efforts of its sales force. The Company's sales
force is organized into three separate groups, consisting of field sales,
strategic accounts and telesales, each of which is further divided into four
geographical regions within the United States. Sales engineers and client
integration engineers support the Company's sales force, providing pre- and
post-sales support to ensure that customer services are implemented properly
and efficiently.
 
  The Company's sales force is also developing an indirect sales channel for
the Company's products by targeting content developers, system integrators,
system vendors, consulting companies and ISPs. The Company currently has
distribution relationships with a number of companies, including @Work, a
division of At Home Corporation, Computer Associates, GE Capital Services
Corporation, SAVVIS Communications, Inc. and Poppe Tyson, Inc. and intends to
expand its distribution relationships in the future. The Company's channel
partners typically receive referral fees for bringing customers to the
Company.
 
  The Company's marketing organization is responsible for product management,
public relations and marketing communications. Product management includes
defining the product roadmap and bringing to market the portfolio of services
and programs that will enable the Company to meet its business objectives.
These activities include product strategy and definition, pricing, competitive
analysis, product launches, channel program management and product lifecycle
project management. The Company stimulates product demand through a broad
range of marketing communications and public relations event sponsorship and
management of the Company's Web site. Public relations focuses on cultivating
industry analyst and media relationships with the goal of securing broad media
coverage and public recognition of the Company's leadership position in the
market for Internet system and network management solutions.
 
CUSTOMER SERVICE
 
  The Company offers superior customer service by understanding the technical
requirements and business objectives of its customers and fulfilling their
needs proactively on an individual basis. By working closely with its
customers, the Company is able to optimize the performance of its customers'
Internet operations, avoid downtime, resolve quickly any problems that may
arise and make appropriate adjustments in services as customer needs change
over time. As the Company works with its customers over time, it solicits
their feedback to ensure that it is offering the appropriate types and quality
of service. The Company uses advanced software tools to aid in its customer
monitoring and service efforts. Many customer service employees have been
specifically trained and, as appropriate, certified by the vendors of the
Company's software tools, including Sun Microsystems, Inc., Microsoft
Corporation, Oracle Corporation and Computer Associates.
 
  Customer service begins before a sale, when the Company provides technical
support for complex orders. During the installation phase, the Company assigns
a transition team and a project manager, who also retains responsibility for
the account after installation, to assist the new customer with the
installation process. In addition, the Company provides system integration
services between the customer's Web site and legacy systems. After
installation, the primary customer support area is each Internet Data Center's
Network Control Center, which is operated 24x7 by engineers who answer
customer calls, monitor site and network operations and activate teams to
solve problems that arise. To solve complex problems, the Company draws on the
collective expertise at all of its Internet Data Centers, creating a
nationwide engineering pool. The Company's customer service personnel are also
available to assist customers whose operations require specialized procedures.
 
                                      58
<PAGE>
 
  Finally, the Company employs network engineers who collaborate with a
customer to design and maintain the LAN environment within the Internet Data
Center and integrate the customer's home LAN and WAN with its Internet site.
The network engineers are trained on NT and Solaris and other UNIX platforms
as well as Cisco routers and switches, and they serve as the second level of
support for customer issues that cannot be resolved by the Network Control
Center. The Company also employs a group of backbone engineers who are
responsible for designing the network that connects the Company's Internet
Data Centers. This group constantly monitors the network design and
effectiveness to optimize performance for customers, rerouting and redesigning
traffic as conditions require.
 
  As of September 30, 1998, the Company had 156 employees dedicated to
customer service and network and backbone engineering.
 
NETWORK DESIGN
 
  The Company's high performance server network is designed to provide the
highest possible availability in order to enable its customers to achieve
reliable Internet operations. It is comprised of the Company's six Internet
Data Centers interconnected by a high-performance network backbone ring and
connected to the Internet through public peering interconnections and private
peering interconnections. Within each Internet Data Center, a virtual LAN
environment provides redundant, high-speed internal connectivity.
 
  The Company's Internet Data Centers are located near most of the major
Internet exchange points ("IXPs") and are connected to their local IXPs by
multiple DS-3 or OC-3c links, provisioned by Teleport Communications Group
Inc., MFS Communications Company, Inc., Brooks Fiber Properties, Inc. and
Regional Bell Operating Companies. These links to the local exchange points,
combined with private exchanges with ISPs, connect the customers' traffic to
the Internet. In order to provide for high redundancy, performance and
capacity, and to perform real-time content replication or caching across its
Internet Data Centers, the Company has multiple clear channel DS-3 links and
OC-3c links interconnecting the Internet Data Centers. The Company has
engineered its backbone with a geographically diverse fiber path to provide
high availability, even in the event of a link failure. The Company is
currently in the process of upgrading its backbone in order to accommodate
expected traffic growth. For customers with servers located at multiple
Internet Data Centers, the Company provides dynamic response time and load
balancing technologies for optimal routing of traffic.
 
  Within each Internet Data Center, the Company deploys a virtual LAN
environment to increase reliability and performance and provides customers
with redundant connectivity to the Exodus backbone and the Internet. DS-3 and
OC-3c lines are strategically placed on different routers to avoid any single
points of failure. The Company uses a combination of public and private
peering interconnections to achieve fast and reliable delivery of content. It
has private peering interconnections with eight national ISPs, public peering
interconnections with over 120 ISPs, including many of the largest providers,
and a presence at each of the major U.S. IXPs. The Company will continue to
work with ISPs to establish direct private peering interconnections at each of
its Internet Data Centers to provide low latency content delivery. This broad
combination of private and public peering interconnections provides customers
with the reliability and redundancy that they need to ensure their content
reaches its intended destination. The Company has a general policy of keeping
significant unutilized network capacity for its LAN, WAN and public and
private peering links to allow for spikes in demand or line outages.
 
  If the carriers that operate the IXPs were to discontinue their support of
the peering points and no alternative providers were to emerge, or such
alternative providers were to increase the cost of utilizing the IXPs, the
distribution of content through the IXPs, including content distributed by the
Company, would be significantly constrained. Furthermore, as traffic through
the IXPs increases, if commensurate increases in bandwidth are not added, the
Company's ability to distribute content rapidly and reliably through these
networks will be adversely affected. Many of the companies with which the
Company maintains private peering interconnections are competitors of the
Company. Currently, the Company does not pay a fee for its public and private
peering
 
                                      59
<PAGE>
 
interconnections. If these organizations were to refuse to continue to
interconnect directly with the Company, or begin to impose additional costs
(including fees) on the Company to maintain and/or increase these
interconnections, the Company might be required to purchase transit access
services from these ISPs in order to allow the Company's customers to reach
the customers of these ISPs, which would increase the Company's costs and as a
result, the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition
could be materially adversely affected. If the Company chose not to purchase
such access, there would be a lack of communication between the Company's
customers and the customers of such organization. In those cases where the
Company currently purchases backup capacity from other organizations, if these
organizations were to increase the pricing associated with their such
capacity, the Company might be required to identify alternative methods
through which it can distribute its customers' content. See "Risk Factors--
Dependence Upon Network Infrastructure."
 
  The Company is dependent on other companies to supply certain key components
of its telecommunications infrastructure and system and network management
solutions, including telecommunications services and networking equipment
that, in the quantities and quality demanded by the Company, are available
only from sole or limited sources. In particular, the Company is dependent on
WorldCom and Qwest and certain other telecommunications providers for its
backbone capacity (including the Company's dedicated clear channel network and
transit access to ISPs) and is therefore dependent on such companies to
maintain the operational integrity of its backbone and interconnections. The
routers, switches and modems used in the Company's telecommunications
infrastructure are currently supplied primarily by Cisco. The Company
purchases these components pursuant to purchase orders placed from time to
time, does not carry significant inventories of these components and has no
guaranteed supply arrangements with these vendors. Any failure to obtain
required products or services on a timely basis and at an acceptable cost
would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition. In addition, any failure of the Company's
sole or limited source suppliers to provide products or components that comply
with evolving Internet and telecommunications standards or that interoperate
with other products or components used by the Company in its communications
infrastructure could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition. See "Risk Factors--Dependence
Upon Network Infrastructure" and""--Dependence on Third-Party Suppliers."
 
  The Company must continue to expand and adapt its network infrastructure
(both its network and its interconnections to other networks) as the number of
users and the amount of information they wish to transport increase and to
meet changing customer requirements. The expansion and adaptation of the
Company's telecommunications infrastructure will require substantial
financial, operational and management resources as the Company negotiates
telecommunications capacity with its existing and other network infrastructure
suppliers. Due to the limited deployment of the Company's services to date,
the ability of the Company's network to connect and manage a substantially
larger number of customers at high transmission speeds is as yet unknown, and
the Company faces risks related to the network's ability to be scaled up to
its expected customer levels while maintaining superior performance. In
addition, as the Company upgrades its telecommunications infrastructure to
increase bandwidth available to its customers, it is likely to encounter a
certain level of equipment or software incompatibility which may cause delays
in implementation. See "Risk Factors--Unproven Network Scalability."
 
  The Company's operations are dependent upon its ability to protect its
network infrastructure and customers' equipment against damage from human
error, power loss, fire, earthquakes, floods, telecommunications failures,
sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and similar events. Despite
precautions taken and planned to be taken by the Company, the occurrence of a
natural disaster or other unanticipated problems at one or more of the
Company's Internet Data Centers could result in interruptions in the services
provided by the Company or significant damage to customer equipment. In
addition, failure of any of the Company's telecommunications providers, such
as WorldCom or Qwest, to provide the data communications capacity required by
the Company, as a result of human error, a natural disaster or other
operational disruption, could result in interruptions in the Company's
services. See "Risk Factors--Risk of System Failure."
 
                                      60
<PAGE>
 
  The increased use of the Internet for retrieving, sharing and transferring
information among businesses, consumers, suppliers and partners has only
recently begun to develop, and the Company's success will depend in large part
on continued growth in the use of the Internet. Critical issues concerning the
commercial use of the Internet, including security, reliability, cost, ease of
access, quality of service and necessary increases in bandwidth availability,
remain unresolved and are likely to affect the development of the market for
the Company's services. The recent growth in the use of the Internet has
caused frequent periods of performance degradation, requiring the upgrade of
routers and switches, telecommunications links and other components forming
the infrastructure of the Internet by ISPs and other organizations with links
to the Internet. Any perceived degradation in the performance of the Internet
as a whole could undermine the benefits of the Company's services. Potentially
increased performance provided by the services of the Company and others is
ultimately limited by and reliant upon the speed and reliability of the
networks operated by third parties. Consequently, the emergence and growth of
the market for the Company's services is dependent on improvements being made
to the entire Internet infrastructure to alleviate overloading and congestion.
See "Risk Factors--Dependence on the Internet and Internet Infrastructure
Development."
 
  A significant barrier to electronic commerce and communications is the
secure transmission of confidential information over public networks. Certain
of the Company's services rely on encryption and authentication technology
licensed from third parties to provide the security and authentication
necessary to effect secure transmission of confidential information. Despite
the Company's design and implementation of a variety of network security
measures, there can be no assurance that unauthorized access, computer
viruses, accidental or intentional actions and other disruptions will not
occur. See "Risk Factors--System Security Risks."
 
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
 
  The Company's product development group is primarily responsible for
evaluating and integrating best-of-breed technologies with the Company's
service offerings to support its customers' mission-critical Internet
operations. The Company is also developing proprietary technologies which are
expected to be integrated with such best-of-breed technologies. The Company
believes that establishing relationships with technology enterprises enables
it to leverage these enterprises' research and development expertise. These
relationships allow the Company to gain quicker access to new technologies and
to provide value-added integrated solutions for its customers. For example,
the Company has worked very closely with Computer Associates, including having
dedicated Computer Associates engineers located at the Company, to develop
certain of the Company's collaborative systems management services using
Computer Associates' Unicenter TNG technology. See""--Relationship with
Computer Associates." The Company's product development personnel will
continue to develop strategic relationships, such as the one with Computer
Associates, and vendor and technology-based relationships, such as those it
has with Raptor Systems, Inc., VeriFone, Inc. and Checkpoint Software
Technologies Limited, to enhance the Company's services through the
integration of leading technologies. To the extent that the Company is unable
to obtain the technology necessary to meet its customers' needs from a third
party, the Company may need to develop the technology itself. As of September
30, 1998, the Company employed 17 persons in product development.
 
  The Company's future success will depend, in part, on its ability to offer
services that incorporate leading technology, address the increasingly
sophisticated and varied needs of its current and prospective customers and
respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and
practices on a timely and cost-effective basis. The market for the Company's
services is characterized by rapidly changing and unproven technology,
evolving industry standards, changes in customer needs, emerging competition
and frequent new service introductions. There can be no assurance that future
advances in technology will be beneficial to, or compatible with, the
Company's business or that the Company will be able to incorporate such
advances on a cost-effective and timely basis into its business. Moreover,
technological advances may have the effect of encouraging certain of the
Company's current or future customers to rely on in-house personnel and
equipment to furnish the services currently provided by the Company. In
addition, keeping pace with technological advances in the Company's industry
may require substantial expenditures and lead time.
 
 
                                      61
<PAGE>
 
  The Company incurred $70,000, $444,000, $1.6 million and $1.4 million in
product development expenses during the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996
and 1997 and the six months ended June 30, 1998, respectively.
 
RELATIONSHIP WITH COMPUTER ASSOCIATES
 
  The Company has a strategic relationship with Computer Associates
encompassing sales, marketing, operations and engineering. Under the terms of
the Company's agreement with Computer Associates, the Company is deploying the
Unicenter(R) TNG(TM) systems, network and application management software
products (including the Cheyenne ARCserve(R) product) to manage the Company's
customer service operations and to monitor its customers' Internet solutions.
The Unicenter technology is the Company's primary enterprise management tool
and is the technology on which many of the Company's value-added services are
and will be based. To facilitate the Company's deployment of Unicenter(R)
TNG(TM), Computer Associates has located dedicated software engineers at the
Company. By becoming one of the leading Unicenter(R) TNG(TM) implementations,
the Company has also become a primary reference account for Computer
Associates' extensive sales force, which has also created opportunities for
the Company to market its services actively into large enterprises.
 
  Under the agreement with Computer Associates, if the Company desires to
offer a service that has a substantially similar functionality to that
provided by Computer Associates' Unicenter(R) TNG(TM) family of software, or
its ARCserve or InocuLAN products (the "CA Products"), the Company must
generally utilize the CA Products as long as they meet the Company's
requirements. In addition, the Company is a beta test site for new versions of
the CA Products and must, upon commercial deployment, replace existing
software with new CA Products if they are substantially similar in
functionality. During the term of the agreement, the Company is obligated to
pay Computer Associates a royalty equal to one percent of the Company's gross
revenues. Either party may terminate this agreement upon 60 days' prior
written notice with no penalties. Should Computer Associates or the Company
decide to terminate this agreement, the Company has the right to continue
licensing software from Computer Associates at a forty percent discount from
Computer Associates' prevailing standard prices for five years and the Company
will no longer be obligated to pay a royalty to Computer Associates. In
connection with this agreement, the Company agreed to host Computer
Associates' hosting servers at prices below the Company's standard rates.
 
COMPETITION
 
  The market served by the Company is intensely competitive, and such
competition is increasing. There are few substantial barriers to entry, and
the Company expects that it will face additional competition from existing
competitors and new market entrants in the future. The principal competitive
factors in this market include Internet system engineering expertise, customer
service, network capability, reliability, quality of service and scalability,
broad geographic presence, brand name, technical expertise and functionality,
the variety of services offered, the ability to maintain and expand
distribution channels, customer support, price, the timing of introductions of
new services, network security, financial resources and conformity with
industry standards. There can be no assurance that the Company will have the
resources or expertise to compete successfully in the future.
 
  The Company's current and potential competitors in the market include: (i)
providers of server hosting services; (ii) national and regional ISPs; (iii)
global, regional and local telecommunications companies and RBOCs; and (iv)
large IT outsourcing firms. The Company's competitors may operate in one or
more of these areas and include companies such as certain subsidiaries of GTE
Corporation and WorldCom, IBM and certain business units of GlobalCenter,
which was recently acquired by Frontier Corporation.
 
  Many of the Company's competitors have substantially greater financial,
technical and marketing resources, larger customer bases, longer operating
histories, greater name recognition and more established relationships in the
industry than the Company. As a result, certain of these competitors may be
able to develop and expand their network infrastructures and service offerings
more quickly, adapt to new or emerging technologies and
 
                                      62
<PAGE>
 
changes in customer requirements more quickly, take advantage of acquisition
and other opportunities more readily, devote greater resources to the
marketing and sale of their products and adopt more aggressive pricing
policies than can the Company. In addition, these competitors have entered and
will likely continue to enter into joint ventures or consortiums to provide
additional services competitive with those provided by the Company.
 
  Certain of the Company's competitors may be able to provide customers with
additional benefits in connection with the Internet system and network
management solutions, including reduced communications costs, which could
reduce the overall costs of their services relative to the Company's. There
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to offset the effects of any
such price reductions. In addition, the Company believes that the businesses
in which the Company competes are likely to encounter consolidation in the
near future, which could result in increased price and other competition that
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
 
  The Company currently relies on a combination of copyright, trademark,
service mark and trade secret laws and contractual restrictions to establish
and protect certain proprietary rights in its products and services. The
Company currently has no patented technology that would preclude or inhibit
competitors from entering the Company's market. The Company has entered into
confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with its employees and
contractors, and nondisclosure agreements with its suppliers, distributors and
appropriate customers in order to limit access to and disclosure of its
proprietary information. There can be no assurance that these contractual
arrangements or the other steps taken by the Company to protect its
intellectual property will prove sufficient to prevent misappropriation of the
Company's technology or to deter independent third-party development of
similar technologies. The laws of certain foreign countries may not protect
the Company's products, services or intellectual property rights to the same
extent as do the laws of the United States. The Company also relies on certain
technologies that it licenses from third parties, such as Computer Associates.
See "Risk Factors--Dependence on Third-Party Suppliers." There can be no
assurance that these third-party technology licenses will continue to be
available to the Company on commercially reasonable terms. The loss of such
technology could require the Company to obtain substitute technology of lower
quality or performance standards or at greater cost, which could materially
adversely affect the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition.
 
  The Company has determined increasingly to develop or acquire additional
proprietary intellectual property in addition to licensing technology from
third parties. There can be no assurance that third parties will not claim
infringement by the Company with respect to current or future products or
services, particularly if such products or services include more of its own
proprietary technology. The Company expects that participants in its markets
will be increasingly subject to infringement claims as the number of products
and competitors in the Company's industry segment grows. Any such claim,
whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly
litigation, cause product installation delays or require the Company to enter
into royalty or licensing agreements. Such royalty or licensing agreements
might not be available on terms acceptable to the Company or at all. As a
result, any such claim could have a material adverse effect upon the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
  The Company is not currently subject to direct federal, state or local
government regulation, other than regulations applicable to businesses
generally. There is currently only a small body of laws and regulations
directly applicable to access to or commerce on the Internet. However, due to
the increasing popularity and use of the Internet, it is possible that a
number of laws and regulations may be adopted at the federal, state and local
levels with respect to the Internet, covering issues such as user privacy,
freedom of expression, pricing, characteristics and quality of products and
services, taxation, advertising, intellectual property rights, information
security and the convergence of traditional telecommunications services with
Internet communications. The adoption of any such laws or regulations might
decrease the growth of the Internet, which in turn could decrease
 
                                      63
<PAGE>
 
the demand for the services of the Company or increase the cost of doing
business or in some other manner have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition,
applicability to the Internet of existing laws governing issues such as
property ownership, copyrights and other intellectual property issues,
taxation, libel, obscenity and personal privacy is uncertain. The vast
majority of such laws were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet and
related technologies and, as a result, do not contemplate or address the
unique issues of the Internet and related technologies. In addition, as the
Company's services are available over the Internet in multiple states and
foreign countries, and as the Company facilitates sales by its customers to
end users located in such states and foreign countries, such jurisdictions may
claim that the Company is required to qualify to do business as a foreign
corporation in each such state or foreign country. The Company is qualified to
do business in only a limited number of states, and failure by the Company to
qualify as a foreign corporation in a jurisdiction where it is required to do
so could subject the Company to taxes and penalties for the failure to qualify
and could result in the inability of the Company to enforce contracts in such
jurisdictions. See "Risk Factors--Governmental Regulation and Legal
Uncertainties."
 
  The law relating to the liability of online services companies and Internet
access providers for information carried on or disseminated through their
networks is currently unsettled. It is possible that claims could be made
against online services companies and Internet access providers under both
United States and foreign law for defamation, negligence, copyright or
trademark infringement, or other theories based on the nature and content of
the materials disseminated through their networks. Several private lawsuits
seeking to impose such liability upon online services companies and Internet
access providers are currently pending. Certain businesses, organizations and
individuals have in the past sent unsolicited commercial e-mails from servers
hosted at the Company's facilities to massive numbers of people, typically to
advertise products or services. This practice, known as "spamming," can lead
to complaints against service providers that enable such activities,
particularly where recipients view the materials received as offensive. In
addition, certain ISPs and other online services companies could deny network
access to companies that allow undesired content or spamming to be transmitted
through their networks. The Company has in the past received, and may in the
future receive, letters from recipients of information transmitted by the
Company's customers objecting to such transmission. Although the Company
prohibits its customers by contract from spamming, there can be no assurance
that its customers will not engage in this practice, which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition. See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated With Information
Disseminated Through the Company's Network."
 
EMPLOYEES
 
  As of September 30, 1998, the Company had 386 employees, including 154
employees in sales, distribution and marketing, 17 employees in product
development, 156 employees in customer service and network and backbone
engineering and 59 employees in finance and administration. The Company
believes that its future success will depend in part on its continued ability
to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel. The competition for such
personnel is intense, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to identify, attract and retain such personnel in the future. None of the
Company's employees is represented by a labor union, and management believes
that its employee relations are good. See "Risk Factors--Dependence on Key
Personnel" and "--Management of Growth."
 
                                      64
<PAGE>
 
FACILITIES
 
  The Company's executive offices are located in Santa Clara, California and
consist of approximately 36,000 square feet that are leased pursuant to an
agreement that expires in 2002. The Company leases the facilities for its
current Internet Data Centers in the following metropolitan areas and specific
cities, which cover an aggregate of approximately 200,000 gross square feet
and expire in the years indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 LEASE
       METROPOLITAN AREA               CITY AND STATE                          EXPIRATION
       -----------------               ---------------                         ----------
       <S>                             <C>                                     <C>
       San Francisco                   Santa Clara, CA                            2001
                                       Santa Clara, CA                            2002
                                       Santa Clara, CA                            2009
       New York                        Jersey City, NJ                            2007
       Seattle                         Seattle, WA                                2007
       Los Angeles                     Irvine, CA                                 2007
       Washington, D.C.                Herndon, VA                                2004
       Boston                          Waltham, MA                                2008
</TABLE>
 
 
  Most of the Company's leases provide for a renewal option upon the
expiration of the initial term. The Company currently maintains sales offices
in unutilized space in its Internet Data Centers. The Company intends to
expand domestically and internationally, including the expected addition of
additional Internet Data Centers in the Washington, D.C. and Seattle
metropolitan areas and new Internet Data Centers in the Chicago metropolitan
area in the first quarter of 1999 and the London metropolitan area in the
second quarter of 1999. The Company has recently entered into leases for the
space needed for the additional site in the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area
which covers approximately 88,000 square feet and expires in 2008.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
  The Company is not a party to any material legal proceedings.
 
                                      65
<PAGE>
 
                                  MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
  The following table sets forth certain information regarding the executive
officers and directors of the Company:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         NAME            AGE                      POSITION
         ----            ---                      --------
<S>                      <C> <C>
K.B. Chandrasekhar......  38 Chairman of the Board of Directors
Ellen M. Hancock........  55 Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
Richard S. Stoltz.......  54 Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer
Sam S. Mohamad..........  39 Vice President, Worldwide Sales
Louis J. Muggeo.........  47 Vice President, Customer Support and Services
Robert V. Sanford III...  50 Vice President, Operations
James J. McInerney......  46 Vice President, Engineering
Susan R. Farber.........  47 Vice President, Marketing and Strategy
Frederick W.W.
 Bolander(1)............  37 Director
John R. Dougery(2)......  58 Director
Mark Dubovoy(3).........  51 Director
Max D. Hopper...........  64 Director
Peter A. Howley(1)......  58 Director
Daniel C. Lynch.........  57 Director
Thadeus J.
 Mocarski(1)(3).........  36 Director
Kanwal S. Rekhi(2)......  52 Director
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Member of the Compensation Committee.
(2) Member of the Audit Committee.
(3) Member of the Finance Committee.
 
  Each director will hold office until the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders
and until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier
resignation or removal. Each officer serves at the discretion of the Board of
Directors (the "Board").
 
  K.B. CHANDRASEKHAR has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of the
Company since its incorporation in California in February 1995, as President
from such incorporation until March 1998 and as Chief Executive Officer from
such incorporation until September 1998. From 1992 to May 1995, he served as
President and a director of Fouress, Inc., a network software design and
development firm and the Company's predecessor, which he co-founded. Mr.
Chandrasekhar holds a B.S. degree in physics from Madras University and a
B.Tech. degree in electronics and communications from the Madras Institute of
Technology.
 
  ELLEN M. HANCOCK has served as President of the Company since March 1998 and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company since September 1998 and has been a
director of the Company since April 1998. She has also served as the acting
Vice President, Marketing from July 1998 to October 1998. From July 1996 to
July 1997, she served as Executive Vice President for Research and Development
and Chief Technology Officer of Apple Computer, Inc. From September 1995 to
May 1996, Mrs. Hancock served as an Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer of National Semiconductor Corporation. From 1966 to February
1995, she served in various staff, managerial and executive positions at
International Business Machines Corporation, most recently as Senior Vice
President and Group Executive. Mrs. Hancock is also a director of Colgate-
Palmolive Company, Siemens Business Communications, Inc. and Aetna Inc. She
holds a B.A. degree in mathematics from The College of New Rochelle and an
M.A. degree in mathematics from Fordham University.
 
  RICHARD S. STOLTZ has served as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial
Officer of the Company since October 1995 and was a director of the Company
from January 1996 to October 1996. From February 1994 to
 
                                      66
<PAGE>
 
September 1995, he was an independent consultant specializing in financial and
management information system issues. From 1992 to January 1994, Mr. Stoltz
served as Vice President of Finance, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of
Radius Inc., a computer hardware company. Mr. Stoltz holds a B.S.B.A. degree
in marketing and an M.B.A. from The American University.
 
  SAM S. MOHAMAD has served as Vice President, Worldwide Sales of the Company
since February 1997. From March 1996 to January 1997, he served as Vice
President of Sales and Marketing of Genuity, Inc., a provider of data center
products and services. From 1987 to February 1996, Mr. Mohamad held various
positions at Oracle Corporation, most recently as Vice President of Direct
Sales and Marketing.
 
  LOUIS J. MUGGEO has served as Vice President, Customer Support and Services
of the Company since February 1998. From May 1993 to February 1998, he served
in various positions at Sybase, Inc., a client/server relational database
management software company, most recently as Vice President/General Manager
for Western Area Field Services. From 1990 to May 1993, Mr. Muggeo served in
various positions at ViewStar Corporation (now Mosaix, Inc.), a document
management and workflow software company, most recently as Director, Education
Services.
 
  ROBERT V. SANFORD III has served as Vice President, Operations of the
Company since April 1997. From February 1994 to April 1997, he was an
independent consultant specializing in management information system issues,
and from October 1992 to February 1994, he served as Director of IS at Radius
Inc. Mr. Sanford holds a B.A. degree in business administration from
California State University, San Bernardino.
 
  JAMES J. MCINERNEY has served as Vice President, Engineering of the Company
since October 1998. From November 1995 to October 1998, he served as Vice
President of Software Engineering at Synopsys, Inc., a provider of software
tools for electronic design automation. From 1974 to October 1995, Mr.
McInerney served in various research, managerial and executive positions at
International Business Machines Corporation, most recently as Director,
Intelligent Communication Services. He holds B.S. and M.S. degrees in
mathematics from Polytechnic University in New York.
 
  SUSAN R. FARBER has served as Vice President, Marketing and Strategy of the
Company since November 1998. From April 1998 to October 1998, she served as
Chief Operating Officer of Fusion Telecommunications. From July 1996 to April
1998, Ms. Farber served as Vice President, Business Markets, for GTE. From
1994 to July 1996, she served as Consultant, International Technology Practice
for Heidrick & Struggles. From 1993 to 1994, Ms. Farber served as Vice
President, Marketing for Nielsen Europe. Ms. Farber holds a B.A. degree from
Georgetown University and an M.B.A. from George Washington University.
 
  FREDERICK W. W. BOLANDER has served as a director of the Company since
October 1996. He has been associated with Apex Investment Partners, a venture
capital firm, in various capacities since October 1994 and has been a general
partner of the firm since April 1996. From May 1993 to September 1993, Mr.
Bolander was a consultant to the African Communications Group, a venture
capital and project management firm, and from September 1985 to September
1992, Mr. Bolander held the position of manager for AT&T Corporation. Mr.
Bolander is also a director of Concord Communications, Inc. Mr. Bolander holds
B.S. and M.S. degrees in electrical engineering from the University of
Michigan and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.
 
  JOHN R. DOUGERY has served as a director of the Company since February 1996.
He has been President of Dougery Ventures, a venture capital firm, since
January 1998. Prior to that he was a general partner of Dougery & Wilder, a
venture capital firm, from 1981 to December 1997. Mr. Dougery is also a
director of Printronix, Inc. Mr. Dougery holds an A.B. degree in mathematics
from the University of California, Berkeley and an M.B.A. from Stanford
University.
 
  MARK DUBOVOY has served as a director of the Company since October 1996. He
was a founder and has served as a general partner of Information Technology
Ventures since September 1994. Prior to that time, he
 
                                      67
<PAGE>
 
was a general partner of Grace/Horn Ventures from 1991 to August 1994. Mr.
Dubovoy holds a B.S. degree in physics from the National University of Mexico
and an M.A. degree and Ph.D. in physics from the University of California,
Berkeley.
 
  MAX D. HOPPER has served as a director of the Company since January 1998.
Mr. Hopper has been the Chief Executive Officer of Max D. Hopper Associates,
Inc., an IS management consulting firm, since January 1995. From 1985 to
January 1995, he served in various positions at American Airlines, a
subsidiary of AMR Corporation, most recently as Senior Vice President,
Information Systems and Chairman of the SABRE Group. Mr. Hopper is also a
director of Gartner Group, Inc., USData Corporation, VTEL Corporation,
Worldtalk Corporation, Metrocall, Inc. and Payless Cashways, Inc. From April
1996 to August 1997, he served as a director of BBN Corporation. From March
1995 to February 1998, he served as a director of Centura Software
Corporation. From August 1994 to February 1998, he served as a director of
Computer Language Research, Inc. He holds a B.S. degree in mathematics and an
M.B.A. from the University of Houston.
 
  PETER A. HOWLEY has served as a director of the Company since September
1996. Mr. Howley has been a private consultant since May 1994. From 1985 until
April 1994, he served as Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and
President of Centex Telemanagement, Inc., a telecommunications management
company, which was acquired. Mr. Howley is also a director of FaxSAV, Inc. and
WorldPort Communications, Inc. Mr. Howley holds a B.I.E. degree and an M.B.A.
from New York University.
 
  DANIEL C. LYNCH has served as director of the Company since January 1998.
Mr. Lynch has been the owner of Lynch Enterprises, a venture capital firm,
since August 1993. From April 1994 to August 1996, he was a director of UUNet
Technologies, Inc., an Internet service provider. From 1991 to August 1993, he
was the Chairman of the Board of Interop, a conference and trade show company,
which he founded and which is now a division of ZD Comdex Forums. Mr. Lynch
has also been Chairman of the Board of Directors of Cybercash, Inc. since
August 1994 when he founded the Company. He holds a B.S. degree in mathematics
from Loyola Marymount University and an M.A. degree in mathematics from the
University of California, Los Angeles.
 
  THADEUS J. MOCARSKI has served as a director of the Company since June 1997.
Mr. Mocarski has been an officer of various entities affiliated with Fleet
Equity Partners since January 1994. Prior to joining Fleet Equity Partners,
Mr. Mocarski was an attorney with the law firm of Edwards & Angell from 1989
to January 1994. Mr. Mocarski is also a director of Dobson Communications
Corporation and Dobson Wireline Company. Mr. Mocarski holds a B.A. in
economics and government from Colby College and a J.D. degree from the
Washington College of Law.
 
  KANWAL S. REKHI has served as a director of the Company since December 1995.
Mr. Rekhi has been the Chief Executive Officer of Cybermedia Inc., a consumer
software company, since May 1998. He was retired from January 1995 to May
1998. He served as Executive Vice President and a director at Novell Inc., a
network software company, from 1989 to December 1994. Mr. Rekhi is also a
director of Cybermedia Inc. Mr. Rekhi holds a B.Tech. degree in electrical
engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology, Bombay and an M.S. degree
in electrical engineering from Michigan Technology Institute.
 
BOARD COMMITTEES
 
  The Audit Committee of the Board consists of Mr. Dougery and Mr. Rekhi. The
Audit Committee reviews the Company's financial statements and accounting
practices, makes recommendations to the Board regarding the selection of
independent auditors and reviews the results and scope of the audit and other
services provided by the Company's independent auditors. The Compensation
Committee of the Board consists of Mr. Bolander, Mr. Howley and Mr. Mocarski.
The Compensation Committee makes recommendations to the Board concerning
salaries and incentive compensation for the Company's officers and employees
and administers the Company's employee benefit plans. The Finance Committee of
the Board consists of Mr. Dubovoy and Mr. Mocarski. The Finance Committee
reviews, evaluates and makes recommendations regarding future financing
requirements of the Company.
 
 
                                      68
<PAGE>
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
  None of the members of the Compensation Committee of the Board was at any
time since the formation of the Company an officer or employee of the Company.
No executive officer of the Company serves as a member of the board of
directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more
executive officers serving on the Board or the Compensation Committee of the
Board.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
  Directors of the Company do not receive cash compensation for their services
as directors but are reimbursed for their reasonable expenses in attending
meetings of the Board. In December 1995 and October 1996, Mr. Rekhi and Mr.
Howley were granted warrants to acquire 16,666 shares of Common Stock and
19,841 shares of Series B1 Preferred Stock (which converted into shares of
Common Stock at the closing of the Company's initial public offering),
respectively, at an exercise price of $2.40 and $2.52 per share, respectively,
in connection with their service on the Board. In addition, in October 1996,
Mr. Howley was granted an option to purchase 25,000 shares of Common Stock at
an exercise price of $0.30 per share, in connection with his service on the
Board. In November 1997, Mr. Rekhi exercised the Common Stock warrant in full.
In October 1997, Mr. Howley exercised the warrant for Series B1 Preferred
Stock in full and exercised the option for 13,000 of the shares of Common
Stock subject thereto.
 
  In January 1998, the Board adopted, and in February 1998 the stockholders
approved, the 1998 Directors Stock Option Plan (the "Directors Plan") and
reserved a total of 200,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock for issuance
thereunder. Members of the Board who are not employees of the Company, or any
parent or subsidiary of the Company, are eligible to participate in the
Directors Plan. Each eligible director who was or becomes a member of the
Board on or after the Company's initial public offering of Common Stock in
March 1998 ("Effective Date") will automatically be granted an option for
20,000 shares (an "Initial Grant") on the earlier of the Effective Date or the
date such director first becomes a director; provided that a director that was
a member of the Board of Exodus Communications, Inc., a California
corporation, is not eligible to receive an Initial Grant. Thus Messrs. Lynch
and Hopper are the only current directors who received an Initial Grant, which
were at an exercise price of $15.00 per share. At each annual meeting of
stockholders thereafter, each eligible director will automatically be granted
an additional option to purchase 5,000 shares (an "Annual Grant") if such
director has served continuously as a member of the Board since the date of
such director's Initial Grant (or since the Effective Date if such director
did not receive an Initial Grant). Initial Grants will vest as to 33 1/3% of
the total shares on each annual anniversary of the date of grant, provided the
optionee continues as a member of the Board or as a consultant to the Company.
Annual Grants will vest as to 25% of the total shares on each annual
anniversary of the date of grant, provided the optionee continues as a member
of the Board or as a consultant to the Company. Options will cease vesting
once the individual ceases to provide services as a director or consultant.
Following the individual's cessation of services to the Company, he or she
will have seven months in which to exercise the options granted under the
Directors Plan, twelve months if the cessation of services resulted from the
individual's death or disability. The exercise price of all options granted
under the Directors Plan will be the fair market value of the Common Stock on
the date of grant. On May 19, 1998, the Company granted options to purchase
5,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock under the Company's 1998 Plan to
each of Messrs. Bolander, Dougery, Dubovoy, Hopper, Howley, Lynch, Mocarski
and Rekhi, at exercise prices of $30.688 per share, and otherwise subject to
the terms and conditions of Annual Grants under the Directors Plan.
 
  In February 1998, the Company sold shares of Series D Preferred Stock
convertible into 33,333 and 5,848 shares of Common Stock at a purchase price
per share of $8.55 to Messrs. Lynch and Hopper, respectively.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
  The following table sets forth all compensation awarded to, earned by or
paid for services rendered to the Company in all capacities during the year
ended December 31, 1997 by (i) the Company's chief executive officer
 
                                      69
<PAGE>
 
and (ii) the four other most highly compensated executive officers other than
the chief executive officer who were serving as executive officers as of
December 31, 1997 (collectively, the "Named Executive Officers").
 
                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            LONG-TERM
                                       ANNUAL COMPENSATION             COMPENSATION AWARDS
                              --------------------------------------- ----------------------
                                                       OTHER ANNUAL         SECURITIES
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITIONS  SALARY ($)   BONUS ($) COMPENSATION ($) UNDERLYING OPTIONS (#)
- ----------------------------  ----------   --------- ---------------- ----------------------
<S>                           <C>          <C>       <C>              <C>
K.B. Chandrasekhar......       $160,000     $75,000       $5,373(2)          250,002
 President and Chief
 Executive Officer (1)
Sam S. Mohamad..........        273,626(3)   70,000          --              166,668
 Vice President, World-
 wide Sales
Richard S. Stoltz.......        147,500      40,000          --               58,334
 Chief Operating Officer
 and Chief Financial Of-
 ficer
B.V. Jagadeesh..........        135,000      40,000          --               58,334
 Vice President, Engi-
 neering
Robert V. Sanford III...        101,250      35,000          --               91,667
 Vice President, Opera-
 tions
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Mr. Chandrasekhar ceased serving as President of the Company in March 1998
    and as Chief Executive Officer in September 1998 when Ellen M. Hancock was
    appointed to those positions. Mr. Chandrasekhar remains as Chairman of the
    Board of Directors.
(2) Represents a car allowance.
(3) Includes sales commissions of $130,542.
 
  As indicated in the table above, in March 1998 and September 1998, Ellen M.
Hancock was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer, respectively, of
the Company. She will be compensated at an initial base salary of $200,000 per
year and is eligible for bonuses totalling up to $100,000 for 1998. See "--
Option Grants in 1997."
 
                                      70
<PAGE>
 
  The following table sets forth further information regarding option grants
to each of the Named Executive Officers during 1997. In accordance with the
rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the table sets forth the
hypothetical gains or "option spreads" that would exist for the options at the
end of their respective terms. These gains are based on assumed rates of
annual compound stock price appreciation of 5% and 10% from the date the
option was granted to the end of the option term using the price of $15.00 per
share from the Company's initial public offering as the base value.
 
                             OPTION GRANTS IN 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE
                           NUMBER OF   PERCENTAGE OF                             AT ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES
                          SECURITIES   TOTAL OPTIONS                           OF STOCK PRICE APPRECIATION
                          UNDERLYING    GRANTED TO                                 FOR OPTION TERM (2)
                            OPTIONS      EMPLOYEES   EXERCISE PRICE EXPIRATION ----------------------------
          NAME           GRANTED(#)(1)    IN 1997     PER SHARE($)     DATE         5%            10%
          ----           ------------- ------------- -------------- ---------- ------------- --------------
<S>                      <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>        <C>           <C>
K.B. Chandrasekhar......    41,667          2.6%         $0.30        6/26/07  $   1,005,567 $   1,608,602
                            83,334          5.2           0.75       10/15/07      1,973,634     3,179,704
                            83,334          5.2           0.75       10/15/07      1,973,634     3,179,704
                            41,667          2.6           0.75       10/15/07        986,817     1,589,852
Sam S. Mohamad..........    66,667          4.1           0.30        2/17/07      1,608,903     2,573,755
                             8,334          0.5           0.30        6/26/07        201,128       321,744
                            25,000          1.6           0.75       10/15/07        592,085       953,903
                            66,667          4.1           0.75       10/15/07      1,578,903     2,543,755
Richard S. Stoltz.......    14,584          0.9           0.30        6/26/07        351,962       563,032
                            43,750          2.7           0.75       10/15/07      1,036,150     1,669,331
B.V. Jagadeesh..........    14,584          0.9           0.30        6/26/07        351,962       563,032
                            43,750          2.7           0.75       10/15/07      1,036,150     1,669,331
Robert V. Sanford III...    75,000          4.7           0.30        2/17/07      1,810,006     2,895,460
                             4,167          0.3           0.30        6/26/07        100,564       160,872
                            12,500          0.8           0.75       10/15/07        296,043       476,952
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) These options generally are incentive stock options that were granted at
    fair market value and vest over a 50-month period so long as the
    individual is employed by the Company. With regard to Mr. Chandrasekhar,
    both options for 83,334 shares vest in full on the fifth anniversary of
    the date of grant, one of which accelerated to start vesting at 2% per
    month upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering in March
    1998 and the other of which will accelerate to start vesting at 2% per
    month upon the hiring of certain additional executive management
    personnel. The potential realizable value is based on the term of the
    option at the time of grant, which is ten years for each of the options
    set forth in this table. All amounts have been calculated using the price
    of $15.00 per share from the Company's initial public offering as the base
    value and assumed annual rates of stock price appreciation of 5% and 10%.
(2) The 5% and 10% assumed annual rates of stock price appreciation are
    mandated by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not
    represent the Company's estimate or projection of future Common Stock
    prices.
 
  In January 1998, Mr. Chandrasekhar was granted two options, each for 166,667
shares of Common Stock, at per share exercise prices of $9.00 and $18.00,
respectively, that vest in full upon the third and fifth anniversaries of the
date of grant, respectively. Both options will accelerate and become fully
vested if the Company is acquired or sells all or substantially all of its
assets or if Mr. Chandrasekhar is terminated other than for cause. In
addition, in February 1998, Richard S. Stoltz and B.V. Jagadeesh were each
granted options to purchase 60,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price
of $7.65 per share, with vesting over a 50 month period. All of the above-
described options expire ten years from the date of grant.
 
  In March 1998, Mrs. Hancock was granted an option for 721,981 shares of
Common Stock at a per share exercise price of $9.00 that vests as to 12% of
such shares in September 1998 and vests as to an additional 2%
 
                                      71
<PAGE>
 
per month thereafter. The option expires ten years from the date of grant. In
addition, she purchased 50,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company at a
purchase price of $9.00 per share.
 
  The following table sets forth the number of shares acquired upon the
exercise of stock options during 1997 and the number of shares covered by both
exercisable and unexercisable stock options held by each of the Named
Executive Officers at December 31, 1997. Also reported are values of
unexercised "in-the-money" options, which represent the positive spread
between the respective exercise prices of outstanding stock options and the
price of $15.00 per share from the Company's initial public offering.
 
            AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN 1997 AND YEAR-END VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   NUMBER OF SECURITIES      VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                           SHARES                 UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED     IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                          ACQUIRED                  OPTIONS AT YEAR-END          AT YEAR-END
                             ON         VALUE    ------------------------- ------------------------
NAME                     EXERCISE(#) REALIZED($) EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXECISABLE
- ----                     ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- ----------- ------------
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
K.B. Chandrasekhar......      --          --       18,334       231,668     $265,385    $3,315,894
Sam S. Mohamad..........      --          --       18,668       148,000      272,319     2,136,450
Richard S. Stoltz.......   10,500      $1,181       2,334        45,500      184,329       653,494
B.V. Jagadeesh..........      --          --       12,834        45,500      184,329       653,494
Robert V. Sanford III...      --          --       31,333        60,334      460,160       881,720
</TABLE>
 
  Executive Employment Policy. In December 1997, the Board adopted a form of
Executive Employment Policy (the "Policy") to be entered into between the
Company and each of its executive officers and certain other officers of the
Company (together, the "Executives"). Pursuant to the Policy, in the event of
a "Termination" (as defined in the Policy) resulting from a "Change of
Control" (as defined in the Policy) of the Company, each Executive's base
salary and medical benefits would continue as follows: Chief Executive Officer
and President--18 months; Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial
Officer--12 months; Vice President, Worldwide Sales--12 months; certain other
Vice Presidents--six months; and other Executives--three months. In addition,
in the event of a Change in Control, each Executive's options would become
exercisable with respect to 50% of such Executive's remaining unvested shares
subject to such options. In the event of an "Involuntary Termination" (as
defined in the Policy), base salary and medical benefits would generally
continue for shorter time periods than those set forth above and the
Executive's options would continue to vest during such period. An Executive
that "Voluntarily Terminates" (as defined in the Policy) or is terminated for
"Cause" (as defined in the Policy) would generally not receive any
compensation, additional stock option vesting or other benefits after the date
of termination. Pursuant to the Policy, during the term of any payments made
to an Executive after termination, such Executive would not be permitted to
manage, operate, control, participate in the management, operation or control
of or be employed by any other person or entity that is engaged in providing
services that are directly competitive with the services offered by the
Company.
 
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
  1997 Equity Incentive Plan. In January 1997, the Board adopted the 1997
Plan. In October 1997, the Board increased the number of shares of Common
Stock reserved for issuance under the 1997 Plan to a total of 2,200,000. The
stockholders approved the 1997 Plan and the share increase in October 1997.
The 1997 Plan became effective in January 1997 and serves as the successor to
the 1995 Stock Option Plan (the "1995 Plan"). Options granted under the 1995
Plan before its termination in January 1997 continue to remain outstanding in
accordance with their terms, but no further options may be granted under the
1995 Plan. The 1997 Plan provides for the grant of stock options and the
issuance of restricted stock by the Company to its employees, officers,
directors and consultants. The 1997 Plan permits the grant of options that are
either incentive stock options ("ISOs") (as defined in Section 422 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")) or nonqualified stock
options ("NQSOs"), on terms (including the exercise price, which may not be
less than 85% of the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock, and the
vesting schedule) determined by the Board, subject to certain statutory and
other limitations in the 1997 Plan. In addition to, or in tandem with, stock
options
 
                                      72
<PAGE>
 
under the 1997 Plan, the Board may grant participants restricted stock awards
to purchase the Company's Common Stock for not less than 85% of its fair
market value at the time of grant. The other terms of such restricted stock
awards may be determined by the Board.
 
  On the effective date of the Company's initial public offering, the 1997
Plan was terminated. Options granted under the 1997 Plan before its
termination continue to remain outstanding in accordance with their terms, but
no further options will be granted under the 1997 Plan.
 
  1998 Equity Incentive Plan. In January 1998, the Board adopted, and in
February 1998 the stockholders approved, the 1998 Equity Incentive Plan (the
"1998 Plan") to provide for the grant of stock options, restricted stock and
stock bonuses to employees, officers, directors, consultants, independent
contractors and advisors of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the
Company. The 1998 Plan is the successor to the 1997 Plan. Although the 1997
Plan terminates, options granted thereunder remain outstanding according to
their terms. The total number of shares reserved and available for grant and
issuance pursuant to the 1998 Plan is 1,500,000 plus shares that pour over
from the 1997 Plan. The shares that pour over from the 1997 Plan are shares
that (i) remain available for grant under the 1997 Plan on the effective date
of the 1998 Plan, (ii) are subject to issuance upon exercise of an option
granted under the 1997 Plan that cease to be subject to such option for any
reason other than exercise of such option and (iii) are issued under awards
granted under the 1997 Plan, but are repurchased by the Company at the price
at which the shares were originally issued. Shares that are subject to (x)
issuance upon exercise of an option granted under the 1998 Plan that cease to
be subject to such option for any reason other than exercise, (y) awards
granted under the 1998 Plan that are forfeited or are repurchased by the
Company at the original issue price and (z) awards that otherwise terminate
without shares being issued will again be available for grant and issuance in
connection with future awards under the 1998 Plan.
 
  The 1998 Plan will terminate in January 2008, unless earlier terminated by
the Board. No person will be eligible to receive more than 750,000 shares in
any calendar year pursuant to equity awards under the 1998 Plan, other than a
new employee who will be eligible to receive no more than 1,250,000 shares in
the calendar year in which such employee commences employment. The 1998 Plan
will be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board. The
Compensation Committee has the authority to construe and interpret the 1998
Plan and any agreement made thereunder, grant equity awards and make all other
determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the 1998 Plan.
The 1998 Plan permits the grant of ISOs and NQSOs. ISOs may be granted only to
employees of the Company or of any parent or subsidiary of the Company. NQSOs,
stock bonuses and restricted stock may be granted to all individuals eligible
to receive grants under the 1998 Plan. The exercise price of ISOs must be at
least equal to the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on the date
of grant. The exercise price of NQSOs must be at least equal to 85% of the
fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant. The
purchase price of restricted stock will be determined by the Compensation
Committee. The maximum term of an option is ten years. Options typically vest
over a four-year period. Vesting will stop if the optionee ceases to provide
services to the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, but
options will generally remain exercisable for a period of three months
following the termination of services. If the optionee's termination is for
cause, his or her options will generally terminate immediately. If the
optionee's termination is due to death or disability, the optionee or his or
her estate will generally have twelve months in which to exercise. In the
event of certain changes in control transactions, outstanding equity awards
may be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation, if the successor
corporation does not assume or substitute the awards, the awards will
terminate prior to the effectiveness of the transaction.
 
  1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In January 1998, the Board adopted and
subsequently amended, and in February 1998 the stockholders approved, the 1998
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "1998 Purchase Plan") and reserved a total
of 600,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock for issuance thereunder. The
Purchase Plan became effective on the first business day on which price
quotations for the Company's Common Stock were available on the Nasdaq
National Market. The Purchase Plan permits eligible employees to acquire
shares of the Company's Common Stock through payroll deductions. The Purchase
Plan is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section
423 of the Code. Except for the initial offering, each offering
 
                                      73
<PAGE>
 
under the Purchase Plan will be for a period of 24 months (the "Offering
Period") commencing on May 1 and November 1 of each year and ending on October
31 and April 30 of the second year thereafter. The first Offering Period began
on the date on which price quotations for the Company's Common Stock were
first available on the Nasdaq National Market and will end on April 30, 2000,
unless otherwise determined by the Board. Except for the first Offering
Period, each Offering Period will consist of four purchase periods, each six
months in length ("Purchase Period"). The Board has the power to change the
duration of Offering Periods or Purchase Periods without stockholder approval,
provided that the change is announced at least 15 days prior to the scheduled
beginning of the first Offering Period or Purchase Period to be affected.
Eligible employees may select a rate of payroll deduction between 2% and 10%
of their base compensation, subject to certain limits set forth in the
Purchase Plan. The purchase price for the Company's Common Stock purchased
under the Purchase Plan is 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the
Company's Common Stock on the first day of the applicable Offering Period or
on the last day of the respective Purchase Period.
 
  401(k) Plan. The Company sponsors the Exodus Communications, Inc. 401(k)
Plan (the "401(k) Plan"). Employees who complete three months of service with
the Company are eligible to participate ("Participants"). Participants may
contribute up to 20% of their current compensation, up to a statutorily
prescribed annual limit, to the 401(k) Plan. Each Participant is fully vested
in his or her salary reduction contributions. Participant contributions are
held in trust as required by law. Individual Participants may direct the
trustee to invest their accounts in authorized investment alternatives. The
Company may make discretionary matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan,
although it has not done so to date, in an amount equal to a percentage the
Company from time to time may deem advisable of the Participant's salary
reduction contributions. Salary reduction contributions in excess of 6% of the
Participant's compensation are disregarded for purposes of the match. The
Company may also make fully vested qualified non-elective contributions on
behalf of employees who are not "highly compensated." In addition, the Company
may make discretionary contributions, although it has not done so to date.
Discretionary and matching contributions are subject to a vesting schedule.
The 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal
Revenue Code so that contributions to the 401(k) Plan, and income earned on
such contributions, are not taxable to Participants until withdrawn or
distributed from the 401(k) Plan.
 
                                      74
<PAGE>
 
                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
  Since September 1, 1995, there has not been, nor is there currently
proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which the
Company was or is to be a party in which the amount involved exceeds $60,000
and in which any director, executive officer or holder of more than 5% of the
Common Stock of the Company had or will have a direct or indirect interest
other than (i) compensation arrangements, which are described where required
under "Management" and (ii) the transactions described below.
 
  For clarity of presentation, share numbers and per share prices for the
transactions described below reflect the one-for-three reverse stock split for
the Common Stock which occurred in February 1998 and an adjustment to reflect
the conversion ratio of one-for-three for the Preferred Stock which was
effected upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering.
 
  In October 1995, Richard S. Stoltz, the current Chief Operating Officer and
Chief Financial Officer of the Company, and his wife purchased 250,000 shares
of the Company's Common Stock for a purchase price of $60,000 pursuant to two
promissory notes, of which $47,263 remains outstanding. Also in October 1995,
Fred R. Sibayan, Jr., a former Vice President, Sales of the Company, purchased
150,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock for a purchase price of $36,000
pursuant to a promissory note, which has since been repaid in full. Of such
shares, 43,334 shares were repurchased by the Company in connection with Mr.
Sibayan's resignation in January 1997.
 
  In December 1995, Kanwal S. Rekhi, a director of the Company, loaned the
Company $200,000 in exchange for a promissory note. In February 1996, as part
of the financing described in the next paragraph, Mr. Rekhi converted the
promissory note into 161,459 shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
 
  In February and March 1996, the Company sold shares of Series A Preferred
Stock convertible into 2,599,481 shares of Common Stock to a group of entities
and individuals for an aggregate purchase price of $3,219,994, which amount
was paid in cash and through the conversion of debt. These transactions
included sales to (i) Productivity Fund II, L.P. and Productivity Fund III,
L.P. (the "Productivity Funds"), partnerships associated with First Analysis
Corporation ("First Analysis"), a greater than 5% stockholder of the Company,
of shares convertible into 565,107 shares of Common Stock, (ii) J.F. Shea &
Co., Inc., a greater than 5% stockholder of the Company, of shares convertible
into 484,378 shares of Common Stock, (iii) John R. Dougery, a director of the
Company, and his wife and trusts for which Mr. Dougery or his wife is a
trustee (the "Dougery Trusts"), of shares convertible into 201,823 shares of
Common Stock, and (iv) the Rekhi Family Trust dated 12/15/89 (the "Rekhi
Family Trust"), for which Kanwal S. Rekhi is a trustee, of shares convertible
into 161,459 shares of Common Stock.
 
  In March 1996, the Rekhi Family Trust and two other trusts, for which Kanwal
S. Rekhi is a trustee, purchased an aggregate of 94,333 shares of the
Company's Common Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $22,640.
 
  In April 1996, John R. Dougery purchased 40,000 shares of the Company's
Common Stock for a purchase price of $9,600.
 
  In October 1996, the Company sold shares of Series B Preferred Stock
convertible into 2,579,355 shares of Common Stock to a group of entities and
individuals for an aggregate purchase price of $6,500,000, which amount was
paid in cash. This included sales to (i) Apex Investment Fund III, L.P., which
is affiliated with both Frederick W.W. Bolander, a director of the Company,
and First Analysis, of shares convertible into 694,444 shares of Common Stock,
(ii) Information Technology Ventures, L.P. and ITV Affiliates Fund, L.P. (the
"ITV Partnerships"), which are both associated with Mark Dubovoy, a director
of the Company, and which comprise a greater than 5% stockholder group of the
Company, of shares convertible into 694,444 shares of Common Stock, (iii) the
Productivity Funds of shares convertible into 277,777 shares of Common Stock,
(iv) J.F. Shea & Co., Inc., of shares convertible into 158,730 shares of
Common Stock, (v) John R. Dougery and his wife and the
 
                                      75
<PAGE>
 
Dougery Trusts of shares convertible into 39,680 shares of Common Stock and
(vi) Peter A. Howley, a director of the Company, of shares convertible into
39,682 shares of Common Stock.
 
  In March 1997, the Company obtained bridge loans of $2,473,866 pursuant to
convertible promissory notes due in September 1997 (the "First Bridge Notes")
from a group of entities and individuals, including (i) $517,895 from Apex
Investment Fund III, L.P. and Apex Strategic Partners, L.L.C. (the "Apex
Funds"), which are both associated with Frederick W.W. Bolander and First
Analysis, (ii) $496,000 from J.F. Shea & Co., Inc., as Nominee 1996-II, (iii)
$324,000 from the Productivity Funds, (iv) $268,000 from the ITV Partnerships,
(v) $96,000 from John R. Dougery and his wife and the Dougery Trusts, (vi)
$62,001 from the Rekhi Family Trust and (vii) $49,986 from Peter A. Howley.
The First Bridge Notes were unsecured and provided for automatic conversion
into Preferred Stock upon the closing of the next Preferred Stock financing to
occur prior to the September 1997 maturity date. In connection with obtaining
these bridge loans, the Company also sold to the holders of the First Bridge
Notes, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,039, five-year warrants, which
were exercised before the closing of the Company's initial public offering in
March 1998, to purchase shares of Series B Preferred Stock convertible into
41,240 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.52 per share,
including warrants for shares convertible into 8,632, 8,267, 5,401, 4,466,
1,603, 1,034, and 833 shares of Common Stock to the Apex Funds, J.F. Shea &
Co., Inc., as Nominee 1996-II, the Productivity Funds, the ITV Partnerships,
John R. Dougery and his wife and the Dougery Trusts, the Rekhi Family Trust
and Peter A. Howley, respectively.
 
  In June 1997, the Company obtained bridge loans of $1,500,000 pursuant to
convertible promissory notes due in September 1997 (the "Second Bridge Notes")
from a group of entities and individuals, including (i) $252,450 from the Apex
Investment Fund III, L.P., (ii) $243,000 from the Productivity Funds, (iii)
$207,463 from J.F. Shea & Co., Inc., as Nominee 1996-II, (iv) $201,000 from
the ITV Partnerships, (v) $163,690 from the Rekhi Family Trust, (vi) $96,000
from John R. Dougery and his wife and the Dougery Trusts, and (vii) $12,000
from Peter A. Howley. The Second Bridge Notes were unsecured and provided for
automatic conversion into Preferred Stock upon the closing of the next
Preferred Stock financing to occur prior to the September 1997 maturity date.
In connection with obtaining this bridge loan, the Company also sold to the
holders of the Second Bridge Notes, for an aggregate purchase price of $630,
five-year warrants, which were exercised before the closing of the Company's
initial public offering in March 1998, to purchase shares of Series B
Preferred Stock convertible into 25,008 shares of Common Stock at an exercise
price of $2.52 per share, including warrants for shares convertible into
4,208, 4,050, 3,458, 3,348, 2,727, 1,603, and 200 shares of Common Stock, to
Apex Investment Fund III, L.P., the Productivity Funds, J.F. Shea & Co., Inc.,
as Nominee 1996-II, the ITV Partnerships, the Rekhi Family Trust, John R.
Dougery and his wife and the Dougery Trusts and Peter A. Howley, respectively.
 
  In June 1997, the Company sold shares of Series C Preferred Stock
convertible into 5,263,270 shares of Common Stock and five-year warrants to
purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $4.0869
per share, and convertible into 526,349 shares of Common Stock, at an
aggregate purchase price of $21,510,574 (including $37 for the warrants),
including $4,010,970 in principal and interest owed to the holders of the
First Bridge Notes and the Second Bridge Notes. This included issuances to (i)
Fleet Resources, Inc., Fleet Equity Partners VI, L.P., Chisholm Partners III,
L.P. and Kennedy Plaza Partners, all of which are funds (the "Fleet Funds")
associated with Thadeus J. Mocarski, a director of the Company, and which
together comprise a greater than 5% stockholder group of the Company, of
shares convertible into 1,835,120 shares of Common Stock and warrants to
purchase shares convertible into 183,515 shares of Common Stock, (ii) Oak
Investment Partners VII and Oak VII Affiliate Fund (the "Oak Partnerships"), a
greater than 5% stockholder group of the Company, of shares convertible into
1,468,100 shares of Common Stock and warrants to purchase shares convertible
into 146,811 shares of Common Stock, (iii) JK&B Capital L.P. and JK&B Capital
II, L.P. (the "JK&B Partnerships"), then a greater than 5% stockholder group
of the Company, of shares convertible into 611,705 shares and warrants to
purchase shares convertible into 61,172 shares of Common Stock, (iv) the Apex
Funds of shares convertible into 190,334 shares of Common Stock and warrants
to purchase shares convertible into 19,035 shares of Common Stock, (v) J.F.
Shea & Co., Inc., as Nominee 1996-II, of shares convertible into
 
                                      76
<PAGE>
 
173,884 shares of Common Stock and warrants to purchase shares convertible
into 17,389 shares of Common Stock, (vi) the Productivity Funds of shares
convertible into 139,945 shares of Common Stock and warrants to purchase
shares convertible into 13,995 shares of Common Stock, (vii) the ITV
Partnerships of shares convertible into 115,756 shares of Common Stock and
warrants to purchase shares convertible into 11,574 shares of Common Stock,
(viii) the Rekhi Family Trust of shares convertible into 55,521 shares of
Common Stock and warrants to purchase shares convertible into 5,552 shares of
Common Stock, (ix) John R. Dougery and his wife and the Dougery Trusts of
shares convertible into 47,367 shares of Common Stock and warrants to purchase
shares convertible into 4,739 shares of Common Stock and (x) Peter A. Howley
of shares convertible into 15,337 shares of Common Stock and warrants to
purchase shares convertible into 1,534 shares of Common Stock. The warrants
were exercised by the holders thereof prior to the closing of the Company's
initial public offering in March 1998.
 
  In December 1997, the Company sold shares of Series D Preferred Stock
convertible into 877,180 shares of Common Stock at an aggregate purchase price
of $7,500,000 which amount was paid in cash. This included sales to (i) the
Fleet Funds of shares convertible into 175,437 shares of Common Stock, (ii)
the Oak Partnerships of shares convertible into 114,764 shares of Common
Stock, (iii) the Apex Funds of shares convertible into 85,272 shares of Common
Stock, (iv) J.F. Shea & Co., Inc. of shares convertible into 78,710 shares of
Common Stock, (v) the Productivity Funds of shares convertible into 71,512
shares of Common Stock, (vi) the ITV Partnerships of shares convertible into
58,955 shares of Common Stock, (vii) the JK&B Partnerships of shares
convertible into 47,818 shares of Common Stock, (viii) the Rekhi Family Trust
and two other trusts, for which Mr. Rekhi is a trustee, of shares convertible
into 36,221 shares of Common Stock, (ix) Dougery Ventures LLC, of which John
R. Dougery is President, and one of the Dougery Trusts of shares convertible
into 31,331 shares of Common Stock and (x) Peter A. Howley of shares
convertible into 7,203 shares of Common Stock.
 
  In February 1998, the Company sold shares of Series D Preferred Stock
convertible into 33,333 and 5,848 shares of Common Stock at a purchase price
per share of $8.55 to two directors of the Company, Daniel C. Lynch and Max D.
Hopper, respectively.
 
  In February 1998, the Company reincorporated into Delaware. In connection
with the reincorporation, the Company issued shares of Common Stock, Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B1 Preferred Stock, Series C
Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock and options and warrants in
exchange for shares, options and warrants, respectively, in the predecessor
California entity. Each of the individuals and entities listed above received
the number of shares of such class or series identified in the preceding
paragraphs.
 
                                      77
<PAGE>
 
                            PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
  Except as otherwise noted, the following table sets forth certain
information known to the Company with respect to beneficial ownership of the
Company's Common Stock as of September 30, 1998 by (i) each stockholder known
by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company's
Common Stock, (ii) each director of the Company, (iii) each of the five most
highly compensated executive officers of the Company in 1997 and (iv) all
current executive officers and directors as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             NUMBER OF         PERCENTAGE OF
                                              SHARES               SHARES
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER               BENEFICIALLY OWNED(1) BENEFICIALLY OWNED
- ------------------------               --------------------- ------------------
<S>                                    <C>                   <C>
Thadeus J. Mocarski
 Fleet Funds(2).......................       2,149,226              10.9%
First Analysis Corporation(3).........       2,034,426              10.3
Frederick W.W. Bolander
 Apex Funds(4)........................         979,953               5.0
Mark Dubovoy
 ITV Partnerships(5)..................         895,543               4.5
K.B. Chandrasekhar(6).................         819,496               4.1
B.V. Jagadeesh(7).....................         463,331               2.3
John R. Dougery(8)....................         373,127               1.9
Kanwal S. Rekhi(9)....................         355,430               1.8
Richard S. Stoltz(10).................         262,489               1.3
Peter A. Howley(11)...................         123,669                 *
Sam S. Mohamad(12)....................          43,666                 *
Daniel C. Lynch(13)...................          39,333                 *
Robert V. Sanford III(14).............           7,000                 *
Max D. Hopper(15).....................           5,848                 *
All current executive officers and
 directors as a group
 (17 persons)(16).....................       6,698,128              33.5
</TABLE>
- --------
  * Represents less than 1% of the Company's outstanding Common Stock.
 
 (1) Unless otherwise indicated below, the persons and entities named in the
     table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all
     shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where
     applicable. Shares of Common Stock subject to options that are currently
     exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 1998 are
     deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person
     holding such options for the purpose of computing the percentage
     ownership of such person but are not treated as outstanding for the
     purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
 
 (2) Represents 1,181,428 shares held by Fleet Venture Resources, Inc.;
     506,357 shares held by Fleet Equity Partners VI, L.P.; 429,844 shares
     held by Chisholm Partners III, L.P.; and 31,597 shares held by Kennedy
     Plaza Partners. Mr. Mocarski, a director of the Company, is a Senior Vice
     President of each of (i) Fleet Venture Resources, Inc., (ii) Fleet Growth
     Resources II, Inc., a general partner of Fleet Equity Partners VI, L.P.
     and (iii) Silverado III, Corp., the general partner of Silverado III,
     L.P., the general partner of Chisholm Partners III, L.P. Mr. Mocarski is
     also a general partner of Kennedy Plaza Partners. Mr. Mocarski may be
     deemed to share investment and voting power in the aforementioned
     securities with Mr. Robert M. Van Degna and Mr. Habib Y. Gorgi in their
     capacities as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and President,
     respectively, of each of (i) Fleet Venture Resources, Inc., (ii) Fleet
     Growth Resources II, Inc. and (iii) Silverado III, Corp. and as managing
     general partners of Kennedy Plaza Partners. Messrs. Mocarski, Van Degna
     and Gorgi disclaim beneficial ownership of such securities except to the
     extent of their respective pecuniary interests therein. The address of
     Mr. Mocarski and the Fleet
 
                                      78
<PAGE>
 
    Funds is c/o Fleet Equity Partners, Mail Stop: RI MO F12C, 50 Kennedy
    Plaza, Providence, Rhode Island 02903.
 
 (3) Represents 755,727 shares held by Productivity Fund III, L.P.; 298,746
     shares held by Productivity Fund II, L.P.; and the shares held by the
     Apex Funds described in footnote (4). First Analysis Corporation ("First
     Analysis") is a general partner of the general partner of each of Apex
     Investment Fund III, L.P., Productivity Fund II, L.P. and Productivity
     Fund III, L.P. In addition, First Analysis is a managing member of Apex
     Management III, L.L.C., the manager of Apex Strategic Partners, L.L.C.
     First Analysis disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares directly
     owned by the funds except to the extent of its proportionate pecuniary
     interests therein. The address of First Analysis is 233 Wacker Drive,
     Suite 9500, Chicago, Illinois 60606.
 
 (4) Represents 937,955 shares held by Apex Investment Fund III, L.P.; and
     41,998 shares held by Apex Strategic Partners, L.L.C. Mr. Bolander, a
     director of the Company, is a general partner of the general partner of
     Apex Investment Fund III, L.P. and a managing member of Apex Management
     III, L.L.C., the manager of Apex Strategic Partners, L.L.C. The address
     of Mr. Bolander and the Apex Funds is 233 Wacker Drive, Suite 9500,
     Chicago, Illinois 60606.
 
 (5) Includes 865,954 shares held by Information Technology Ventures, L.P.;
     and 22,589 shares held by ITV Affiliates Fund, L.P. Mr. Dubovoy, a
     director of the Company, is a principal member of ITV Management, LLC,
     the general partner of Information Technology Ventures, L.P. and ITV
     Affiliates Fund, L.P. The address of Mr. Dubovoy and the ITV Partnerships
     is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 1, Suite 280, Menlo Park, California
     94025.
 
 (6) Includes 79,998 shares held by Mr. Chandrasekhar and his wife as trustees
     for three trusts for their minor children, 2,128 shares held by the K.B.
     Chandrasekhar Family Foundation, of which Mr. Chandrasekhar is a trustee,
     and 57,499 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
     September 30, 1998. Mr. Chandrasekhar is the Chief Executive Officer and
     Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company. The address of Mr.
     Chandrasekhar is 2650 San Tomas Expressway, Santa Clara, California
     95051.
 
 (7) Includes 28,238 shares held by Mr. Jagadeesh and his wife as trustees for
     two trusts for their minor children and 37,667 shares subject to options
     exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 1998. Mr. Jagadeesh is Vice
     President, Engineering of the Company.
 
 (8) Represents 219,804 shares held in the Dougery Revocable Trust, of which
     Mr. Dougery and his wife are the trustees; 111,774 shares held by Mr.
     Dougery as trustee of three trusts for his children; 26,150 shares held
     by Mr. Dougery's wife as trustee for a separate trust; and 15,399 shares
     held by Dougery Ventures LLC, of which Mr. Dougery is President. Mr.
     Dougery is a director of the Company.
 
 (9) Represents 290,208 shares held by Mr. Rekhi and his wife as trustees for
     the Rekhi Family Trust; 11,662 shares held by Mr. Rekhi as custodian for
     minor children; and 53,560 shares held by Mr. Rekhi, his wife and one
     other individual as trustees for two other trusts. Mr. Rekhi is a
     director of the Company.
 
(10) Represents 235,322 shares held by Mr. Stoltz and his wife and 27,167
     shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of September 30,
     1998. Mr. Stoltz is Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer
     of the Company.
 
(11) Includes 12,000 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
     September 30, 1998. Mr. Howley is a director of the Company.
 
(12) Includes 45,333 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
     September 30, 1998. Mr. Mohamad is Vice President, Worldwide Sales of the
     Company.
 
(13) Mr. Lynch is a director of the Company.
 
(14) Includes 3,667 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
     September 30, 1998. Mr. Sanford is Vice President, Operations of the
     Company.
 
 
                                      79
<PAGE>
 
(15) Mr. Hopper is a director of the Company.
 
(16) Includes 137,638 shares and 42,379 shares subject to options exercisable
     within 60 days of September 30, 1998 held by executive officers not named
     in this table and the shares and options referenced in footnotes 2 and 5
     through 15.
 
                                      80
<PAGE>
 
                    DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW CREDIT FACILITY
 
  The Company expects to enter into a credit arrangement with Goldman Sachs
Credit Partners L.P. ("GSCP") and certain other lenders to provide a revolving
credit facility (the "Credit Facility") of up to approximately $50.0 million,
of which $25.0 million will be available initially and the balance will be
available upon meeting certain financial tests. The Company expects that GSCP
will act as arranger and syndication agent with respect to the Credit
Facility. Loans to the Company will be guaranteed by any future subsidiaries
of the Company. The Credit Facility is expected to be secured by a first
priority lien on substantially all of the Company's assets (subject to certain
exceptions) and the assets and stock of any future subsidiaries. The Credit
Facility is subject to the satisfaction of certain material conditions
precedent and the specific terms of the Credit Facility are subject to change
pursuant to final loan documentation. There can be no assurance as to whether,
or on what terms, the Company will obtain the Credit Facility.
 
  The Credit Facility will allow for the borrowings of revolving credit loans
from time to time until the third anniversary of the closing of the Credit
Facility, at which time any outstanding loans will convert into an amortizing
term loan with a term of two years. The proceeds of the Credit Facility may be
used to finance additional Internet Data Centers and for general corporate
purposes. The ability of the Company to borrow under the Credit Facility will
be subject to, among other things, compliance with covenants, including
financial ratios and customary borrowing conditions.
 
  Loans under the Credit Facility will bear interest, at the Company's option,
at (i) a Base Rate (as defined) plus a specified margin or (ii) the reserve
adjusted Eurodollar Rate plus a specified margin which will vary based on the
Company's ratio of total debt to annualized EBITDA and certain other
conditions.
 
  The Credit Facility is expected to contain affirmative and negative
covenants, including provisions that will restrict, among other things, the
Company's (and any future subsidiaries') ability (i) to incur additional
indebtedness; (ii) to incur liens on their property; (iii) to make certain
investments; (iv) to engage in certain sales of assets; (v) to engage in
acquisitions; (vi) to incur capital expenditures; (vii) to make certain
restricted payments and (viii) to engage in certain transactions with
affiliates. The Credit Facility is also expected to require that the Company
maintain certain financial ratios, including (i) Total Debt and Total Senior
Secured Debt to Total Capitalization; (ii) Annualized EBITDA; (iii) Maximum
Leverage Ratio; (iv) Minimum Interest Coverage; (v) Minimum Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio; and (vi) Debt Service Coverage (all as defined). The Credit
Facility will contain customary events of defaults.
 
                                      81
<PAGE>
 
                              THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER; PERIOD FOR TENDERING OLD NOTES
 
  The Old Notes were sold by the Company on July 1, 1998 to the Initial
Purchasers pursuant to a Purchase Agreement dated June 26, 1998 by and among
the Company and the Initial Purchasers. Upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in this Prospectus and in the accompanying Letter of
Transmittal, the Company will accept for exchange any and all Old Notes that
are properly tendered on or prior to the Expiration Date and not withdrawn as
permitted below. As used herein, the term "Expiration Date" means 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on December 11, 1998; provided, however, that if the
Company, in its sole discretion, has extended the period of time for which the
Exchange Offer is open, the term "Expiration Date" means the latest time and
date to which the Exchange Offer is extended.
 
  As of the date of this Prospectus, $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of the Old Notes was outstanding. This Prospectus, together with the Letter of
Transmittal, is first being sent on or about the date set forth on the cover
page to all holders of Old Notes at the addresses set forth in the security
register with respect to Old Notes maintained by the Trustee. The Company's
obligation to accept Old Notes for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer is
subject to certain conditions as set forth under "--Certain Conditions to the
Exchange Offer" below.
 
  The Company expressly reserves the right, at any time or from time to time,
to extend the period of time during which the Exchange Offer is open, and
thereby delay acceptance for exchange of any Old Notes, by mailing written
notice of such extension to the holders thereof as described below. During any
extension, all Old Notes previously tendered will remain subject to the
Exchange Offer and may be accepted for exchange by the Company. Any Old Notes
not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to
the tendering holder thereof as promptly as practicable after the expiration
or termination of the Exchange Offer.
 
  Old Notes tendered in the Exchange Offer must be $1,000 in principal amount
or any integral multiple thereof.
 
  The Company will mail written notice of any extension, amendment, non-
acceptance or termination to the holders of the Old Notes as promptly as
practicable, such notice to be mailed to the holders of record of the Old
Notes no later than 9:00 a.m. New York City time, on the next business day
after the previously scheduled Expiration Date or other event giving rise to
such notice requirement.
 
REGISTRATION COVENANT; EXCHANGE OFFER
 
  Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has agreed to
file with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement on the
appropriate form under the Securities Act with respect to the New Notes. Upon
the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company
will offer to the Holders pursuant to the Exchange Offer who are able to make
certain representations the opportunity to exchange their Old Notes for New
Notes. If (i) the Company is not permitted to consummate the Exchange Offer
because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission
policy or (ii) any Holder of Notes notifies the Company prior to the 20th day
following consummation of the Exchange Offer (A) that it is prohibited by law
or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer or (B) that it
may not resell the New Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the
public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus contained in the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such
resales or (C) that it is a broker-dealer and owns Old Notes acquired directly
from the Company or an affiliate of the Company, the Company will file with
the Commission a Shelf Registration Statement to cover resales of Transfer
Restricted Securities by the Holders thereof who satisfy certain conditions
relating to the provision of information in connection with the Shelf
Registration Statement. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the
applicable registration statement to be declared effective as promptly as
possible by the Commission. For purposes of the foregoing, "Transfer
Restricted Securities" means each Old Note until the earliest of (i) the date
on which such Old Note has been exchanged by a person other than a broker-
dealer for a New Note in the Exchange Offer, (ii)
 
                                      82
<PAGE>
 
following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer of an Old Note
for a New Note, the date on which such New Note is sold to a purchaser who
receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy
of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement,
(iii) the date on which such Old Note has been effectively registered under
the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration
Statement or (iv) the date on which such Old Note is distributed to the public
pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
 
  The Registration Rights Agreement provides that (i) the Company will file an
Exchange Offer Registration Statement with the Commission on or prior to 60
days after the date of original issuance of the Old Notes (the "Closing
Date"), (ii) the Company will use its best efforts to have the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement declared effective by the Commission on or prior to 150
days after the Closing Date, (iii) unless the Exchange Offer would not be
permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, the Company will commence
the Exchange Offer and use its best efforts to issue, on or prior to 30
business days after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement was declared effective by the Commission, New Notes in exchange for
all Old Notes tendered prior thereto in the Exchange Offer, and (iv) if
obligated to file the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company will use its
best efforts to file the Shelf Registration Statement with the Commission on
or prior to 45 days after such filing obligation arises (but in no event less
than 60 days after the Closing Date) and to cause the Shelf Registration to be
declared effective by the Commission on or prior to 90 days after such
obligation arises (but in no event less than 150 days after the Closing Date).
If (a) the Company fails to file any of the Registration Statements required
by the Registration Rights Agreement on or before the date specified for such
filing, (b) any of such Registration Statements is not declared effective by
the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness, (c)
the Company fails to complete the Exchange Offer within 30 business days of
the date of effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, or (d)
the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in
connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period
specified in the Registration Rights Agreement (each such event referred to in
clauses (a) through (d) above a "Registration Default"), then the Company will
pay Liquidated Damages to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, with
respect to the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of the
first Registration Default in an amount equal to $0.05 per week such
Registration Default continues per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer
Restricted Securities held by such Holder. The amount of the Liquidated
Damages will increase by an additional $0.05 per week such Registration
Default continues per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted
Securities with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all
Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of Liquidated
Damages for all Registration Defaults of $0.25 per week per $1,000 principal
amount of Transfer Restricted Securities. All accrued Liquidated Damages will
be paid by the Company on each Interest Payment Date to the Holders of the
Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds or by federal funds
check and to Holders of Certificated Securities by wire transfer to the
accounts specified by them or by mailing checks to their registered addresses
if no such accounts have been specified. Following the cure of all
Registration Defaults, the accrual of Liquidated Damages will cease.
 
  The summary herein of certain provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified
in its entirety by reference to, all provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus constitutes a part.
 
INTEREST ON EXCHANGE NOTES
 
  Each New Note will bear interest from the most recent date to which interest
has been paid or duly provided for on the Old Note surrendered in exchange for
such New Note or, if no such interest has been paid or duly provided for on
such Old Note, from July 1, 1998. Holders of the Old Notes whose Old Notes are
accepted for exchange will not receive accrued interest on such Old Notes for
any period from and after the last Interest Payment Date to which interest has
been paid or duly provided for on such Old Notes prior to the original issue
date of the New Notes or, if no such interest has been paid or duly provided
for, will not receive any accrued interest on such Old Notes, and will be
deemed to have waived the right to receive any interest on such Old
 
                                      83
<PAGE>
 
Notes accrued from and after such Interest Payment Date or, if no such
interest has been paid or duly provided for, from and after July 1, 1998.
Interest on the Notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears on each January
1 and July 1, commencing on January 1, 1999.
 
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING OLD NOTES
 
  To tender in the Exchange Offer, a Holder must complete, sign and date the
Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, have the signatures thereon
guaranteed if required by the Letter of Transmittal, and mail or otherwise
deliver such Letter of Transmittal or such facsimile, together with the Old
Notes and any other required documents, to the Exchange Agent so as to be
received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth below prior to 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Delivery of the Old Notes
may be made by book-entry transfer in accordance with the procedures described
below. Confirmation of such book-entry transfer must be received by the
Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date.
 
  By executing the Letter of Transmittal, each Holder will make to the Company
the representations set forth below in the second paragraph under the heading
"--Resale of New Notes."
 
  The tender by a Holder and the acceptance thereof by the Company will
constitute an agreement between such Holder and the Company in accordance with
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Letter of
Transmittal.
 
  THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL
OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF
THE HOLDER. INSTEAD OF DELIVERY BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT HOLDERS USE AN
OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE
ALLOWED TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE.
NO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY. HOLDERS MAY
REQUEST THEIR RESPECTIVE BROKERS, DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS, TRUST COMPANIES
OR NOMINEES TO EFFECT THE ABOVE TRANSACTIONS FOR SUCH HOLDERS.
 
  Any beneficial owner whose Old Notes are registered in the name of a broker-
dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to
tender should contact the registered Holder promptly and instruct such
registered Holder to tender on such beneficial owner's behalf.
 
  Signatures on the Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the
case may be, must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (as defined below)
unless the Old Notes tendered pursuant thereto (i) are signed by the
registered Holder, unless such Holder has completed the box entitled "Special
Exchange Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of
Transmittal or (ii) are tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution.
In the event that signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of
withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guarantee
must be by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or
trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or an
"eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the
Exchange Act (an "Eligible Institution").
 
  If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered
Holder of any Old Notes listed therein, such Old Notes must be endorsed or
accompanied by a properly completed bond power, signed by such registered
Holder as such registered Holder's name appears on such Old Notes, with the
signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
 
  If the Letter of Transmittal or any Old Notes or bond powers are signed by
trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of
corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such
persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by the Company,
evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be
submitted with the Letter of Transmittal.
 
  All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance of tendered Old Notes and withdrawal of tendered Old
Notes will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which
 
                                      84
<PAGE>
 
determination will be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute
right to reject any and all Old Notes not properly tendered or any Old Notes
the Company's acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for the
Company, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the right to waive any
defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Old Notes.
The Company's interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer
(including the instructions in the Letter of Transmittal) will be final and
binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in
connection with tenders of Old Notes must be cured within such time as the
Company shall determine. Although the Company intends to notify Holders of
defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Old Notes, none of the
Company, the Exchange Agent or any other person shall incur any liability for
failure to give such notification. Tenders of Old Notes will not be deemed to
have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived.
Any Old Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered
and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived
will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering Holders, unless
otherwise provided in the Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable
following the Expiration Date.
 
 Tender of Existing Notes Held Through DTC
 
  The Exchange Agent and DTC have confirmed that the Exchange Offer is
eligible for ATOP, the DTC Automated Tender Offer Program. Accordingly, DTC
participants may, in lieu of physically completing and signing the applicable
Letter of Transmittal and delivering it to the Exchange Agent, electronically
transmit their acceptance of the Exchange Offer by causing DTC to transfer Old
Notes to the Exchange Agent in accordance with DTC's ATOP procedures for
transfer. DTC will then send an Agent's Message to the Exchange Agent.
 
  The term "Agent's Message" means a message transmitted by DTC, received by
the Exchange Agent and forming part of the Book-Entry Confirmation, which
states that DTC has received an expressed acknowledgment from a participant in
DTC that is tendering Old Notes which are the subject of such Book-Entry
Confirmation, that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the
terms of the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or, in the case of an Agent's
Message relating to guaranteed delivery, that such participant has received
and agrees to be bound by the applicable Notice of Guaranteed Delivery), and
that the Company may enforce such agreement against such participant.
 
 Book-Entry Delivery Procedures
 
  Within two business days after the date hereof, the Exchange Agent will
establish accounts with respect to the Old Notes at DTC (the "Book-Entry
Transfer Facility") for purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any financial
institution that is a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility systems
may make book-entry delivery of the Old Notes by causing DTC to transfer such
Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at such Book-Entry Transfer
Facility in accordance with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility's procedures for
such transfer. Timely book-entry delivery of Old Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer, however, requires receipt of a Book-Entry Confirmation prior
to the Expiration Date. In addition, although delivery of Old Notes may be
effected through book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility, the Letter of Transmittal (or a mutually signed
facsimile thereof), together with any required signature guarantees and any
other required documents, or an Agent's Message in connection with a book-
entry transfer, must, in any case, be delivered or transmitted to and received
by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth under "--Exchange Agent" below
prior to the Expiration Date to receive New Notes for tendered Old Notes, or
the guaranteed delivery procedure described below must be complied with.
Tender will not be deemed made until such documents are received by the
Exchange Agent. Delivery of documents to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility does
not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.
 
 Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
 
  Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not
immediately available, (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes, the Letter of
Transmittal or any other required documents to the Exchange
 
                                      85
<PAGE>
 
Agent or (iii) who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer,
prior to the Expiration Date, may effect a tender if:
 
    (a) the tender is made through an Eligible Institution;
 
    (b) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from such
  Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of
  Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery)
  setting forth the name and address of the Holder, the certificate number(s)
  of such Old Notes and the principal amount of Old Notes tendered, stating
  that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within three
  New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date, the Letter
  of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), together with the certificate(s)
  representing the Old Notes (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of
  such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC) and any other
  documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, will be deposited by the
  Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and
 
    (c) such properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal (or
  facsimile thereof), as well as the certificate(s) representing all tendered
  Old Notes in proper form for transfer (or a confirmation of book-entry
  transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC) and
  all other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, are received by
  the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after
  the Expiration Date.
 
  Upon request to the Exchange Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be
sent to Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed
delivery procedures set forth above.
 
WITHDRAWALS OF TENDERS
 
  Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn
at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
 
  To withdraw a tender of Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, a written or
facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange
Agent at the address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the
name of the person having deposited the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the
"Depositor"), (ii) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the
certificate number(s) and principal amount of such Old Notes, or, in the case
of Old Notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the
account at DTC to be credited), (iii) be signed by the Holder in the same
manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such
Old Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be
accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee register
the transfer of such Old Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the
tender and (iv) specify the name in which any such Old Notes are to be
registered, if different from that of the Depositor. All questions as to the
validity, form and eligibility (including time or receipt) of such notices
will be determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and
binding on all parties. Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have
been validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer and no New Notes will
be issued with respect thereto unless the Old Notes so withdrawn are validly
retendered. Any Old Notes which have been tendered but which are not accepted
for exchange will be returned to such Holder without cost to such Holder as
soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of
the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by
following one of the procedures described above under "--Procedures for
Tendering Old Notes" at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
 
CERTAIN CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
  Notwithstanding any other terms of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall not
be required to accept for exchange, or exchange New Notes for, any Old Notes,
and may terminate the Exchange Offer as provided herein before the acceptance
of such Old Notes if, in the sole judgment of the Company, the Exchange Offer
would violate any law, statute, rule or regulation or an interpretation
thereof of the Staff of the Commission. If the Company determines in its sole
discretion that this condition is not satisfied, the Company may (i) refuse to
 
                                      86
<PAGE>
 
accept any Old Notes and return all tendered Old Notes to the tendering
Holders, (ii) extend the Exchange Offer and retain all Old Notes tendered
prior to the Expiration Date, subject, however, to the rights of Holders to
withdraw such Old Notes (see "--Withdrawals of Tenders") or (iii) waive such
unsatisfied conditions with respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all
validly tendered Old Notes which have not been withdrawn. If such waiver
constitutes a material change to the Exchange Offer, the Company will promptly
disclose such waiver by means of a prospectus supplement that will be
distributed to the registered Holders, and the Company will extend the
Exchange Offer for a period of five to ten business days, depending upon the
significance of the waiver and the manner of disclosure to the registered
Holders, if the Exchange Offer would otherwise expire during such five-to-ten
business-day period.
 
EXCHANGE AGENT
 
  Chase Manhattan Bank & Trust Company, National Association has been
appointed as the Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer. All executed Letters
of Transmittal should be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address set
forth below. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional
copies of this Prospectus or of the Letter of Transmittal and requests for
Notices of Guaranteed Delivery should be directed to the Exchange Agent,
addressed as follows:
 
  By Mail or by Hand:
  Chase Manhattan Bank & Trust Company, National Association, Exchange Agent
  Suite 2725
  101 California Street
  San Francisco, California 94111
 
  By Facsimile:
  415) 693-8850
 
  Confirm Facsimile by Telephone:
  (415) 954-9581
 
  DELIVERY OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH
ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH
ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
 
FEES AND EXPENSES
 
  The Company will not make any payment to brokers, dealers or others
soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer.
 
TRANSFER TAXES
 
  Holders who tender their Old Notes for exchange will not be obligated to pay
any transfer tax in connection therewith, except that Holders who instruct the
Company to register New Notes in the name of, or request that Old Notes not
tendered or not accepted in the Exchange Offer be returned to, a person other
than the registered tendering Holder will be responsible for the payment of
any applicable transfer tax thereon.
 
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
 
  The New Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the Old Notes,
which is the aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes, as reflected in the
Company's accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, no gain or
loss for accounting purposes will be recognized in connection with the
Exchange Offer. The expenses of the Exchange Offer will be amortized over the
term of the New Notes.
 
 
                                      87
<PAGE>
 
APPRAISAL RIGHTS
 
  HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES WILL NOT HAVE DISSENTERS' RIGHTS OR APPRAISAL RIGHTS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
 
RESALE OF NEW NOTES
 
  The New Notes are being offered hereby to satisfy certain obligations of the
Company contained in the Registration Rights Agreement. The Company is making
the Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the Staff of the Commission
as set forth in the Exxon Capital No-Action Letter, the Morgan Stanley No-
Action Letter, the Shearman & Sterling No-Action Letter, and other
interpretive letters addressed to third parties in other transactions.
However, the Company has not sought its own interpretive letter addressing
such matters and there can be no assurance that the Staff would make a similar
determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as it has in such
interpretive letters to third parties. Based on these interpretations by the
Staff, and subject to the two immediately following sentences, the Company
believes that New Notes issued pursuant to this Exchange Offer in exchange for
Old Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by
holders thereof (other than a holder who is a broker-dealer) without further
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act, provided that such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary
course of such holder's business and that such holder is not participating,
and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in a
distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of such New Notes.
However, any holder who (i) is an "affiliate" of the Company (within the
meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), (ii) does not acquire such New
Notes in the ordinary course of its business, (iii) intends to participate in
the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing New Notes or (iv) is a
broker-dealer who purchased such Old Notes directly from the Company, (a) will
not be able to rely on the interpretations of the Staff set forth in the
above-mentioned interpretive letters, (b) will not be permitted or entitled to
tender such Old Notes in the Exchange Offer and (c) must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any sale or other transfer of such Old Notes unless such sale
is made pursuant to an exemption from such requirements. In addition, as
described below, if any broker-dealer holds Old Notes acquired for its own
account as a result of market-making or other trading activities and exchanges
such Old Notes for New Notes (a "Participating Broker-Dealer"), then such
Participating Broker-Dealer may be deemed to statutory "underwriter" within
the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of such New
Notes. See "Plan of Distribution."
 
  Each Holder who wishes to exchange Old Notes for New Notes in the Exchange
Offer will be required to represent that (i) it is not an affiliate of the
Company, (ii) any New Notes to be received by it are being acquired in the
ordinary course of its business and (iii) it has no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in a distribution (within the
meaning of the Securities Act) of such New Notes. Each broker-dealer that
receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must
acknowledge that it acquired the Old Notes for its own account as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities (and not directly from
the Company) and must agree that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New
Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by
delivering a prospectus, a Participating Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to
admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
Based on the position taken by the Staff in the interpretive letters referred
to above, the Company believes that Participating Broker-Dealers may fulfill
their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the New Notes received
upon exchange of such Old Notes with a prospectus meeting the requirements of
the Securities Act, which may be the prospectus prepared for an exchange offer
so long as it contains a description of the plan of distribution with respect
to the resale of such New Notes. Accordingly, this Prospectus, as it may be
amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Participating
Broker-Dealer during the period referred to below in connection with the
resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes
were acquired by such Participating Broker-Dealer for its own account as a
result of market-making or other trading activities. Subject to certain
provisions set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall
use its best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer
 
                                      88
<PAGE>
 
Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended to the
extent necessary to ensure that it is available for sales of New Notes by
Participating Broker-Dealers, and to ensure that the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement conforms with the requirements of the Securities Act
and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from
time to time, for a period ending upon the earlier of 180 days after the
Exchange Offer has been completed or such time as such Participating Broker-
Dealers no longer own any Transfer Restricted Securities. See "Plan of
Distribution." Any Participating Broker-Dealer who is an affiliate of the
Company may not rely on such interpretive letters and must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale transaction.
 
  Each Participating Broker-Dealer who surrenders Old Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer will be deemed to have agreed, by execution of the Letter of
Transmittal, that, upon receipt of notice from the Company of the occurrence
of any event or the discovery of any fact which makes any statement contained
or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus untrue in any material respect
or which causes this Prospectus to omit to state a material fact necessary in
order to make the statements contained or incorporated by reference herein, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or of
the occurrence of certain other events specified in the Registration Rights
Agreement, such Participating Broker-Dealer will suspend the sale of New Notes
pursuant to this Prospectus until the Company has amended or supplemented this
Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission and has furnished copies
of the amended or supplemented Prospectus to such Participating Broker-Dealer
or the Company has given notice that the sale of the New Notes may be resumed,
as the case may be.
 
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE OLD NOTES
 
  Any Old Notes tendered and exchanged in the Exchange Offer will reduce the
aggregate principal amount of Old Notes outstanding. Following the
consummation of the Exchange Offer, Holders who did not tender their Old Notes
generally will not have any further registration rights under the Registration
Rights Agreement, and such Old Notes will continue to be subject to certain
restrictions on transfer. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for such
Old Notes could be adversely affected. The Old Notes are currently eligible
for sale pursuant to Rule 144A through The Portal Market. Because the Company
anticipates that most Holders will elect to exchange such Old Notes for New
Notes due to the absence of restrictions on the resale of New Notes (except
for applicable restrictions on any Holder who is an affiliate of the Company
or is a broker-dealer which acquired the Old Notes directly from the Company)
under the Securities Act, the Company anticipates that the liquidity of the
market for any Old Notes remaining after the consummation of the Exchange
Offer may be substantially limited.
 
  As a result of the making of this Exchange Offer, the Company will have
fulfilled certain of its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement,
and Holders who do not tender their Old Notes, except for certain instances
involving the Initial Purchasers or Holders who are not eligible to
participate in the Exchange Offer, will not have any further registration
rights under the Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise or rights to
receive Liquidated Damages (as defined) for failure to register. Accordingly,
any Holder that does not exchange that Holder's Old Notes for New Notes will
continue to hold the untendered Old Notes and will be entitled to all the
rights and subject to all the limitations applicable thereto under the
Indenture, except to the extent that such rights or limitations, by their
terms, terminate or cease to have further effectiveness as a result of the
Exchange Offer.
 
  The Old Notes that are not exchanged for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange
Offer will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, such Old Notes may be
resold only (i) to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) inside the
United States to a Qualified Institutional Buyer ("QIB") in a transaction
complying with Rule 144A, (iii) inside the United States to an institutional
"accredited investor" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
Securities Act) (an "Accredited Investor") that, prior to such transfer,
furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to the
Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements
relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Securities (the form of which
letter can be obtained from such Trustee), (iv) outside the United States in
compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act, (v) pursuant
 
                                      89
<PAGE>
 
to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities
Act (if available), or (vi) pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act. Each Accredited Investor that is not a QIB and that
is an original purchaser of any of the Securities from the Initial Purchasers
will be required to sign a letter confirming that such person is an Accredited
Investor under the Securities Act and that such person acknowledges the
transfer restrictions summarized herein.
 
                             DESCRIPTION OF NOTES
 
GENERAL
 
  As used below in this "Description of Notes" section, references to the
"Notes" refer to the Old Notes and the New Notes, unless the context otherwise
requires.
 
  The Old Notes were and the New Notes will be issued under an Indenture,
dated as of July 1, 1998 (the "Indenture"), between the Company and Chase
Manhattan Bank and Trust Company, National Association, as trustee (the
"Trustee" and "Escrow Agent"). The statements under this caption relating to
the Notes and the Indenture are summaries and do not purport to be complete,
and are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, all
the provisions of the Indenture (which is incorporated herein by reference),
including the definitions of certain terms therein. The Indenture is by its
terms subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
Where reference is made to particular provisions of the Indenture or to
defined terms not otherwise defined herein, such provisions or defined terms
are incorporated herein by reference. Copies of the Indenture and the
Registration Rights Agreement are available for review at the corporate office
of the Trustee and may also be obtained from the Company upon request.
 
  The Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Company, will rank
pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future senior unsecured
debt of the Company and senior in right of payment to all existing and future
subordinated debt (if any) of the Company.
 
  The Notes will be effectively subordinated to secured indebtedness of the
Company to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.
The Notes will also be effectively subordinated to all debt and other
liabilities (including trade payables and lease obligations) of the Company's
subsidiaries, if any. Any right of the Company to receive assets of any of its
subsidiaries upon the latter's liquidation or reorganization (and the
consequent right of the Holders of the Notes to participate in those assets)
will be effectively subordinated to the claims of that subsidiary's creditors
(including trade creditors) except to the extent that the Company is itself
recognized as a creditor of such Subsidiary, in which case the claims of the
Company would still be subordinate to any security in the assets of such
Subsidiary and any debt of such Subsidiary senior to that held by the Company.
See "Risk Factors--Effective Subordination."
 
  As of June 30, 1998, there was approximately $40.5 million of indebtedness
of the Company to which holders of Notes would have been effectively
subordinated. The Indenture contains certain limitations on the ability of the
Company and its subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness. However, such
limitations are subject to a number of exceptions, and there can be no
assurances that the Company and its subsidiaries will not incur significant
additional indebtedness in the future, including indebtedness to which the
holders of the Notes would be effectively subordinated.
 
  Under certain circumstances, the Company will be able to designate current
or future Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, which will not be subject
to many of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.
 
  The Notes will not be entitled to any security, except as described under
"--Disbursement of Funds; Escrow Account" and will not be entitled to the
benefit of any guarantees except under the circumstances described under "--
Covenants--Limitation on Guarantees of Company Debt by Restricted
Subsidiaries."
 
 
                                      90
<PAGE>
 
PRINCIPAL, INTEREST AND MATURITY
 
  The Notes will mature on July 1, 2008 and will be limited to $200.0 million,
together with any Additional Notes issued after the date of the Indenture.
Each Note will bear interest at 11.25% per annum from July 1, 1998 or from the
most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid, payable
semiannually on January 1 and July 1 of each year, commencing January 1, 1999,
to the Person in whose name the Note (or any predecessor Note) is registered
at the close of business on the December 15 and June 15 immediately preceding
such interest payment date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-
day year comprising 12 30-day months.
 
  The Company has agreed to file and cause to become effective a registration
statement relating to an exchange offer for the Notes, or, in lieu thereof, to
file and cause to become effective a resale shelf registration for the Notes.
If such exchange offer or shelf registration statement is not filed or is not
declared effective, or if such exchange offer is not consummated, within the
time periods set forth herein, special interest will accrue and be payable on
the Notes. See "--Registration Covenant; Exchange Offer" above.
 
  Principal, premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the
Notes will be payable, and the Notes may be presented for registration of
transfer and exchange, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for
that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York; provided that
at the option of the Company, payment of interest on the Notes may be made by
check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as it appears in
the Note Register. Until otherwise designated by the Company, such office or
agency will be the corporate trust office of the Trustee, as Paying Agent and
Registrar.
 
  No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange
of Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.
 
DISBURSEMENT OF FUNDS; ESCROW ACCOUNT
 
  Pursuant to the Indenture, the Company has deposited with the Escrow Agent
approximately $42.4 million of the net proceeds from the offering of the Old
Notes in an escrow account (the "Escrow Account") held by the Escrow Agent for
the benefit of the Holders in accordance with an escrow agreement entered
into, as of July 1, 1998, between the Company and the Escrow Agent (the
"Escrow Agreement"). The Escrow Agreement provides, among other things, that
funds may be disbursed from the Escrow Account for interest payments the
Company makes on the Notes. All funds in the Escrow Account have been
invested, pending disbursement, in U.S. Government Securities. The funds in
the Escrow Account will be sufficient to pay, when due, the first four semi-
annual interest payments on the Notes.
 
  Under the Escrow Agreement, the Company has granted to the Escrow Agent, for
the benefit of the Holders, a first priority and exclusive security interest
in the Escrow Account and the proceeds thereof (the "Escrow Collateral"). The
Escrow Agreement provides that the Escrow Agent may foreclose on the Escrow
Collateral upon acceleration of the maturity of the Notes. Under the terms of
the Indenture, the proceeds of the Escrow Collateral will be applied, first,
to amounts owing to the Escrow Agent in respect of fees and expenses of the
Escrow Agent, and second, to the obligations of the Company to the holders
under the Notes and the Indenture. The ability of holders to realize upon the
Escrow Collateral may be subject to certain bankruptcy law limitations in the
event of the bankruptcy of the Company.
 
  Upon payment in full of the first four scheduled semi-annual interest
payments, if no Default has occurred and is continuing, the Escrow Collateral,
if any then remaining, will be released to the Company.
 
ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL NOTES
 
  The Company will have the right to issue Additional Notes on or prior to
July 1, 1999, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $75.0 million,
upon prior written notice to the Trustee; provided, that the
 
                                      91
<PAGE>
 
Company shall have deposited with the Escrow Agent funds sufficient to pay,
when due, each interest payment accruing on the Additional Notes coming due on
or prior to July 1, 2000.
 
FORM, DENOMINATION, BOOK-ENTRY PROCEDURES AND TRANSFER
 
  The Old Notes were offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers in
reliance on Rule 144A ("Rule 144A Notes"). Notes were also offered and sold in
offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S ("Regulation S Notes").
 
  Notes will be issued only in full registered form, without interest coupons,
in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
 
  The New Notes initially will be represented by one or more notes in
registered, global form without interest coupons (the "New Global Notes"). The
New Global Notes will be deposited upon issuance with the Trustee as custodian
for DTC in New York, New York, and registered in the name of DTC or its
nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect
participant in DTC as described below.
 
  Except as set forth below, the New Global Notes may be transferred, in whole
and not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or
its nominee. Beneficial interests in the New Global Notes may not be exchanged
for New Notes in certificated form except in the limited circumstances
described below. See "--Exchanges of Book-Entry New Notes for Certificated New
Notes." In addition, the transfer of beneficial interests in the New Global
Notes will be subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC and its
direct or indirect participants (including, if applicable, those of Euroclear
and Cedel), which may change from time to time.
 
  Initially, the Trustee will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The New Notes
may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of
the Registrar.
 
 Depository Procedures
 
  DTC has advised the Company that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company
created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively,
the "Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of
transactions in those securities between Participants through electronic book-
entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Participants include
securities brokers and dealers (including the Initial Purchasers), banks,
trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access
to DTC's system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers,
dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly (collectively,
the "Indirect Participants"). Persons who are not Participants may
beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through the
Participants or the Indirect Participants. The ownership interest and transfer
of ownership interest of each actual purchaser of each security held by or on
behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of the Participants and Indirect
Participants.
 
  DTC has also advised the Company that pursuant to procedures established by
it, (i) upon deposit of the New Global Notes, DTC will credit the accounts of
Participants with portions of the principal amount of the New Global Notes and
(ii) ownership of such interests in the New Global Notes will be shown on, and
the transfer of ownership thereof will be effected only through, records
maintained by DTC (with respect to the Participants) or by the Participants
and the Indirect Participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial
interests in the New Global Notes).
 
  Holders of the New Global Notes may hold their interests therein directly
through DTC, if they are Participants in such system, or indirectly through
organizations (including Euroclear and Cedel) which are Participants in such
system. Euroclear and Cedel will hold interests in the New Global Notes on
behalf of their Participants through customers' securities accounts in their
respective names on the books of their respective depositaries, which are
Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels office, as operator of
Euroclear,
 
                                      92
<PAGE>
 
and Citibank, N.A., as operator of Cedel. The depositaries, in turn, will hold
such interests in the New Global Notes in customers' securities accounts in
the depositaries' names on the books of DTC. All interests in a New Global
Note, including those held through Euroclear or Cedel, will be subject to the
procedures and requirements of DTC. Those interests held through Euroclear or
Cedel will also be subject to the procedures and requirements of such systems.
 
  The laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery
in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to
transfer beneficial interests in a New Global Note to such persons may be
limited to that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of Participants,
which in turn act on behalf of Indirect Participants and certain banks, the
ability of a person having beneficial interests in a New Global Note to pledge
such interests to persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC
system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may be
affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interests. For
certain other restrictions on the transferability of the Notes, see "--
Exchanges of Book-Entry New Notes for Certificated New Notes."
 
  EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED BELOW, OWNERS OF INTERESTS IN THE NEW GLOBAL NOTES WILL
NOT HAVE NEW NOTES REGISTERED IN THEIR NAMES, WILL NOT RECEIVE PHYSICAL
DELIVERY OF NEW NOTES IN CERTIFICATED FORM AND WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED THE
REGISTERED OWNERS OR HOLDERS THEREOF UNDER THE INDENTURE FOR ANY PURPOSE.
 
  Payments in respect of the principal of (and premium and Liquidated Damages,
if any) and interest on a New Global Note registered in the name of DTC or its
nominee will be payable by the Trustee to DTC or its nominee in its capacity
as the registered holder under the Indenture. Under the terms of the
Indenture, the Company and the Trustee will treat the persons in whose names
the New Notes, including the New Global Notes, are registered as the owners
thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments and for any and all other
purposes whatsoever. Consequently, none of the Company, the Trustee nor any
agent of the Company or the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or
liability for (i) any aspect of DTC's records or any Participants or Indirect
Participant's records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial
ownership interests in the New Global Notes, or for maintaining, supervising
or reviewing any of DTC's records or any Participant's or Indirect
Participant's records relating to the beneficial ownership interests in the
New Global Notes, or (ii) any other matter relating to the actions and
practices of DTC or any of its Participants or Indirect Participants.
 
  DTC has advised the Company that its current practice, upon receipt of any
payment in respect of securities such as the New Notes (including principal
and interest), is to credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with the
payment on the payment date, in amounts proportionate to their respective
holdings in principal amount of beneficial interest in the relevant security
such as the New Global Notes as shown on the records of DTC unless DTC has
reason to believe it will not receive payment on such payment date. Payments
by the Participants and the Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of
New Notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices
and will be the responsibility of the Participants or the Indirect
Participants and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the Trustee or the
Company. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by
DTC or any of its Participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the New
Notes, and the Company and the Trustee may conclusively rely on and will be
protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee as the registered
owner of the New Notes for all purposes.
 
  Except for trades involving only Euroclear and Cedel participants, interests
in the New Global Notes will trade in DTC's settlement system and secondary
market trading activity in such interests will therefore settle in immediately
available funds, subject in all cases to the rules and procedures of DTC and
its Participants.
 
  Transfers between Participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with
DTC's procedures, and will be settled in same-day funds. Transfers between
participants in Euroclear and Cedel will be effected in the ordinary way in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.
 
  Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the New
Notes described herein, cross-market transfers between the Participants in
DTC, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Cedel participants, on the
 
                                      93
<PAGE>
 
other hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC's rules on
behalf of Euroclear or Cedel, as the case may be, by its respective
depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of
instructions to Euroclear or Cedel, as the case may be, by the counter party
in such system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within the
established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system. Euroclear or Cedel, as
the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements,
deliver instructions to its respective depositary to take action to effect
final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests in the
relevant New Global Note in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance
with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC.
Euroclear participants and Cedel participants may not deliver instructions
directly to the depositories for Euroclear or Cedel.
 
  Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or
Cedel participant purchasing an interest in a New Global Note from a
Participant in DTC will be credited, and any such crediting will be reported
to the relevant Euroclear or Cedel participant, during the securities
settlement processing day (which must be a business day for Euroclear and
Cedel) immediately following the settlement date of DTC. DTC has advised the
Company that cash received in Euroclear or Cedel as a result of sales of
interests in a New Global Note by or through a Euroclear or Cedel participant
to a Participant in DTC will be received with value on the settlement date of
DTC but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Cedel cash account only
as of the business day for Euroclear or Cedel following DTC's settlement date.
 
  DTC has advised the Company that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a Holder of New Notes only at the direction of one or more
Participants to whose account with DTC interests in the New Global Notes are
credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount
of the New Notes as to which such Participant or Participants has or have
given such direction. However, if there is an Event of Default (as defined
below) under the New Notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange the New Global
Notes for legended New Notes in certificated form, and to distribute such New
Notes to its Participants.
 
  The information in this section concerning DTC, Euroclear and Cedel and
their book-entry systems has been obtained from sources that the Company
believes to be reliable, but the Company takes no responsibility for the
accuracy thereof.
 
  Although DTC, Euroclear and Cedel have agreed to the foregoing procedures to
facilitate transfers of interests in the New Global Notes among participants
in DTC, Euroclear and Cedel, they are under no obligation to perform or to
continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued
at any time. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will have any responsibility
for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Cedel or their respective
participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under
the rules and procedures governing their operations.
 
 Exchanges of Book-Entry New Notes for Certificated New Notes
 
  A New Global Note is exchangeable for definitive New Notes in registered
certificated form if (i) DTC (x) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or
unable to continue as depositary for such New Global Note and the Company
thereupon fails to appoint a successor depository within 90 days of such
notice, or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the
Exchange Act, (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing
that it elects to cause the issuance of the New Notes in certificated form or
(iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or an Event of
Default with respect to the New Notes. In all cases, certificated New Notes
delivered in exchange for any New Global Note or beneficial interests therein
will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations,
requested by or on behalf of the depositary (in accordance with its customary
procedures).
 
                                      94
<PAGE>
 
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
 
  Except as described below, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company's
option prior to July 1, 2003.
 
  The Notes are subject to redemption, at the option of the Company, in whole
or in part, at any time on or after July 1, 2003 and prior to maturity, upon
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice mailed to each Holder of Notes
to be redeemed at such Holder's address appearing in the Note Register, in
amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, at the following
Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to but excluding
the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the
immediately preceding Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest
Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date), if redeemed during
the 12-month period beginning July 1 of the years indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      REDEMPTION
   YEAR                                                                 PRICE
   ----                                                               ----------
   <S>                                                                <C>
   2003..............................................................  105.625%
   2004..............................................................  103.750%
   2005..............................................................  101.875%
   2006 and thereafter...............................................  100.000%
</TABLE>
 
  In addition, at any time prior to July 1, 2001, the Company may redeem up to
35% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes with the Net
Cash Proceeds of one or more sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified
Stock) at a redemption price equal to 111.25% of the aggregate principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Liquidated
Damages, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that at least 65% of the
original principal amount of the Notes remains outstanding immediately
following such redemption. In order to effect the foregoing redemption, the
Company must mail a notice of redemption no later than 45 days after the
related sale of Capital Stock and must consummate such redemption within 60
days of the closing of the sale of Capital Stock.
 
  If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed, selection of Notes for
redemption will be made by the Trustee, in compliance with the requirements of
the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are
listed, or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or in
such manner as it shall deem fair and appropriate; provided that after such
redemption in part, all Notes shall be in amounts of $1,000 or integral
multiples thereof. Notices of redemption may not be conditional. If any Note
is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such
Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A
new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be
issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original
Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption.
On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or
portions of them called for redemption and, unless the Company defaults in the
payment of the redemption price, Notes or portions of them called for
redemption will no longer be deemed outstanding.
 
SINKING FUND
 
  The Notes will not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.
 
REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS
 
 Change of Control
 
  If a Change of Control shall occur at any time, then each Holder of Notes
shall have the right to require that the Company purchase such Holder's Notes,
in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000, at a purchase price in
cash, in an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Notes or
portion thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if
any, to the date of purchase, pursuant to the Offer to Purchase and in
accordance with the other procedures set forth in the Indenture. Within 30
days following the Change of
 
                                      95
<PAGE>
 
Control, the Company will mail an Offer to Purchase to each Holder describing
the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and
offering to purchase Notes on the date specified in the Offer to Purchase. The
Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act
and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such
laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of the
Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase.
 
  The terms of agreements governing Senior Loan Facility Debt will likely
restrict the Company's ability to prepay debt, including the Notes, and also
to provide that certain change of control events with respect to the Company
would constitute an event of default thereunder. In the event a Change of
Control occurs at a time when the Company is prohibited from purchasing the
Notes, the Company could seek the consent of its lenders to the purchase of
Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such
prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such a consent or repay such
borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from purchasing Notes. In such
case, the Company's failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an
Event of Default under the Indenture, which would, in turn, likely constitute
a default under the terms of agreements governing such Senior Loan Facility
Debt. See "Risk Factors--Ability to Effect Repurchase of the Notes Upon Change
of Control."
 
  The Change of Control provisions described above will be applicable whether
or not any other provisions of the Indenture are applicable. Except as
described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture does not
contain provisions that permit the Holders of the Notes to require that the
Company repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover,
recapitalization or similar transaction.
 
  The Company will not be required to make an Offer to Purchase upon a Change
of Control if a third party makes the Offer to Purchase in the manner, at the
times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the
Indenture applicable to the Offer to Purchase made by the Company and
purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Offer to
Purchase.
 
  The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the sale,
lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of "all or substantially all"
of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. There is
no precise established definition of the phrase "substantially all" under
applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a Holder of Notes to require the
Company to repurchase such Notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer,
conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of the Company
and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be
uncertain.
 
COVENANTS
 
  The Indenture contains, among others, the following covenants:
 
 Limitation on Debt
 
  The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, Incur any Debt (other than the Notes and Debt existing on the Closing
Date); provided that the Company may Incur Debt if, after giving effect to the
Incurrence of such Debt and the receipt and application of the proceeds
therefrom, the Consolidated Debt to EBITDA Ratio would be greater than zero
and less than 6:1.
 
  Notwithstanding the foregoing limitation, the following Debt may be
Incurred, each item to be given independent effect:
 
    (i) Permitted Senior Bank Debt;
 
    (ii) Debt owed (A) to the Company evidenced by a promissory note, or (B)
  to any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any event which results in any
  such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any
  subsequent transfer of such Debt (other than to the Company or another
  Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the
  Incurrence of such Debt not permitted by this clause (ii);
 
                                      96
<PAGE>
 
    (iii) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in respect of
  performance, surety or appeal bonds or letters of credit in the ordinary
  course of business, (B) under Permitted Interest Rate or Currency
  Protection Agreements, or (C) arising under, or arising from, agreements
  providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar
  obligations, or from Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or
  performance bonds securing any obligations of the Company Incurred in
  connection with the disposition of any business, assets (other than
  Guarantees of Debt Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of
  such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing
  such acquisition), in a principal amount not to exceed the gross proceeds
  actually received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection
  with such disposition;
 
    (iv) Debt which is exchanged for or the proceeds of which are used to
  refinance or refund, or any extension or renewal of (each a "refinancing"),
  (a) the Notes, (b) Debt incurred pursuant to clauses (iii), (v), (vi),
  (viii) and (ix) of this paragraph and this clause (iv), in each case in an
  aggregate principal amount not to exceed the principal amount of the Debt
  so refinanced (together with any accrued interest and any premium and other
  payment required to be made with respect to the Debt being refinanced or
  refunded, and any fees, costs, expenses, underwriting discounts or
  commissions and other payments paid or payable with respect to the Debt
  incurred pursuant to this clause (iv)); provided, however, that (A) Debt,
  the proceeds of which are used to refinance the Notes, or Debt which is
  pari passu with or subordinate in right of payment to the Notes, shall only
  be permitted if (x) in the case of any refinancing of the Notes or Debt
  which is pari passu to the Notes, the refinancing Debt is Incurred by the
  Company and made pari passu to the Notes or subordinated to the Notes, and
  (y) in the case of any refinancing of Debt which is subordinated to the
  Notes, the refinancing Debt is Incurred by the Company and is subordinated
  to the Notes in a manner that is at least as favorable to the Holders as
  that of the Debt refinanced; (B) the refinancing Debt by its terms, or by
  the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such Debt is
  issued, does not have a final maturity prior to the final maturity of the
  Debt being refinanced and has an Average Life longer than the Average Life
  of the Debt being refinanced; and (C) in the case of any refinancing of
  Debt Incurred by the Company, the refinancing of Debt may be Incurred only
  by the Company, and in the case of any refinancing of Debt Incurred by a
  Restricted Subsidiary, the refinancing Debt may be Incurred only by such
  Restricted Subsidiary or the Company;
 
    (v) Acquisition Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
    (vi) the New Notes issued in the Exchange Offer and Additional Notes
  issued under the Indenture;
 
    (vii) Debt of the Company not to exceed, at any time outstanding, two
  times the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company after the Closing Date
  from the issuance and sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified
  Stock) to a Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Company, to the extent
  that such Net Cash Proceeds have not been used pursuant to clause (C)(3) of
  the first paragraph or clauses (iii), (iv) or (vi) of the second paragraph
  of the "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant described below to make
  a Restricted Payment; provided that such Debt does not have a final
  maturity prior to the final maturity of the Notes and has an Average Life
  longer than the Average Life of the Notes;
 
    (viii) Existing Debt of the Company;
 
    (ix) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred to finance
  the purchase or other acquisition of any property, inventory, asset or
  business directly or indirectly, by the Company or any Restricted
  Subsidiary used in, or to be used in, the System and Network Management
  Business;
 
    (x) Subordinated Debt of the Company not to exceed $300.0 million in
  principal outstanding at any time; and
 
    (xi) other Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not to exceed
  $50.0 million at any one time outstanding.
 
  For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that
an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Debt
described in the above clauses, or is permitted in part under the
 
                                      97
<PAGE>
 
first paragraph of this covenant and in part under one or more of the above
clauses, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify, and from time to
time may reclassify, such item of Debt.
 
  For purposes of determining any particular amount of Debt under this
covenant, Guarantees, Liens or obligations with respect to letters of credit
supporting Debt otherwise included in the determination of such particular
amount shall not be included.
 
 Limitation on Guarantees of Company Debt by Restricted Subsidiaries
 
  The Company may not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or
indirectly, to Guarantee, assume or in any other manner become liable for the
payment of any Debt of the Company (other than Debt of the Company Incurred
pursuant to clauses (i), (iii), (v), (ix) or (xi) of the second paragraph of
"Limitations on Debt" or refinanced pursuant to clause (iv) of the second
paragraph of "Limitation on Debt" of Debt originally incurred under clause
(iii), (v) or (ix) of the second paragraph of "Limitation on Debt") that is
pari passu with or subordinate in right of payment to the Notes unless: (i)
(A) such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a
supplemental indenture providing for a Guarantee of payment of the Notes by
such Restricted Subsidiary; and (B) with respect to any Guarantee of Debt of
the Company that is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes, such
Guarantee shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary's Guarantee with
respect to the Notes at least to the same extent as such Debt is subordinated
to the Notes, and (ii) such Restricted Subsidiary waives, and will not in any
manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of
reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the
Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such
Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee until the Notes have been paid in
full.
 
  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary may
provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally
released and discharged upon (i) any sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person
not an Affiliate of the Company, of all of the Company's and each Restricted
Subsidiary's Capital Stock in, or all or substantially all of the assets of,
such Restricted Subsidiary (which sale, exchange or transfer is not prohibited
by the Indenture) or (ii) the release or discharge of the Guarantee which
resulted in the creation of such Restricted Subsidiary's Guarantee with
respect to the Notes, except a discharge or release by or as a result of
payment under such Guarantee.
 
 Limitation on Restricted Payments
 
  The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary directly
or indirectly to:
 
    (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or with
  respect to its Capital Stock to Persons other than the Company or any of
  its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than (x) dividends or distributions
  payable solely in shares of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified
  Stock), or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of such
  Capital Stock; (y) pro rata dividends or distributions on Common Stock of
  Restricted Subsidiaries held by minority stockholders, or (z) dividends in
  respect of Disqualified Stock);
 
    (ii) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any shares
  of Capital Stock of (A) the Company or an Unrestricted Subsidiary
  (including options, warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of
  Capital Stock) held by any Person, or (B) a Restricted Subsidiary
  (including options, warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of
  Capital Stock) held by any Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned
  Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
 
    (iii) make any voluntary or optional principal payment, or voluntary or
  optional redemption, repurchase, defeasance, or other acquisition or
  retirement for value, of Debt of the Company that is subordinated in right
  of payment to the Notes; or
 
    (iv) make any Investment, other than a Permitted Investment, in any
  Person,
 
 
                                      98
<PAGE>
 
(such payments or any other actions described in clauses (i) through (iv)
above being collectively "Restricted Payments") if, at the time of, and after
giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment:
 
    (A) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
 
    (B) the Company could not Incur at least $1.00 of Debt under the first
  paragraph of the "Limitation on Debt" covenant; or
 
    (C) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments (the amount, if other
  than in cash, to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors,
  whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board
  Resolution) made after the Closing Date shall exceed the sum of: (1)
  cumulative Consolidated EBITDA since the date of original issuance of the
  Notes through the last day of the last full fiscal quarter ending
  immediately preceding the date of such Restricted Payment for which
  quarterly or annual financial statements are available; minus (2) 1.5 times
  cumulative Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company since the date of
  original issuance of the Notes through the last day of the last full fiscal
  quarter ending immediately preceding the date of such Restricted Payment
  for which quarterly or annual financial statements are available, plus (3)
  the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company after the Closing
  Date from the issuance and sale permitted by the Indenture of its Capital
  Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to a Person who is not a Subsidiary
  of the Company, including an issuance or sale permitted by the Indenture of
  Debt of the Company for cash subsequent to the Closing Date upon the
  conversion of such Debt into Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock)
  of the Company, or from the issuance to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of
  the Company of any options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital
  Stock of the Company (in each case, exclusive of any Disqualified Stock or
  any options, warrants or other rights that are redeemable at the option of
  the holder, or are required to be redeemed, prior to the stated final
  maturity date of the Notes), in each case except to the extent such Net
  Cash Proceeds are used to Incur Debt pursuant to clause (vii) of the second
  paragraph under the "Limitation on Debt" covenant, plus (4) an amount equal
  to the net reduction in Investments (other than reductions in Permitted
  Investments) in any Person resulting from payments of interest on Debt,
  dividends, repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets,
  in each case to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or from the Net
  Cash Proceeds from the sale of any such Investment (except, in each case,
  to the extent any such payment or proceeds are included in the calculation
  of Consolidated EBITDA), or from redesignations of Unrestricted
  Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries, not to exceed, in each case, the
  amount of Investments previously made by the Company or any Restricted
  Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
  The foregoing provision shall not be violated by reason of:
 
    (i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of
  declaration thereof if, at said date of declaration, such payment would
  comply with the foregoing paragraph;
 
    (ii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or
  retirement for value of Debt that is subordinated in right of payment to
  the Notes including premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, with
  the proceeds of, Debt Incurred under clause (iv) of the second paragraph of
  the "Limitation on Debt" covenant;
 
    (iii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of Capital Stock of
  the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company (or options, warrants or other
  rights to acquire such Capital Stock) in exchange for (including upon
  exercise of a conversion right), or out of the proceeds of a capital
  contribution or a substantially concurrent offering of, shares of Capital
  Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (or options, warrants
  or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock);
 
    (iv) the making of any principal payment or the repurchase, redemption,
  retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value of Debt of the
  Company which is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes in exchange
  for, or out of the proceeds of, a capital contribution or a substantially
  concurrent offering of, shares of the Capital Stock (other than
  Disqualified Stock) of the Company (or options, warrants or other rights to
  acquire such Capital Stock);
 
 
                                      99
<PAGE>
 
    (v) payments or distributions, to dissenting stockholders pursuant to
  applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger
  or transfer of assets that complies with the provisions of the Indenture
  applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or substantially
  all of the property and assets of the Company, and payments of cash in lieu
  of fractional shares;
 
    (vi) Investments in any Person; provided that the aggregate amount of
  Investments made pursuant to this clause (vi) does not exceed the sum of
  (a) $50.0 million, plus (b) the amount of Net Cash Proceeds received by the
  Company after the Closing Date from the sale of its Capital Stock (other
  than Disqualified Stock) to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the
  Company, except to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are used to Incur Debt
  pursuant to clause (vii) of the second paragraph of the "Limitation on
  Debt" covenant or to make Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (C)(3) of
  the first paragraph, or clauses (iii) or (iv) of this paragraph, of this
  "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant, plus (c) the net reduction in
  Investments made pursuant to this clause (vi) resulting from distributions
  on or repayments of such Investments or from the Net Cash Proceeds from the
  sale of any such Investment (except in each case to the extent any such
  payment or proceeds is included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA)
  or from such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the net
  reduction in any Investment shall not exceed the amount of such Investment;
 
    (vii) Investments acquired in exchange for Capital Stock (other than
  Disqualified Stock) of the Company;
 
    (viii) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of
  Common Stock of the Company or any option or other right to acquire shares
  of Common Stock of the Company (I) if such Common Stock, option or other
  right was issued pursuant to a plan or arrangement approved by the
  Company's Board of Directors, and such purchase, redemption or other
  acquisition or retirement, (x) occurs in accordance with the terms of such
  plan or arrangement, from former employees of the Company and its
  Subsidiaries or their estates or (y) is from an employee of the Company and
  the price paid by the Company to such employee is equal to the exercise or
  purchase price paid by such employee and (II) from employees of the Company
  or its Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed $5.0 million in any fiscal
  year; provided that, in the case of clause (II), amounts not paid for any
  such purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement in any fiscal
  year may be accumulated and paid in any subsequent fiscal year;
 
    (ix) additional Restricted Payments not to exceed $50.0 million in the
  aggregate; or
 
    (x) the acquisition of Capital Stock of the Company by the Company in
  connection with the cashless exercise of any options, warrants or similar
  rights issued by the Company.
 
  Each Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to the preceding paragraph (other
than the Restricted Payment referred to in clause (ii) thereof and an exchange
of Capital Stock for Capital Stock or Debt referred to in clause (iii) or (iv)
thereof), and the Net Cash Proceeds from any issuance of Capital Stock
referred to in clauses (iii), (iv) and (vi), shall be included in calculating
whether the conditions of clause (C) of the first paragraph of this
"Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant have been met with respect to any
subsequent Restricted Payments. In the event the proceeds of an issuance of
Capital Stock of the Company are used for the redemption, repurchase or other
acquisition of the Notes, or Debt that is pari passu with the Notes, then the
Net Cash Proceeds of such issuance shall be included in clause (C) of the
first paragraph of this "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant only to
the extent such proceeds are not used for such redemption, repurchase or other
acquisition of Debt.
 
 Limitation on Asset Sales
 
  The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
consummate an Asset Sale unless (i) the Company or the applicable Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such
Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or
otherwise disposed of (as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of
Directors), and (ii) at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company
or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from such Asset Sale shall
be cash or other Qualified Consideration.
 
                                      100
<PAGE>
 
  The Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may, within 365 days of the Asset
Sale, invest the Net Cash Proceeds thereof (A) in property or assets used, or
to be used, in the System and Network Management Business, or in a company
engaged primarily in the System and Network Management Business (if and to the
extent otherwise permitted under the Indenture), or (B) to repay Secured Debt
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. The amount of such Net Cash
Proceeds not used or invested within 365 days of the Asset Sale in the manner
described in clauses (A) and (B) above shall constitute "Excess Proceeds."
 
  In the event that Excess Proceeds exceed $10.0 million, the Company shall
make an Offer to Purchase that amount of Notes equal to the amount of Excess
Proceeds at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be
purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if
any, to the date of purchase and, to the extent required by the terms thereof,
any other Debt of the Company that is pari passu with the Notes or Debt of a
Restricted Subsidiary. Each Offer to Purchase shall be mailed within 30 days
following the date that the Company shall become obligated to purchase Notes
with any Excess Proceeds. Following the completion of an Offer to Purchase,
the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be deemed to be reset at zero and, to the
extent there are any remaining Excess Proceeds the Company may use such Excess
Proceeds for any use which is not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture.
 
  The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the
Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the
extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the
purchase of Notes pursuant to such Offer to Purchase.
 
 Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
Subsidiaries
 
  The Company may not, and may not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become
effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted
Subsidiary (i) to pay dividends (in cash or otherwise) or make any other
distributions in respect of its Capital Stock owned by the Company or any
other Restricted Subsidiary or pay any Debt or other obligation owed to the
Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) to make loans or advances to
the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or (iii) to transfer any of
its property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, and may permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, suffer to exist any such encumbrance or restriction:
 
    (a) pursuant to any agreement in effect on the date of original issuance
  of the Notes, and any amendments, extensions, refinancings, renewals or
  replacements of such agreements, provided that the amendments, encumbrances
  and restrictions in any such extensions, refinancings, renewals or
  replacements are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders,
  than those encumbrances or restrictions that are then in effect and that
  are being extended, refinanced, renewed or replaced;
 
    (b) existing under or by reason of applicable law;
 
    (c) existing in connection with any Permitted Senior Bank Debt or any
  Debt incurred pursuant to clause (v) of the second paragraph of
  "Limitations on Debt;"
 
    (d) pursuant to an agreement existing prior to the date on which such
  Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and not Incurred in anticipation of
  becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, which encumbrance or restriction is not
  applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other
  than the Person so acquired;
 
    (e) pursuant to an agreement entered into in connection with Debt
  Incurred under clause (iv) of the second paragraph of the "Limitation on
  Debt" covenant; provided, however, that the provisions contained in such
  agreement related to such encumbrance or restriction are no more
  restrictive in any material respect than the provisions contained in the
  agreement the subject of the refinancing such clause (iv) of the second
  paragraph of the "Limitation on Debt" covenant;
 
    (f) restrictions contained in any agreement relating to a Lien of a
  Restricted Subsidiary or the Company otherwise permitted under the
  Indenture, but only to the extent such restrictions restrict the transfer
  of the property subject to such Lien;
 
                                      101
<PAGE>
 
    (g) customary nonassignment provisions entered into in the ordinary
  course of business in leases, licenses and other contracts to the extent
  such provisions restrict the transfer, sublicensing or any such license or
  subletting of any such lease or the assignment of rights under any such
  contract;
 
    (h) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed
  pursuant to an agreement which has been entered into for the sale or
  disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of
  such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that consummation of such transaction
  would not result in an Event of Default or an event that, with the passing
  of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute an Event of
  Default, that such restriction terminates if such transaction is closed or
  abandoned and that the closing or abandonment of such transaction occurs
  within one year of the date such agreement was entered into;
 
    (i) any restriction imposed pursuant to contracts for the sale of assets
  with respect to the transfer of the assets to be sold pursuant to such
  contract;
 
    (j) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating
  to any Debt, and that do not, individually, or in the aggregate, detract
  from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted
  Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company or any Restricted
  Subsidiary; or
 
    (k) such encumbrance or restriction is contained in the terms of any
  agreement pursuant to which such Debt was issued if (A) the encumbrance or
  restriction applies only in the event of a payment default or a default
  with respect to a financial covenant contained in such Debt or agreement,
  (B) the encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous
  to the Holders of the Notes than is customary in comparable financings, and
  (C) the Company determines that any such encumbrance or restriction will
  not materially affect the Company's ability to make principal or interest
  payments on the Notes.
 
 Limitation on Liens
 
  The Company may not, and may not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur
or suffer to exist any Lien, on or with respect to any property or assets now
owned or hereafter acquired to secure any Debt without making, or causing such
Restricted Subsidiary to make, effective provision for securing the Notes (x)
equally and ratably with such Debt as to such property or assets for so long
as such Debt will be so secured or (y) in the event such Debt is Debt of the
Company which is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes, prior to such
Debt as to such property or assets for so long as such Debt will be so
secured.
 
  The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to:
 
    (i) Liens in existence on the date of original issuance of the Notes;
 
    (ii) Liens securing only the Notes and any Lien in favor of the Trustee
  for the benefit of the Holders arising under the provisions in the
  Indenture or the Escrow Agreement;
 
    (iii) Liens granted by a Restricted Subsidiary in favor of the Company or
  any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
    (iv) Liens to secure Permitted Senior Bank Debt;
 
    (v) Liens securing Purchase Money Secured Debt;
 
    (vi) Liens on property existing immediately prior to the time of
  acquisition thereof (and not Incurred in anticipation of the financing of
  such acquisition);
 
    (vii) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person
  becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and not incurred in anticipation of
  becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
    (viii) any interest in or title of a lessor to any property subject to a
  Capital Lease Obligation which is permitted under the Indenture; or
 
    (ix) Liens to secure Debt Incurred pursuant to clause (iv) of the second
  paragraph of the "Limitation on Debt" covenant; provided that such Lien
  does not extend to any property other than the property securing the Debt
  being refinanced pursuant to clause (iv) of the second paragraph of the
  "Limitation on Debt" covenant.
 
 
                                      102
<PAGE>
 
 Limitation on Issuance or Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries
 
  The Company will not sell, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary,
directly or indirectly, to issue or sell, any shares of Capital Stock of a
Restricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other rights to purchase
shares of such Capital Stock) except (i) to the Company or a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) issuances of director's qualifying shares or sales
to foreign nationals of shares of Capital Stock of foreign Restricted
Subsidiaries, to the extent required by applicable law; (iii) if, immediately
after giving effect to such issuance or sale, such Restricted Subsidiary would
no longer constitute a Restricted Subsidiary and any Investment in such Person
remaining after giving effect to such issuance or sale would have been
permitted to be made under the "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant if
made on the date of such issuance or sale; or (iv) issuances or sales of
Common Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
 Transactions with Affiliates and Related Persons
 
  The Company may not, and may not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter
into any transaction (or series of related transactions) not in the ordinary
course of business with an Affiliate or Related Person of the Company (other
than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary) involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $5.0 million, including any Investment, either
directly or indirectly, unless such transaction is on terms no less favorable
to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained
in a comparable arm's-length transaction with an entity that is not an
Affiliate or Related Person and is in the best interests of the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary. For any transaction (or series of related
transactions) that involves less than or equal to $10.0 million, the Chief
Executive Officer, President or Chief Operating Officer of the Company shall
determine that the transaction satisfies the above criteria and shall evidence
such a determination by an Officer's Certificate filed with the Trustee. For
any transaction that involves in excess of $10.0 million, (a) a majority of
the disinterested members of the Board of Directors shall determine that the
transaction satisfies the above criteria or (b) the Company shall obtain a
written opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking or appraisal
firm stating that the transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary.
 
  The foregoing limitation does not apply, and shall not apply, to (i) any
transaction solely between the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary or solely
between any Restricted Subsidiaries; (ii) the payment of reasonable and
customary regular fees to directors of the Company who are not employees of
the Company; (iii) any payments or other transactions pursuant to any tax-
sharing agreement between the Company and any other Person with which the
Company files a consolidated tax return or with which the Company is part of a
consolidated group for tax purposes; (iv) licensing or sublicensing or the use
of any intellectual property by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (v) any transaction entered into for
the purpose of granting or altering registration rights with respect to any
Capital Stock of the Company; (vi) any Restricted Payments not prohibited by
the "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant or (vii) compensation,
severance and employee benefit arrangements with any officer, director or
employee of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including under any
stock option or stock incentive plans, in the ordinary course of business.
 
 Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions
 
  The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
enter into any sale-leaseback transaction involving any of its assets or
properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whereby the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary sells or transfers such assets or properties and then or
thereafter leases such assets or properties or any part thereof or any other
assets or properties that the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as
the assets or properties sold or transferred.
 
  The foregoing restriction does not apply to any sale-leaseback transaction
if (i) the lease is for a period, including renewal rights, of not in excess
of three years; (ii) the sale-leaseback transaction is consummated within 180
days after the purchase of the assets subject to such transaction; (iii) the
transaction is solely between the
 
                                      103
<PAGE>
 
Company and any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or solely between Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; or (iv) the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, within 12 months after the sale or transfer of any assets or
properties is completed, applies an amount no less than the Net Cash Proceeds
received from such sale in accordance with clause (A) or (B) of "--Limitation
on Asset Sales."
 
 Provision of Financial Information
 
  Whether or not the Company is required to be subject to Section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company is required by the terms of the
Indenture to file with the Commission the annual reports, quarterly reports
and other documents which the Company would have been required to file with
the Commission pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d) or any successor
provision thereto if the Company were subject to such provisions. The
Indenture requires that the Company file such documents with the Commission on
or prior to the respective dates (each a "Required Filing Date", collectively,
the "Required Filing Dates") by which the Company would have been required to
file such documents if it were subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act. The Company is also required in any event (a) within 15 days of
each Required Filing Date (i) to transmit by mail to all Holders, as their
names and addresses appear in the Note Register, without cost to such Holders,
and (ii) to file with the Trustee, copies of the annual reports, quarterly
reports and other documents which the Company files with the Commission
pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d) or any successor provision thereto or
would have been required to file with the Commission pursuant to such Section
13(a) or 15(d) or any successor provisions thereto if the Company were
required to be subject to such Sections and (b) if filing such documents by
the Company with the Commission is not permitted under the Exchange Act,
promptly upon written request to supply copies of such documents to any
prospective Holder.
 
 Unrestricted Subsidiaries
 
  The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company to be an
"Unrestricted Subsidiary" as provided below in which event such Subsidiary and
each other Person that is then, or thereafter becomes, a Subsidiary of such
Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary. "Unrestricted
Subsidiary" means (1) any Subsidiary designated as such by the Board of
Directors as set forth below where (a) no default with respect to any Debt of
such Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary (including any right
which the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against such
Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of
any other Debt in a principal amount in excess of $10.0 million of the Company
and its Subsidiaries (other than another Unrestricted Subsidiary) to declare a
default on such other Debt or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or
payable prior to its final scheduled maturity and (b) the Company could make a
Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the greater of the fair market value
and book value of such Subsidiary pursuant to "Limitation on Restricted
Payments" and such amount is thereafter treated as a Restricted Payment for
the purpose of calculating the aggregate amount available for Restricted
Payments thereunder and (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The
Board of Directors may not designate a Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary if such Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any
Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of the Company which is not a
Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary a
Restricted Subsidiary and shall be deemed to have made such designation if at
such time the condition set forth in clause (a) in the definition of
"Unrestricted Subsidiary" shall cease to be true.
 
MERGERS, CONSOLIDATIONS AND CERTAIN SALES OF ASSETS
 
  The Company may not, in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions, (i) consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or permit
any other Person to consolidate or merge with or into the Company or (ii)
directly or indirectly transfer, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its assets, unless:
 
    (1) in a transaction in which the Company does not survive or in which
  the Company sells, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all
  of its assets, the successor entity to the Company shall be organized and
  validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State
  thereof or the
 
                                      104
<PAGE>
 
  District of Columbia, and shall expressly assume, by a supplemental
  Indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee in form satisfactory to the
  Trustee, all of the Company's obligations under the Indenture;
 
    (2) immediately before and after giving effect to such transaction and
  treating any Debt which becomes an obligation of the Company or a
  Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been
  Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of the
  transaction, no Event of Default or event that with the passing of time or
  the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default shall
  have occurred and be continuing;
 
    (3) except in the case of any such consolidation or merger of the Company
  with or into, or any such transfer, sale, lease or other disposition of
  assets to, a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, immediately after giving
  effect to such transaction, the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company (or
  other successor entity to the Company) is equal to or greater than that of
  the Company immediately prior to the transaction; and
 
    (4) except in the case of any such consolidation or merger of the Company
  with or into, or any such transfer, sale, lease or other disposition of
  assets to, a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, immediately after giving
  effect to such transaction and treating any Debt which becomes an
  obligation of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such
  transaction as having been Incurred by the Company or such Restricted
  Subsidiary at the time of the transaction, the Company (including any
  successor entity to the Company) could Incur at least $1.00 of additional
  Debt pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture described in the first
  paragraph under "Limitation on Debt" above.
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
  Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the
Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for the full definition of all
such terms, as well as any other terms used herein for which no definition is
provided.
 
  "Acquisition Debt" means Debt of a Person existing at the time such Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with an Asset
Acquisition, and not Incurred in connection with, or in anticipation of, such
Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such Asset Acquisition.
 
  "Additional Notes" means Notes issued by the Company after the Closing Date
subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture in an aggregate principal
amount not to exceed $75.0 million and any Notes of like terms and tenor
issued in exchange therefor.
 
  "Affiliate" of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
such Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with
respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of
such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
 
  "Asset Acquisition" means an acquisition by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of the property and assets of any Person other than
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that constitute
substantially all of a division or line of business of such Person; provided
that the property and assets acquired are to be used in the System and Network
Management Business.
 
  "Asset Sale" by any Person means any transfer, conveyance, sale, lease,
license or other disposition by such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (including a consolidation or merger or other sale of any such
Restricted Subsidiary with, into or to another Person in a transaction in
which such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary)
(collectively a "transfer") of (i) shares of Capital Stock (other than
directors' qualifying shares) or other ownership interests of a Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person, (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of such
Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or (iii) any other property,
assets or rights (including intellectual property rights) of such Person or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outside of the ordinary
 
                                      105
<PAGE>
 
course of business; provided that "Asset Sale" shall not include (A) any
transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a
transaction that is made in compliance with the requirements of provisions of
the Indenture described under "--Mergers, Consolidations and Certain Sales of
Assets," (B) any transfer by the Company to any Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary or by any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to any other Wholly
Owned Subsidiary or to the Company in a manner that does not otherwise violate
the terms of the Indenture, (C) transfers made in compliance with the
requirements of provisions of the Indenture described under "Limitation on
Restricted Payments," (D) transfers constituting the granting of a Permitted
Lien, (E) exchanges of equipment used in the System and Network Management
Business for other equipment to be used in the System and Network Management
Business; provided any such exchange for equipment with a fair market value in
excess of $2.0 million must be approved by the Company's Board of Directors,
and (F) transfers of assets, property or other rights (including intellectual
property rights) with a fair market value of less than $2.0 million.
 
  "Average Life" means, at any date of determination with respect to any debt
security, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (a)
the number of years from the date of determination to the dates of each
successive scheduled principal payment of such debt security and (b) the
amount of such principal payment, by (ii) the sum of all such principal
payments.
 
  "Capital Lease Obligation" of any Person means the obligation to pay rent or
other payment amounts under a lease of (or other Debt arrangements conveying
the right to use) real or personal property of such Person which is required
to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease or a liability on the
face of a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP. The principal
amount of such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof that would
appear on the face of a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP.
 
  "Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests,
participations or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock or
other equity participations, including partnership interests, whether general
or limited, of such Person.
 
  "Cash Equivalents" means (i) securities issued or directly and fully
guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United
States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of six months from the
date of acquisition, (ii) certificates of deposit with maturities of not more
than six months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers' acceptances
with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each
case with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of
$500.0 million and a Thompson Bank Watch Rating of "B" or better, (iii)
repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying
securities of the types described in clauses (i) and (ii) above entered into
with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause
(ii) above, (iv) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Ratings Group and in each
case maturing within six months after the date of acquisition and (v) money
market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents
of the kinds described in clauses (i)-(iv) of this definition.
 
  "Change of Control" means the occurrence of one or more of the following
events: (i) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or
a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of
the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person or group of
related Persons, as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a "Group");
(ii) the approval by the holders of capital stock of the Company of any plan
or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (whether or not
otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the applicable Indenture);
(iii) any Person or Group (other than Fleet National Bank or any of its
Affiliates) shall become the owner, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of
record, of shares representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting
power represented by the issued and outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or
any successor to all or substantially all of its assets; or (iv) during any
period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such
period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any
new directors whose election to the Board of Directors or whose nomination for
election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a
majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at
the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for
 
                                      106
<PAGE>
 
election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a
majority of the Board of Directors then in office.
 
  "Common Stock" of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person that does
not rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of
assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of such Person, to shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such
Person.
 
  "Consolidated Debt to EBITDA Ratio" means the ratio of (a) the total
consolidated Debt as of the date of calculation (the "Determination Date") to
(b) four times the Consolidated EBITDA for the latest fiscal quarter for which
financial information is available immediately preceding such Determination
Date (the "Measurement Period"). For purposes of calculating Consolidated
EBITDA for the Measurement Period immediately prior to the relevant
Determination Date, (i) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the
Determination Date (or would become a Restricted Subsidiary on such
Determination Date in connection with the transaction that requires the
determination of such Consolidated EBITDA) will be deemed to have been a
Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such Measurement Period, (ii) any
Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date (or
would cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date in
connection with the transaction that requires the determination of such
Consolidated EBITDA) will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary
at any time during such Measurement Period, and (iii) if the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary shall have in any manner (x) acquired (through an
acquisition or the commencement of activities constituting such operating
business) or (y) disposed of (by an Asset Sale or the termination or
discontinuance of activities constituting such operating business) any
operating business during such Measurement Period or after the end of such
period and on or prior to such Determination Date, such calculation will be
made on a pro forma basis in accordance with GAAP as if, in the case of an
acquisition or the commencement of activities constituting such operating
business, all such transactions had been consummated prior to the first day of
such Measurement Period (it being understood that in calculating Consolidated
EBITDA the exclusions set forth in clauses (a) through (f) of the definition
of Consolidated Net Income shall apply to any Person acquired as if it were a
Restricted Subsidiary).
 
  "Consolidated EBITDA" means, with respect to any period, Consolidated Net
Income for such period increased (without duplication), to the extent deducted
in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, by (a) Consolidated Income Tax
Expense for such period; (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period
without regard to the proviso therein; and (c) depreciation, amortization and
any other non-cash items for such period, less any non-cash items to the
extent they increase Consolidated Net Income (including the partial or entire
reversal of reserves taken in prior periods) for such period, of the Company
and any Restricted Subsidiary, including, without limitation, amortization of
capitalized debt issuance costs for such period, all of the foregoing
determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP; provided that, if any Restricted
Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, Consolidated EBITDA
shall be reduced (to the extent not otherwise reduced in accordance with GAAP)
by an amount equal to (A) the amount of Consolidated EBITDA attributable to
such Restricted Subsidiary multiplied by (B) the percentage ownership interest
in such Restricted Subsidiary not owned on the last day of such period by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
  "Consolidated Income Tax Expense" for any period means the consolidated
provision for income taxes of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
 
  "Consolidated Interest Expense" means for any period the consolidated
interest expense included in a consolidated income statement (without
deduction of interest income) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP,
including without limitation or duplication (or, to the extent not so
included, with the addition of), (i) the amortization of Debt discounts; (ii)
any payments or fees with respect to letters of credit, bankers' acceptances
or similar facilities; (iii) fees (net of any amounts received) with respect
to any Interest Rate or Currency Protection Agreement; (iv) interest on Debt
guaranteed by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent paid
by the Company
 
                                      107
<PAGE>
 
or any Restricted Subsidiary; and (v) the portion of any Capital Lease
Obligation allocable to interest expense; provided that, if any Restricted
Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, Consolidated Interest
Expense shall be reduced (to the extent not otherwise reduced in accordance
with GAAP) by an amount equal to (A) the amount of Consolidated Interest
Expense attributable to such Restricted Subsidiary multiplied by (B) the
percentage ownership interest in such Restricted Subsidiary not owned on the
last day of such period by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
  "Consolidated Net Income" for any period means the consolidated net income
(or loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that
there shall be excluded therefrom (a) the net income (or loss) of any Person
acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a
pooling-of-interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such
transaction, (b) the net income (or loss) of any Person that is not a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company except to the extent of the amount of
dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company by such Person during such period, (c) gains or
losses on Asset Sales by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (d) all
extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses, (e) the cumulative effect of
changes in accounting principles and (f) the tax effect of any of the items
described in clauses (a) through (e) above.
 
  "Consolidated Net Worth" of any Person means the consolidated stockholders'
equity of such Person, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
GAAP, less amounts attributable to Disqualified Stock of such Person; provided
that, with respect to the Company, adjustments following the date of the
Indenture to the accounting books and records of the Company in accordance
with Accounting Principles Board Opinions Nos. 16 and 17 (or successor
opinions thereto), or otherwise resulting from the acquisition of control of
the Company by another Person shall not be given effect.
 
  "Debt" means (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether
recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person and whether or
not contingent, (i) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed, (ii)
every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other
similar instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the
acquisition of property, assets or businesses, (iii) every reimbursement
obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers'
acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person
(including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto, but excluding
obligations with respect to trade letters of credit securing obligations
entered into in the ordinary course of business to the extent such letters of
credit are not drawn upon or, if drawn upon, to the extent such drawing is
reimbursed no later than the third Business Day following receipt by such
Person of a demand for reimbursement), (iv) every obligation of such Person
issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services
(including securities repurchase agreements), (v) every Capital Lease
Obligation of such Person, (vi) all Disqualified Stock issued by such Person,
(vii) if such Person is a Restricted Subsidiary, all Preferred Stock issued by
such Person, (viii) every obligation under Interest Rate or Currency
Protection Agreements of such Person and (ix) every obligation of the type
referred to in clauses (i) through (ix) of another Person and all dividends of
another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has
Guaranteed or is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor,
Guarantor or otherwise. The "amount" or "principal amount" of Debt at any time
of determination as used herein represented by (a) any contingent Debt, shall
be the maximum principal amount thereof, (b) any Debt issued at a price that
is less than the principal amount at maturity thereof, shall be the amount of
the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP, (c) any
Disqualified Stock, shall be the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price
in respect thereof, and (d) any Preferred Stock, shall be the maximum
voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid
dividends in respect thereof, in each case as of such time of determination.
In no event shall "Debt" include any trade payable or accrued expenses arising
in the ordinary course of business.
 
  "Disqualified Stock" of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person
that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is
convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, at the option of the holder
thereof) or otherwise matures or is required to be redeemed (pursuant to any
sinking fund obligation or otherwise, but other than as a result of the death
or disability of the holder thereof or the termination of the employment
 
                                      108
<PAGE>
 
with the Company of the holder thereof) or is convertible into or exchangeable
for Debt or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in
part, at any time prior to the final maturity of the Notes; provided, however,
that any Capital Stock which would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for
provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require the Company or
a Restricted Subsidiary to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the
occurrence of an "asset sale" or a "change of control" occurring prior to the
final maturity date of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if
such provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are no more favorable to the
holders of such stock than the corresponding provisions applicable to the
Notes contained in the Indenture and such provisions applicable to such
Capital Stock specifically provide that the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries will not repurchase or redeem any such stock pursuant to such
provisions prior to the repurchase of such Notes as are required to be
repurchased pursuant to the Indenture upon an Asset Sale or a Change of
Control.
 
  "Existing Debt" shall mean Debt of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date.
 
  "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
which are in effect on the date of original issuance of the Notes,
consistently applied.
 
  "Guarantee" by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of
such Person guaranteeing, or having the economic effect of guaranteeing, any
Debt of any other Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether
directly or indirectly, and including, without limitation, any obligation of
such Person, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the
purchase or payment of) such Debt or to purchase (or to advance or supply
funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Debt, (ii) to
purchase property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the
holder of such Debt of the payment of such Debt, or (iii) to maintain working
capital, equity capital or other financial statement condition or liquidity of
the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Debt (and
"Guaranteed," "Guaranteeing" and "Guarantor" shall have meanings correlative
to the foregoing); provided, however, that the Guaranty by any Person shall
not include endorsements by such Person for collection or deposit, in either
case, in the ordinary course of business.
 
  "Incur" means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person,
to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume,
Guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Debt or other
obligation including by acquisition of Restricted Subsidiaries or the
recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such Debt or
other obligation on the balance sheet of such Person (and "Incurrence,"
"Incurred," "Incurrable" and "Incurring" shall have meanings correlative to
the foregoing); provided, however, that a change in GAAP that results in an
obligation of such Person that exists at such time becoming Debt shall not be
deemed an Incurrence of such Debt.
 
  "Interest Rate or Currency Protection Agreement" of any Person means any
forward contract, futures contract, swap, option or other financial agreement
or arrangement (including, without limitation, caps, floors, collars and
similar agreements) relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon,
interest rates or currency exchange rates or indices.
 
  "Internal Revenue Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and any
successor thereto.
 
  "Investment" by any Person means any direct or indirect loan, advance or
other extension of credit or capital contribution (by means of transfers of
cash or other property to others or payments for property or services for the
account or use of others, or otherwise) to, or purchase or acquisition of
Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidence of
Debt issued by, any other Person, including any payment on a Guarantee of any
obligation of such other Person.
 
  "Lien" means, with respect to any property or assets, any mortgage or deed
of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security
interest, lien, charge, easement (other than any easement not materially
impairing usefulness or marketability), encumbrance, preference, priority or
other security agreement or
 
                                      109
<PAGE>
 
preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect
to such property or assets (including, without limitation, any conditional
sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic
effect as any of the foregoing).
 
  "Material Restricted Subsidiary" means, at any date of determination, any
Restricted Subsidiary that represents more than 10% of the Company's total
consolidated assets at the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which
financial information is available, or more than 10% of the Company's
consolidated net sales or consolidated operating income for the most recent
four quarters for which financial information is available.
 
  "Net Cash Proceeds" means (i) with respect to any Asset Sale by any Person,
cash or Cash Equivalents received (including by way of sale or discounting of
a note, installment receivable or other receivable, but excluding any other
consideration received in the form of assumption of Debt or other obligations
relating to such properties or assets) therefrom by such Person, net of (A)
all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and
expenses Incurred and all federal, state, foreign and local taxes required to
be accrued as a liability as a consequence of such Asset Sale, (B) all
payments made by such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries on any Debt which
is secured by such assets in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or
with respect to such assets or which must by the terms of such Lien, or in
order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Sale or by applicable law,
be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Sale, (C) all distributions and
other payments made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries of
such Person or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Sale and (D)
appropriate amounts to be provided by such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary
thereof, as the case may be, as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any
liabilities associated with such assets and retained by such Person or any
Restricted Subsidiary thereof, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale,
including, without limitation, liabilities under any indemnification
obligations and severance and other employee termination costs associated with
such Asset Sale, in each case as determined by the Board of Directors, in its
reasonable good faith judgment evidenced by a resolution of the Board of
Directors filed with the Trustee; provided, however, that any reduction in
such reserve within twelve months following the consummation of such Asset
Sale will be treated for all purposes of the Indenture and the Notes as a new
Asset Sale at the time of such reduction with Net Cash Proceeds equal to the
amount of such reduction, (ii) with respect to the issuance or sale of Capital
Stock, or options, warrants or rights to purchase Capital Stock, or debt
securities or Disqualified Stock that has been converted into or exchanged for
Capital Stock, the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the form of cash or
Cash Equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment
obligations, net of attorney's fees, accountant's fees and brokerage,
consultation, underwriting and other fees and expenses actually incurred in
connection with such issuance or sale, conversion or exchange and net of any
Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to any debt securities paid to the
holders thereof prior to the conversion or exchange and net of taxes paid or
payable as a result thereof.
 
  "Note Register" shall mean the note registry maintained by the Registrar.
 
  "Offer to Purchase" means a written offer (the "Offer") sent by the Company
by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder at his address appearing
in the Note Register on the date of the Offer offering to purchase up to the
principal amount of Notes specified in such Offer at the purchase price
specified in such Offer (as determined pursuant to the Indenture). Unless
otherwise required by applicable law, the Offer shall specify an expiration
date (the "Offer Expiration Date") of the Offer to Purchase which shall be,
subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than 30 days
or more than 60 days after the date of such Offer and a settlement date (the
"Purchase Date") for purchase of Notes within five Business Days after the
Offer Expiration Date. The Company shall notify the Trustee at least 15
Business Days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior
to the mailing of the Offer of the Company's obligation to make an Offer to
Purchase, and the Offer shall be mailed by the Company or, at the Company's
request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. The
Offer shall contain information concerning the business of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries which the Company in good faith believes will enable
such Holders to make an informed decision with respect to the Offer to
Purchase (which at a minimum will include (i) the most recent annual and
quarterly financial statements and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" contained in the documents
required to be filed with the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture (which
 
                                      110
<PAGE>
 
requirements may be satisfied by delivery of such documents together with the
Offer), (ii) a description of material developments in the Company's business
subsequent to the date of the latest of such financial statements referred to
in clause (i) (including a description of the events requiring the Company to
make the Offer to Purchase), (iii) if applicable, appropriate pro forma
financial information concerning the Offer to Purchase and the events
requiring the Company to make the Offer to Purchase and (iv) any other
information required by applicable law to be included therein. The Offer shall
contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to
tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. The Offer shall also state:
 
    (1) the Section of the Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase
  is being made;
 
    (2) the Offer Expiration Date and the Purchase Date;
 
    (3) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes offered to be
  purchased by the Company pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if
  less than 100%, the manner by which such has been determined pursuant to
  the Section of the Indenture requiring the Offer to Purchase) (the
  "Purchase Amount");
 
    (4) the purchase price to be paid by the Company for each $1,000
  aggregate principal amount of Notes accepted for payment (as specified
  pursuant to the Indenture) (the "Purchase Price");
 
    (5) that the Holder may tender all or any portion of the Notes registered
  in the name of such Holder and that any portion of a Note tendered must be
  tendered in an integral of $1,000 principal amount;
 
    (6) the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender
  pursuant to the Offer to Purchase;
 
    (7) that interest on any Notes not tendered or tendered but not purchased
  by the Company pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will continue to accrue;
 
    (8) that on the Purchase Date the Purchase Price will become due and
  payable upon each Note being accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to
  Purchase and that interest thereon shall cease to accrue on and after the
  Purchase Date;
 
    (9) that each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the Offer to
  Purchase will be required to surrender such Note at the place or places
  specified in the Offer prior to the close of business on the Offer
  Expiration Date (such Note being, if the Company or the Trustee so
  requires, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of
  transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed
  by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing);
 
    (10) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw all or any portion of
  Notes tendered if the Company (or their Paying Agent) receives, not later
  than the close of business on the Offer Expiration Date, a telegram, telex,
  facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the
  principal amount of the Note the Holder tendered, the certificate number of
  the Note the Holder tendered and a statement that such Holder is
  withdrawing all or a portion of his tender;
 
    (11) that (a) if Notes in an aggregate principal amount less than or
  equal to the Purchase Amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant
  to the Offer to Purchase, the Company shall purchase all such Notes and (b)
  if Notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Purchase Amount
  are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the
  Company shall purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to
  the Purchase Amount on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be
  deemed appropriate so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000 or
  integral multiples thereof shall be purchased); and
 
    (12) that in the case of any Holder whose Note is purchased only in part,
  the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver
  to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of
  any authorized denomination as requested by, such Holder, in an aggregate
  principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unpurchased portion of
  the Note so tendered.
 
  Any Offer to Purchase shall be governed by and effected in accordance with
the Offer for such Offer to Purchase.
 
 
                                      111
<PAGE>
 
  "Permitted Interest Rate or Currency Protection Agreement" of any Person
means any Interest Rate or Currency Protection Agreement entered into with one
or more financial institutions that is designed to protect such Person against
fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates with respect to Debt
Incurred and which shall have a notional amount no greater than the payments
due with respect to the Debt being hedged thereby and not for purposes of
speculation.
 
  "Permitted Investment" means (i) an Investment in the Company or a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Person which will, upon the making of such
Investment, become a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or be merged or
consolidated with or into or transfer or convey all or substantially all its
assets to, the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary; provided that
such Person's primary business or the assets to be transferred or conveyed are
related, ancillary or complementary to the System and Network Management
Business; (ii) Cash Equivalents; (iii) payroll, travel, relocation and similar
advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances
ultimately to be treated as expenses in accordance with GAAP; (iv) stock,
obligations or securities received (x) in satisfaction of judgments or (y) in
connection with the sale or disposition of a Person, assets or business; (v)
Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection
and lease, utility and worker's compensation, performance and other similar
deposits; (vi) Permitted Interest Rate or Currency Agreements; (vii) Strategic
Investments; (viii) loans or advances to officers or employees of the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than loans or advances made pursuant to
clause (ix) below) that do not in the aggregate exceed $10.0 million at any
time outstanding; (ix) accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business
(and Investments obtained in exchange or settlement of accounts receivable for
which the Company has determined that collection is not likely); and (x) loans
or advances to Persons who own Debt or Capital Stock (other than any Affiliate
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) of any Person if such loans or
advances are made as part of, or in connection with, a transaction pursuant to
which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any other
Restricted Subsidiary or substantially all of the assets of such Person are
acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate amount
not to exceed 20% of the total consideration paid in connection with such
acquisition.
 
  "Permitted Lien" means any Lien on the assets of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary permitted under the "Limitation on Liens" covenant.
 
  "Permitted Senior Bank Debt" means Debt Incurred by Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the Senior Loan Facility, or one or more
other senior commercial term loan and/or revolving credit facilities
(including any letter of credit subfacility) entered into principally with
commercial banks and/or other financial institutions typically party to
commercial loan agreements, and any replacement, extension, renewal,
refinancing or refunding thereof; provided that the aggregate principal amount
of all Permitted Senior Bank Debt, at any one time outstanding, shall not
exceed $100.0 million plus 85% of the Company's consolidated net accounts
receivable.
 
  "Preferred Stock" of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person of any
class or classes (however designated) that ranks prior, as to the payment of
dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or
involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to shares
of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.
 
  "Purchase Money Secured Debt" of any Person means Debt of such Person
secured by a Lien on real or personal property of such Person which Debt (a)
constitutes all or a part of the purchase price or construction cost of such
property or (b) is Incurred prior to, at the time of or within 180 days after
the acquisition or substantial completion of such property for the purpose of
financing all or any part of the purchase price or construction cost thereof;
provided, however, that (w) the Debt so incurred does not exceed 100% of the
purchase price or construction cost of such property and related expenses, (x)
such Lien does not extend to or cover any property other than such item of
property and any improvements on such item and proceeds thereof, (y) the
purchase price or construction cost for such property is or should be included
in "addition to property, plant and equipment" in accordance with GAAP, and
(z) the purchase or construction of such property is not part of any
acquisition of a Person or business unit or line of business.
 
                                      112
<PAGE>
 
  "Qualified Consideration" shall mean: (i) cash; (ii) Cash Equivalents; (iii)
assets that are used or useful in the System and Network Management Business;
(iv) any securities or other obligations that are converted into or exchanged
for cash or Cash Equivalents within six months after the Asset Sale or (v)
liabilities of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary assumed by the
transferee (or its designee) such that the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary has no further liability therefor, the amount of the liability to
be determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
  "Related Person" of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
owning (a) 5% or more of the outstanding Common Stock of such Person (or, in
the case of a Person that is not a corporation, 5% or more of the equity
interest in such Person) or (b) 5% or more of the combined voting power of the
Voting Stock of such Person.
 
  "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company, whether
existing on or after the date of the Indenture, unless such Subsidiary is an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
  "Secured Debt" means Permitted Senior Bank Debt, Purchase Money Secured Debt
and other Debt secured by a Permitted Lien.
 
  "Senior Loan Facility" means the loan facility expected to be provided
pursuant to a credit agreement to be entered into by and among the Company,
Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as arranger and syndication agent, certain
lenders from time to time party thereto, and the administrative agent party
thereto, and any credit agreements governing Debt Incurred to refund, replace
or refinance borrowings or commitments then outstanding under or permitted to
be Incurred or outstanding under such facility, and all promissory notes,
guaranties, letters of credit, security agreements, pledge agreements,
mortgages, deeds of trust and other instruments, documents or agreements
executed pursuant to such credit agreements, in each case as the same may be
amended, extended, renewed, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from
time to time.
 
  "Strategic Investment" means an Investment in any Person (other than an
Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) whose primary business is related,
ancillary or complementary to the System and Network Management Business, and
such Investment is determined by the Board of Directors of the Company to
promote or significantly benefit the businesses of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such Investment.
 
  "Subordinated Debt" means Debt of the Company as to which the payment of
principal of (and premium, if any) and interest and other payment obligations
in respect of such Debt shall be subordinate to the prior payment in full of
the Notes to at least the following extent: (i) no payments of principal of
(or premium, if any) or interest on, or otherwise due in respect of such Debt,
may be permitted for so long as any default in the payment of principal (or
premium, if any) or interest on the Notes exists; (ii) in the event that any
other default that with the passing of time or the giving of notice, or both,
would constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes, upon notice by
25% or more in principal amount of the Notes to the Trustee, the Trustee shall
have the right to give notice to the Company and the holders of such Debt (or
trustees or agents therefor) of a payment blockage, and thereafter no payments
of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on or otherwise due in
respect of such Debt may be made for a period of 179 days from the date of
such notice; and (iii) such Debt may not (x) provide for payments of principal
of such Debt at the Maturity thereof or by way of a sinking fund applicable
thereto or by way of any mandatory redemption, defeasance, retirement or
repurchase thereof by the Company (including any redemption, retirement or
repurchase which is contingent upon events or circumstances, but excluding any
retirement required by virtue of acceleration of such Debt upon an event of
default thereunder), in each case prior to the final maturity date of the
Notes or (y) permit redemption or other retirement (including pursuant to an
offer to purchase made by the Company) of such other Debt at the option of the
holder thereof prior to the final maturity date of the Notes, other than a
redemption or other retirement at the option of the holder of such Debt
(including pursuant to an offer to purchase made by the Company) which is
conditioned upon a change of control of the Company pursuant to provisions
substantially similar to those described under "Change of Control" (and which
shall provide that such Debt will not be repurchased pursuant to such
 
                                      113
<PAGE>
 
provisions prior to the Company's repurchase of the Notes required to be
repurchased by the Company pursuant to the provisions described under "Change
of Control"); provided, however, that any Debt which would constitute
Subordinated Debt but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right
to require the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to repurchase or redeem such
Subordinated Debt upon the occurrence of an asset sale occurring prior to the
final maturity of the Notes shall constitute Subordinated Debt if such
provisions applicable to such Subordinated Debt are no more favorable to the
holders of such Debt than the provisions applicable to the Notes contained in
the covenant described under "Limitation on Asset Sales" and such provisions
applicable to such Debt specifically provide that the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries will not repurchase or redeem any such Debt pursuant
to such provisions prior to the repurchase of such Notes as are required to be
repurchased pursuant to the covenant described under "Limitation on Asset
Sales."
 
  "Subsidiary" of any Person means (i) a corporation more than 50% of the
combined voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of which is owned,
directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of
such Person or by such Person and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries thereof,
or (ii) any other Person (other than a corporation) in which such Person, or
one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person or such Person and one or more
other Subsidiaries thereof, directly or indirectly, has the power to direct
the policies, management and affairs thereof.
 
  "System and Network Management Business" means: (i) server and other
hardware hosting, (ii) connectivity, data networking, telecommunications or
content for computer or data networks or systems; (iii) management of computer
or data networks or systems; (iv) technology services, equipment sales or
leasing or software licensing for computer or data networks or systems
(including Internet Protocol and any successor protocol(s) based networks);
and (v) businesses reasonably related, complementary or incidental thereto.
 
  "U.S. Government Securities" means securities that are direct obligations of
the United States of America, direct obligations of the Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation, direct obligations of the Federal National Mortgage
Association, securities which the timely payment of whose principal and
interest is unconditionally guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the
United States of America, trust receipts or other evidence of a direct claim
upon the instruments described above and money market mutual funds that invest
solely in such securities.
 
  "Voting Stock" of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person which
ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors (or persons
performing similar functions) at such Person, whether at all times or only so
long as no senior class of securities has such voting power by reason of any
contingency.
 
  "Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" of any Person means a Restricted
Subsidiary of such person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other
ownership interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall
at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
 
  The following will be Events of Default under the Indenture:
 
    (a) failure to pay principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note when
  due (upon acceleration, optional or mandatory redemption, required
  repurchase or otherwise);
 
    (b) failure to pay interest on any Note when due, and such default
  continues for a period of 30 days;
 
    (c) default in the payment of principal and interest on Notes required to
  be purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase as described under "Change of
  Control" and "Asset Sales" when due and payable;
 
    (d) failure to perform or comply with the provisions described under
  "Merger, Consolidation and Certain Sales of Assets;"
 
    (e) failure to perform any other covenant or agreement of the Company
  under the Indenture or the Notes and such failure continues for 60 days
  after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or Holders of at least
  25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes;
 
                                      114
<PAGE>
 
    (f) (i) any default by the Company or any Material Restricted Subsidiary
  in the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest has occurred
  with respect to amounts in excess of $10.0 million under any agreement,
  indenture or instrument evidencing Debt when the same shall become due and
  payable in full and such default shall have continued after any applicable
  grace period and shall not have been cured or waived and, if not already
  matured at its final maturity in accordance with its terms, the holders of
  such Debt shall have the right to accelerate such Debt, or (ii) any event
  of default as defined in any agreement, indenture or instrument of the
  Company or any Restricted Subsidiary evidencing Debt in excess of $10.0
  million shall have occurred and the Debt thereunder, if not already matured
  at its final maturity in accordance with its terms, shall have been
  accelerated;
 
    (g) the rendering of a final judgment or judgments against the Company or
  any Material Restricted Subsidiary in an amount in excess of $10.0 million
  which remains undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days after the
  date on which the right to appeal has expired;
 
    (h) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting
  the Company or any Material Restricted Subsidiary; and
 
    (i) the Company shall challenge the Lien on the Escrow Collateral under
  the Escrow Agreement prior to the time that the Escrow Collateral is to be
  released to the Company or the Escrow Agreement becomes, or the Company
  asserts that the Escrow Agreement is, invalid or unenforceable, otherwise
  than in accordance with its terms.
 
  Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the
Trustee in case an Event of Default (as defined) shall occur and be
continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its
rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the
Holders, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable
indemnity. Subject to such provisions for the indemnification of the Trustee,
the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting
any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust
or power conferred on the Trustee.
 
  If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Clause
(h) above) shall occur and be continuing, either the Trustee or the Holders of
at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may
accelerate the maturity of all Notes; provided, however, that after such
acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may,
under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events
of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal, have been
cured or waived as provided in the Indenture. If an Event of Default specified
in Clause (h) above occurs, the principal of and any accrued interest on the
Notes then outstanding will ipso facto become immediately due and payable
without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.
For information as to waiver of defaults, see "Modification and Waiver."
 
  No Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with
respect to the Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless such Holder
shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing
Event of Default (as defined) and unless also the Holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have made written
request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such
proceeding as trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes a
direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute
such proceeding within 60 days. However, such limitations do not apply to a
suit instituted by a Holder of a Note for enforcement of payment of the
principal of and premium, if any, or interest on such Note on or after the
respective due dates expressed in such Note.
 
  The Company will be required to furnish to the Trustee annually a statement
as to the performance by the Company of certain of its obligations under the
Indenture and as to any default in such performance.
 
 
                                      115
<PAGE>
 
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF THE INDENTURE
 
  The Indenture will cease to be of further effect as to all outstanding Notes
(except as to (i) rights of registration of transfer and exchange and the
Company's right of optional redemption, (ii) substitution of apparently
mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (iii) rights of Holders
to receive payment of principal and interest on the Notes, (iv) rights,
obligations and immunities of the Trustee under the Indenture and (v) rights
of the Holders of the Notes as beneficiaries of the Indenture with respect to
any property deposited with the Trustee payable to all or any of them), if (x)
the Company will have paid or caused to be paid the principal of and interest
on the Notes as and when the same will have become due and payable or (y) all
outstanding Notes (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been
replaced or paid) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
 
DEFEASANCE
 
  At the option of the Company, (a) if applicable, the Company will be
discharged from any and all obligations in respect of the outstanding Notes or
(b) if applicable, the Company may omit to comply with certain restrictive
covenants, that such omission shall not be deemed to be an Event of Default
under the Indenture and the Notes, in either case (a) or (b) upon irrevocable
deposit with the Trustee, in trust, of money and/or U.S. government
obligations which will provide money in an amount sufficient, in the opinion
of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants,
to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and each installment of interest
if any, on the outstanding Notes. With respect to clause (b), the obligations
under the Indenture other than with respect to such covenants and the Events
of Default other than the Events of Default relating to such covenants above
shall remain in full force and effect. Such trust may only be established if,
among other things:
 
    (i) with respect to clause (a), the Company has received from, or there
  has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or there has
  been a change in law, which in the Opinion of Counsel provides that Holders
  of the Notes will not recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax
  purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge and will be
  subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner
  and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit,
  defeasance and discharge had not occurred; or, with respect to clause (b),
  the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the
  effect that the Holders of the Notes will not recognize gain or loss for
  U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance
  and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amount, in the
  same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
  deposit and defeasance had not occurred;
 
    (ii) such deposit, defeasance and discharge will not result in a breach
  or violation of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or instrument
  to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which
  the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary is bound;
 
    (iii) no Event of Default or event that with the passing of time or the
  giving of notice, or both, shall constitute an Event of Default, shall have
  occurred and be continuing;
 
    (iv) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to
  the effect that such deposit shall not cause the Trustee or the trust so
  created to be subject to the Investment Company Act of 1940; and
 
    (v) certain other customary conditions precedent are satisfied.
 
MODIFICATION AND WAIVER
 
  Modifications and amendments of the Indenture may be made by the Company and
the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding Notes; provided, however, that no such
modification or amendment may, without the consent of the Holder of each
outstanding Note affected thereby, (a) change the Stated Maturity of the
principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Note, (b) reduce the
principal amount of, or premium or interest on, any Note, (c) change the place
or currency of payment of principal of, or premium or interest on, any Note,
(d) impair the right to institute suit for the
 
                                      116
<PAGE>
 
enforcement of any payment on or with respect to any Note, (e) reduce the
above-stated percentage of outstanding Notes necessary to modify or amend the
Indenture, (f) reduce the percentage of aggregate principal amount of
outstanding Notes necessary for waiver of compliance with certain provisions
of the Indenture or for waiver of certain defaults, (g) modify any provisions
of the Indenture relating to the modification and amendment of the Indenture
or the waiver of past defaults or covenants, except as otherwise specified, or
(h) following the mailing of any Offer to Purchase, modify any Offer to
Purchase for the Notes required under the "Limitation on Asset Sales" and the
"Change of Control" covenants contained in the Indenture in a manner
materially adverse to the Holders thereof.
 
  Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Holder, the
Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to
cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; provided that such action does
not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes in any material
respect, to provide for the assumption of the Company's obligations to Holders
of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation, to secure the Notes, to add
to the covenants of the Company for the benefits of the Holders or to comply
with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the
qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
 
  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Notes, on behalf of all Holders of Notes, may waive compliance by the Company
with certain restrictive provisions of the Indenture. Subject to certain
rights of the Trustee, as provided in the Indenture, the Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, on behalf of all
Holders of Notes, may waive any past default under the Indenture, except a
default in the payment of principal, premium or interest or a default arising
from failure to purchase any Note tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase.
 
GOVERNING LAW
 
  The Indenture and the Old Notes are, and the New Notes will be, governed by
the laws of the State of New York.
 
THE TRUSTEE
 
  The Indenture provides that, except during the continuance of an Event of
Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set
forth in the Indenture. During the existence of an Event of Default, the
Trustee will exercise such rights and powers vested in it under the Indenture
and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person
would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such persons own
affairs.
 
  The Indenture and provisions of the Trust Indenture Act incorporated by
reference therein contain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it
become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases
or to realize on certain property received by it in respect of any such claim
as security or otherwise. The Trustee is permitted to engage in other
transactions with the Company or any Affiliate, provided, however, that if it
acquires any conflicting interest (as defined in the Indenture or in the Trust
Indenture Act), it must eliminate such conflict or resign.
 
                                      117
<PAGE>
 
            CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
  The following is a general discussion of certain U.S. federal income
considerations relevant to holders of the Notes including certain U.S. federal
income tax consequences of the exchange of Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to
the Exchange Offer. This discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code"), Treasury Regulations, Internal Revenue Service
("IRS") rulings and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which are subject
to change (possibly with retroactive effect) or different interpretations.
There can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge one or more of the
tax consequences described herein, and the Company has not obtained, nor does
it intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal
income tax, state tax, local tax, foreign tax or other tax consequences of
acquiring or holding Notes. This discussion does not purport to deal with all
aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular
holder in light of the holder's circumstances (for example, persons subject to
the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code). Also, it is not intended
to be wholly applicable to all categories of investors, some of which (such as
dealers in securities, banks, insurance companies, tax-exempt (employment,
charitable or other) organizations, and persons holding Notes as part of a
hedging or conversion transaction or straddle or persons deemed to sell Notes
under the constructive sale provisions of the Code) may be subject to special
rules. The discussion also does not discuss any aspect of state, local or
foreign law, or U.S. federal estate and gift tax law as applicable to U.S.
Holders (as defined below). This discussion is limited to purchasers of Notes
who hold the Notes as "capital assets" within the meaning of Section 1221 of
the Code.
 
  ALL PURCHASERS OF THE NOTES ARE ADVISED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS
REGARDING THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE
PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE NOTES.
 
U.S. HOLDERS
 
  As used herein, the term "U.S. Holder" means the beneficial holder of a Note
that for United States federal income tax purposes is (i) a citizen or
resident (as defined in Section 7701 (b) of the Code) of the United States,
(ii) a corporation, partnership or other entity formed under the laws of the
United States or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income
of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source
or (iv) a trust which is subject to the supervision of a court within the
United States and the control of a United States person as described in
Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code. A "Non-U.S. Holder" is any holder other than
a U.S. Holder.
 
 Interest
 
  Stated interest on the Notes will generally be includable in a U.S. Holder's
gross income and taxable as ordinary income for U.S. federal income tax
purposes at the time it is paid or accrued in accordance with the U.S.
Holder's regular method of accounting.
 
 Sale, Exchange or Redemption
 
  Each U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss upon the
sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of the Notes measured by the
difference (if any) between (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value
of any property received (except to the extent that such cash or other
property is attributable to the payment of accrued interest not previously
included in income, which amount will be taxable as ordinary income) and (ii)
such holder's adjusted tax basis in the Notes. Capital gain recognized by an
individual U.S. Holder generally will be subject to a maximum United States
Federal income tax rate of (i) 39.6% if the U.S. Holder held the asset for not
more than one year before the disposition, (ii) 28% if the U.S. Holder held
the asset for more than one year but not more than 18 months before the
disposition, and (iii) 20% if the U.S. Holder held the asset for more than 18
months before the disposition. A holder's initial tax basis in a Note will be
the amount paid therefor.
 
 
                                      118
<PAGE>
 
  The exchange of the Old Notes for the New Notes pursuant to the Exchange
Offer should not be treated as an "exchange" for federal income tax purposes
because the New Notes should not differ materially in either kind or extent
from the Old Notes and because the exchange will occur by operation of the
terms of the Old Notes. A U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the New Notes
should be the same as such Holder's adjusted tax basis in the Old Notes. A
U.S. Holder's holding period for the New Notes received pursuant to the
Exchange Offer should include its holding period for the Old Notes surrendered
therefor.
 
 Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
 
  A U.S. Holder of Notes may be subject to "backup withholding" at a rate of
31% with respect to certain "reportable payments," including interest
payments, and, under certain circumstances, principal payments on the Notes
and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of the Notes. These backup
withholding rules apply if the U.S. Holder, among other things, (i) fails to
furnish a social security number or other taxpayer identification number
("TIN") certified under penalties of perjury within a reasonable time after
the request therefor, (ii) furnishes a TIN as to which the IRS provides
notification that it is an incorrect TIN, (iii) fails to report properly
interest, or (iv) under certain circumstances, fails to provide a certified
statement, signed under penalties of perjury, that the TIN furnished is
correct and that such U.S. Holder is not subject to backup withholding. A U.S.
Holder who does not provide the Company with its correct TIN also may be
subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Any amount withheld from a payment to
a U.S. Holder under the backup withholding rules is creditable against the
U.S. Holder's federal income tax liability, provided that the required
information is furnished to the IRS. Backup withholding will not apply,
however, with respect to payments made to certain holders, including
corporations, tax-exempt organizations and certain foreign persons, provided
their exemptions from backup withholding are properly established.
 
  The Company will report to the U.S. Holders of Notes and to the IRS the
amount of any "reportable payments" for each calendar year and the amount of
tax withheld, if any, with respect to such payments.
 
NON-U.S. HOLDERS
 
  The following discussion is limited to the U.S. federal income tax
consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder. Non-U.S. Holders should consult
their own tax advisors concerning the state, local, foreign and other tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes.
 
  For purposes of U.S. federal income tax on interest discussed below, a Non-
U.S. Holder (as defined above) includes a non-resident fiduciary of an estate
or trust. For purposes of the following discussion, interest and gain on the
sale, exchange or other disposition of a Note will be considered to be "U.S.
trade or business income" if such income or gain is (i) effectively connected
with the conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. of such Non-U.S.
Holder or (ii) in the case of certain residents of certain countries which
have an income tax treaty in force with the U.S., attributable to a permanent
establishment (or, in the case of an individual, a fixed base) in the United
States as such terms are defined in the applicable treaty.
 
 Stated Interest
 
  Generally any interest paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of a Note that is not U.S.
trade or business income will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if the
interest qualifies as "portfolio interest." Generally interest on the Notes
will qualify as portfolio interest if (i) the Non-U.S. Holder does not
actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power
of all classes of stock of the Company entitled to vote and is not a
"controlled foreign corporation" with respect to which the Company is a
"related person" within the meaning of the appropriate provisions of the Code,
(ii) the Non-U.S. Holder, under penalty of perjury, in general certifies that
the Non-U.S. Holder is not a U.S. person and such certificate provides the
Non-U.S. Holder's name and address, (iii) the Non-U.S. Holder is not a bank
receiving interest on an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement
made in the ordinary course of its trade or business, and (iv) the Notes are
in registered form.
 
 
                                      119
<PAGE>
 
  The gross amount of payments of interest to a Non-U.S. Holder that do not
qualify for the portfolio interest exemption and that are not U.S. trade or
business income will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 30%,
unless a U.S. income tax treaty applies to reduce or eliminate such tax.
Interest payments that are considered as U.S. trade or business income will be
taxed at regular U.S. income tax rates rather than the 30% gross rate. In the
case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation, such U.S. trade or business
income may also be subject to the branch profits tax (which is generally
imposed on a foreign corporation on the actual or deemed repatriation from the
United States of earnings and profits attributable to U.S. trade or business
income) at a 30% rate unless a U.S. income tax treaty applies to reduce or
eliminate such tax. To claim the benefit of a tax treaty or to claim exemption
from withholding because the income is U.S. trade or business income, the Non-
U.S. Holder must provide a properly executed IRS Form 1001 or IRS Form 4224
(or such successor forms as the IRS designates), as applicable, prior to the
payment of interest. Under recently issued U.S. Treasury Regulations that will
generally be effective on and after January 1, 2000 (the "Withholding
Regulations"), the required Forms 1001 and 4224 will be replaced by a new Form
W-8. Under the Withholding Regulations, a Non-U.S. Holder may under certain
circumstances be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and
make certain certifications to the Company. Special procedures are provided in
the Withholding Regulations for payments through qualified intermediaries.
Investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of
the Withholding Regulations.
 
 Sale, Exchange or Redemption of Notes
 
  Except as described below and subject to the discussion concerning backup
withholding, any gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on the sale, exchange or
redemption of a Note generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax,
unless (i) such gain is U.S. trade or business income, (ii) subject to certain
exceptions, the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who holds the Note as a
capital asset and is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the
taxable year of the disposition or (iii) the Non-U.S. Holder is subject to tax
pursuant to the provisions of U.S. tax law applicable to certain U.S.
expatriates (including certain former citizens or residents of the United
States).
 
  The exchange of the Old Notes for the New Notes pursuant to the Exchange
Offer should not be treated as an "exchange" for federal income tax purposes
because the New Notes should not differ materially in either kind or extent
from the Old Notes and because the exchange will occur by operation of the
terms of the Old Notes. A U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the New Notes
should be the same as such Holder's adjusted tax basis in the Old Notes. A
U.S. Holder's holding period for the New Notes received pursuant to the
Exchange Offer should include its holding period for the Old Notes surrendered
therefor.
 
 Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
 
  The Company must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder any
interest that is subject to withholding, or that is exempt from U.S.
withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty, or interest that is exempt from U.S.
tax under the portfolio interest exception or because it is U.S. trade or
business income. Copies of these information returns may also be made
available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax
authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides. Under certain
circumstances the Company will have to report to the IRS payments of
principal.
 
  Generally, information reporting and backup withholding of United States
federal income tax at a rate of 31% may apply to payments made by the Company
or any agent thereof to Non-U.S. Holders if the payee fails to make the
appropriate certification that the holder is a non-U.S. person or if the
Company or its paying agent has actual knowledge that the payee is a United
States person.
 
  The payment of the proceeds from the disposition of Notes to or through a
United States office of a United States or foreign broker will be subject to
information reporting and backup withholding unless the owner provides
certification as to its Non-U.S. Holder status under penalty of perjury or
otherwise establishes an exemption, provided that the broker does not have
actual knowledge that the holder is a U.S. person or that the
 
                                      120
<PAGE>
 
conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied. The proceeds of
the disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of the Notes to or through a foreign
office of a broker will generally not be subject to backup withholding.
However, if such broker is a U.S. person, a controlled foreign corporation for
United States tax purposes, or a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross
income from all sources for certain periods is effectively connected with a
United States trade or business, information reporting will apply unless such
broker has documentary evidence in its files of the Non-U.S. Holder's foreign
status and has no actual knowledge to the contrary or unless the Non-U.S.
Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Both backup withholding and
information reporting will apply to the proceeds of such dispositions if the
broker has actual knowledge that the payee is a U.S. Holder. The Withholding
Regulations alter the foregoing rules in certain respects. Investors should
consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of the Withholding
Regulations.
 
  Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a
Non-U.S. Holder will be allowed as a refund or a credit against such Non-U.S.
Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the requisite
procedures for claiming such refund or credit are followed.
 
  THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME
CONSEQUENCES IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE.
ACCORDINGLY, EACH INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISER AS TO PARTICULAR
U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF
PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF THE NOTES OF THE COMPANY, INCLUDING THE
APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS, AND OF ANY
PROPOSED CHANGES IN APPLICABLE LAWS.
 
                             PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
  Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in connection
with the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such New Notes. This Prospectus, as it may be
amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in
connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where
the Old Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities. The Company has agreed that for a period ending upon the
earlier of (i) 180 days after the Exchange Offer has been completed and (ii)
the date on which broker-dealers no longer own any Transfer Restricted
Securities, it will make available and provide promptly upon reasonable
request this Prospectus (as amended or supplemented), in a form meeting the
requirements of the Securities Act to any broker-dealer for use in connection
with any such resale.
 
  The Company will receive no proceeds in connection with the Exchange Offer.
New Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the
Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in
the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing
of options on the New Notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at
market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such
prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made
directly to purchasers or through brokers or dealers who may receive
compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-
dealer and/or the purchasers of any such New Notes. Any broker-dealer that
resells New Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the
Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of
such New Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act, and any profit on any such resale of New Notes and any
commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be
underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal
states that by acknowledging that it will deliver, and by delivering, a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. The Company has agreed
to indemnify such broker-dealers against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
 
                                      121
<PAGE>
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
  The validity of the Notes offered hereby will be passed upon on behalf of
the Company by Fenwick & West LLP, Palo Alto, California.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
  The financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 1996 and 1997,
and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1997,
have been included herein and in the Registration Statement in reliance upon
the report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent auditors, appearing elsewhere
herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and
accounting.
 
                                      122
<PAGE>
 
                          EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                        <C>
Report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, Independent Auditors..................... F-2
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and June 30, 1998
 (unaudited).............................................................. F-3
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and
 1997 and the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998 (unaudited)......... F-4
Statements of Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity for the years ended December
 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the six months ended June 30, 1998
 (unaudited).............................................................. F-5
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and
 1997 and the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998 (unaudited)......... F-6
Notes to Financial Statements............................................. F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
             REPORT OF KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Exodus Communications, Inc.:
 
  We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Exodus Communications,
Inc. as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the related statements of
operations, stockholders' (deficit) equity, and cash flows for each of the
years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1997. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Exodus Communications,
Inc. as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December
31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                                      KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 
Mountain View, California
February 13, 1998, except as to Note
 8 which is as of March 10, 1998
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                          EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                 -----------------   JUNE 30,
                                                  1996      1997       1998
                                                 -------  --------  -----------
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>      <C>       <C>
                     ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..................... $ 3,715  $ 10,270   $ 60,720
  Accounts receivable...........................     521     1,837      4,384
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.....     121     1,377      2,082
                                                 -------  --------   --------
    Total current assets........................   4,357    13,484     67,186
  Property and equipment, net...................   3,410    25,170     43,105
  Restricted cash and investments...............     378     1,753      1,938
  Other assets..................................     144       566        811
                                                 -------  --------   --------
                                                 $ 8,289  $ 40,973   $113,040
                                                 =======  ========   ========
 LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED
    STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Bank borrowings............................... $   --   $  3,000   $    --
  Current portion of equipment loans and line of
   credit facility..............................     296     3,777      7,301
  Current portion of capital lease obligations..     224     1,143      3,294
  Accounts payable..............................   1,163     6,252     11,144
  Accrued expenses..............................     581     2,808      5,835
  Deferred revenue..............................     201       211         41
                                                 -------  --------   --------
    Total current liabilities...................   2,465    17,191     27,615
  Equipment loans and line of credit facility,
   less current portion.........................   1,000    12,693     21,453
  Capital lease obligations, less current
   portion......................................     449     2,442      8,461
                                                 -------  --------   --------
    Total liabilities...........................   3,914    32,326     57,529
                                                 -------  --------   --------
  Redeemable convertible preferred stock and
   warrants, $0.001 par value: 32,596,966,
   74,960,124 and no shares authorized as of
   December 31, 1996 and 1997, and June 30,
   1998, respectively; 15,536,578, 34,117,371
   and no shares issued and outstanding as of
   December 31, 1996 and 1997, and June 30,
   1998, respectively; aggregate liquidation
   preference of $9,720 and $39,640 as of
   December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.....   9,609    39,247        --
                                                 -------  --------   --------
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
  Preferred stock, $0.001 par value: 5,000,000
   shares authorized and no shares issued or
   outstanding as of June 30, 1998..............     --        --         --
  Common stock, $0.001 par value: 41,200,000,
   53,281,579 and 50,000,000 shares authorized
   as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and June
   30, 1998, respectively; 1,945,966, 2,067,253
   and 19,477,098 shares issued and outstanding
   as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and June
   30, 1998, respectively.......................       2         2         19
  Additional paid-in capital....................     229     2,508    115,160
  Notes receivable from stockholders............    (186)     (140)       (53)
  Deferred stock compensation...................     --     (2,393)    (1,641)
  Accumulated deficit...........................  (5,279)  (30,577)   (57,974)
                                                 -------  --------   --------
    Total stockholders' (deficit) equity........  (5,234)  (30,600)    55,511
                                                 -------  --------   --------
                                                 $ 8,289  $ 40,973   $113,040
                                                 =======  ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                          EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,         JUNE 30,
                                 --------------------------  -----------------
                                  1995     1996      1997     1997      1998
                                 -------  -------  --------  -------  --------
                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                              <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
Revenues........................   1,408    3,130    12,408  $ 4,062  $ 17,176
                                 -------  -------  --------  -------  --------
Cost and expenses:
  Cost of revenues..............   1,128    2,990    16,868    4,898    22,864
  Marketing and sales...........   1,056    2,734    12,702    4,376    13,580
  General and administrative....     427    1,056     5,983    2,079     5,657
  Product development...........      70      444     1,647      588     1,364
                                 -------  -------  --------  -------  --------
    Total cost and expenses.....   2,681    7,224    37,200   11,941    43,465
                                 -------  -------  --------  -------  --------
Operating loss..................  (1,273)  (4,094)  (24,792)  (7,879)  (26,289)
Net interest expense............      38       39       506      137     1,108
                                 -------  -------  --------  -------  --------
    Net loss....................  (1,311)  (4,133)  (25,298)  (8,016)  (27,397)
Cumulative dividends and
 accretion on redeemable
 convertible preferred stock....     --       --     (1,413)     --     (2,014)
                                 -------  -------  --------  -------  --------
Net loss attributable to common
 stockholders................... $(1,311) $(4,133) $(26,711) $(8,016) $(29,411)
                                 =======  =======  ========  =======  ========
Basic and diluted net loss per
 share.......................... $ (1.00) $ (2.16) $ (13.85) $ (4.16) $  (2.57)
                                 =======  =======  ========  =======  ========
Shares used in computing basic
 and diluted net loss per
 share..........................   1,315    1,914     1,928    1,927    11,460
                                 =======  =======  ========  =======  ========
</TABLE>
 
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                          EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                  STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       NOTES                                          TOTAL
                          COMMON STOCK   ADDITIONAL  RECEIVABLE                 RETAINED EARNINGS STOCKHOLDERS'
                          --------------  PAID-IN       FROM     DEFERRED STOCK   (ACCUMULATED      (DEFICIT)
                          SHARES  AMOUNT  CAPITAL   STOCKHOLDERS  COMPENSATION      DEFICIT)         EQUITY
                          ------  ------ ---------- ------------ -------------- ----------------- -------------
<S>                       <C>     <C>    <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>               <C>
Balance as of December
 31, 1994...............   1,000   $  1   $      3     $ --         $   --          $    165        $    169
Sale of common stock to
 officers...............     734      1        175      (176)           --               --              --
Issuance of common stock
 in connection with
 stock purchase plan....      96    --          23       (21)           --               --                2
Repurchase of common
 stock..................      (9)   --          (2)      --             --               --               (2)
Repayment of notes
 receivable from
 stockholders...........     --     --         --          2            --               --                2
Net loss................     --     --         --        --             --            (1,311)         (1,311)
                          ------   ----   --------     -----        -------         --------        --------
Balance as of December
 31, 1995...............   1,821      2        199      (195)           --            (1,146)         (1,140)
Issuance of common
 stock..................     134    --          32       --             --               --               32
Issuance of common stock
 in connection with
 stock purchase plan....      11    --           3        (3)           --               --              --
Issuance of common stock
 in connection with
 exercise of stock
 options................       5    --           1       --             --               --                1
Repurchase of common
 stock..................     (25)   --          (6)        6            --               --              --
Repayment of notes
 receivable from
 stockholders...........     --     --         --          6            --               --                6
Net loss................     --     --         --        --             --            (4,133)         (4,133)
                          ------   ----   --------     -----        -------         --------        --------
Balances as of December
 31, 1996...............   1,946      2        229      (186)           --            (5,279)         (5,234)
Issuance of common stock
 in connection with
 exercise of stock
 options and warrants...     172    --         222       --             --               --              222
Repurchase of common
 stock..................     (51)   --         (12)       12            --               --              --
Repayment of notes
 receivable from
 stockholders...........     --     --         --         34            --               --               34
Deferred stock
 compensation related to
 stock option grants....     --     --       3,482       --          (3,482)             --              --
Amortization of deferred
 stock compensation.....     --     --         --        --           1,089              --            1,089
Accrual of cumulative
 dividends on Series C
 and D redeemable
 convertible preferred
 stock..................     --     --        (750)      --             --               --             (750)
Accretion on Series C
 and D redeemable
 convertible preferred
 stock..................     --     --        (663)      --             --               --             (663)
Net loss................     --     --         --        --             --           (25,298)        (25,298)
                          ------   ----   --------     -----        -------         --------        --------
Balances as of December
 31, 1997...............   2,067      2      2,508      (140)        (2,393)         (30,577)        (30,600)
Issuance of common stock
 in connection with
 exercise of stock
 options and warrants
 (unaudited)............     248    --         119       --             --               --              119
Issuance of common stock
 in conjunction with
 initial public offering
 (unaudited)............   5,125      5     69,886       --             --               --           69,891
Issuance of common stock
 to an officer for cash
 (unaudited)............      50    --         450       --             --               --              450
Issuance of common stock
 and common stock
 warrants (unaudited)...     --     --         786       --             --               --              786
Repayment of notes
 receivable from
 stockholders
 (unaudited)............     --     --         --         87            --               --               87
Conversion of redeemable
 convertible preferred
 stock into common stock
 (unaudited)............  11,987     12     43,425       --             --               --           43,437
Amortization of deferred
 stock compensation
 (unaudited)............     --     --         --        --             752              --              752
Accrual of cumulative
 dividends on Series C
 and D redeemable
 convertible preferred
 stock (unaudited)......     --     --        (462)      --             --               --             (462)
Accretion on Series C
 and D redeemable
 convertible preferred
 stock (unaudited)......     --     --      (1,552)      --             --               --           (1,552)
Net loss (unaudited)....     --     --         --        --             --           (27,397)        (27,397)
                          ------   ----   --------     -----        -------         --------        --------
Balances as of June 30,
 1998 (unaudited).......  19,477   $ 19   $115,160     $ (53)       $(1,641)        $(57,974)       $ 55,511
                          ======   ====   ========     =====        =======         ========        ========
</TABLE>
 
                 See accompanying notes to financial statements
 
                                      F- 5
<PAGE>
 
                          EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,          JUNE 30,
                              -----------------------------  ------------------
                                1995      1996      1997      1997      1998
                              --------  --------  ---------  -------  ---------
                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                           <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>
Cash flows from operating
 activities:
 Net loss...................  $ (1,311) $ (4,133) $ (25,298) $(8,016) $ (27,397)
 Adjustments to reconcile
  net loss to net cash used
  for operating activities:
 Depreciation and
  amortization..............        65       461      3,429      962      4,689
 Loss on disposal of
  property and equipment....       --        --         --       --         248
 Noncash common stock and
  warrant expense...........       --        --         --       --         786
 Amortization of deferred
  stock compensation........       --        --       1,089      --         752
 Amortization of debt
  issuance costs............       --        --         --       --         198
 Changes in operating
  assets and liabilities:
  Accounts receivable.......       (13)     (265)    (1,316)    (419)    (2,547)
  Prepaid expenses and
   other current assets.....       (50)      (71)      (326)    (394)    (1,148)
  Accounts payable..........       420       671      5,089    2,478      4,892
  Accrued expenses..........       201       373      2,227      (55)     3,027
  Deferred revenue..........       235       (34)        10      (49)      (170)
                              --------  --------  ---------  -------  ---------
   Net cash used for
    operating activities....      (453)   (2,998)   (15,096)  (5,493)   (16,670)
                              --------  --------  ---------  -------  ---------
Cash flows from investing
 activities:
 Capital expenditures.......       (69)   (3,499)   (22,489)  (5,765)   (17,842)
 Other assets...............        (8)     (118)      (422)     --         --
                              --------  --------  ---------  -------  ---------
   Net cash used for
    investing activities....       (77)   (3,617)   (22,911)  (5,765)   (17,842)
                              --------  --------  ---------  -------  ---------
Cash flows from financing
 activities:
 Proceeds from issuance of
  redeemable convertible
  preferred stock and
  warrants..................       --      9,409     23,320   17,449      2,176
 Proceeds from issuance of
  common stock..............       --         32        222       28     70,460
 Proceeds from issuance of
  bridge financing
  convertible notes.........       --        --       3,975    3,975        --
 Notes receivable from
  stockholders, net.........         2         7         34       (7)        87
 Bank borrowings, net.......       100      (100)     3,000      --      (3,000)
 Proceeds from sale-
  leaseback transactions....       --        552        932      932      4,035
 Payments on capital leases
  obligations...............       (47)     (154)      (720)    (570)      (895)
 Proceeds from debt.........       497     1,296     16,480    3,383     14,448
 Repayment of debt..........       (60)     (497)    (1,306)  (1,306)    (2,164)
 Restricted cash............       --       (378)    (1,375)     --        (185)
 Proceeds from note payable
  to stockholder............       200       --         --       --         --
                              --------  --------  ---------  -------  ---------
   Net cash provided by
    financing activities....       692    10,167     44,562   23,884     84,962
                              --------  --------  ---------  -------  ---------
Net increase in cash and
 cash equivalents...........       162     3,552      6,555   12,626     50,450
Cash and cash equivalents at
 beginning of period........         1       163      3,715    3,715     10,270
                              --------  --------  ---------  -------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at
 end of period..............  $    163  $  3,715  $  10,270  $16,341  $  60,720
                              ========  ========  =========  =======  =========
Supplemental disclosures of
 cash flow information:
 Cash paid -- interest......  $    --   $    --   $     699  $   175  $   1,016
                              ========  ========  =========  =======  =========
Non-cash investing and
 financing activities:
 Assets recorded under
  capital leases............  $    283  $     27  $   2,700  $   290  $   5,030
                              ========  ========  =========  =======  =========
 Conversion of note payable
  to stockholder to
  preferred stock...........  $    --   $    200  $     --   $   --   $     --
 Cumulative dividends and
  accretion on Series C and
  D redeemable convertible
  preferred stock...........  $    --   $    --   $   1,413  $   --   $   2,014
                              ========  ========  =========  =======  =========
 Deferred compensation on
  grants of stock options...  $    --   $    --   $   3,482  $   --   $     --
                              ========  ========  =========  =======  =========
 Warrants issued for
  financing commitments.....  $    --   $    --   $     730  $   --   $     --
                              ========  ========  =========  =======  =========
 Conversion of bridge
  financing convertible
  notes to redeemable
  convertible preferred
  stock.....................  $    --   $    --   $   3,975  $ 3,975  $     --
                              ========  ========  =========  =======  =========
 Conversion of redeemable
  convertible preferred
  stock to common stock.....  $    --   $    --   $     --   $   --   $  43,437
                              ========  ========  =========  =======  =========
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                          EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
  (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1998 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                            AND 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
(1) SUMMARY OF THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
 The Company
 
  Unless the context otherwise requires, the term "Company" or "Exodus" refers
to Exodus Communications, Inc. and its California and Maryland predecessors.
Exodus is a leading provider of Internet system and network management
solutions for enterprises with mission-critical Internet operations.
 
 Use of Estimates
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
 Revenue Recognition
 
  Revenues consist of monthly fees for server hosting, Internet connectivity,
collaborative systems management and Internet technology services, equipment
sales to customers and one-time fees for installation. Revenues (other than
installation fees and equipment sales to customers) are generally billed and
recognized ratably over the term of the contract, generally one year.
Installation fees are typically recognized at the time that installation
occurs, and equipment sales are typically recognized when the equipment is
delivered to the customer or placed into service at the Internet Data Center.
 
 Financial Instruments and Concentration of Credit Risk
 
  The carrying value of the Company's financial instruments, including cash
and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, bank borrowings and debt
approximates fair market value. Financial instruments that potentially expose
the Company to a concentration of credit risk principally consist of cash and
cash equivalents and accounts receivable.
 
  The Company's customer base is primarily composed of businesses throughout
the United States. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its
customers and maintains reserves for potential credit losses. To date, such
losses have not been significant. The balance of the allowance for bad debts
was $22,000, $15,000, $187,000 and $344,000 as of December 31, 1995, 1996 and
1997, and June 30, 1998, respectively. In 1995, revenues from a single
customer comprised 24% of total revenues.
 
 Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
  Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original
maturities of 90 days or less.
 
 Property and Equipment
 
  Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated on a straight-line
basis over their respective estimated useful lives, which are generally three
to five years. Equipment recorded under capital leases and leasehold
improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of
the respective lease term or estimated useful life of the asset.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                          EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
  (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1998 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                            AND 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
 
 Software Development Costs
 
  The Company capitalizes software development costs incurred to develop
certain of the Company's collaborative systems management services that are
included in the Company's co-location services in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of
Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed. Costs are
capitalized after technological feasibility is achieved; generally upon the
development of a working model. To date, software development costs
capitalizable under SFAS No. 86 have not been material.
 
 Income Taxes
 
  The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income
taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined
based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of
assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which
the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances
are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts
expected to be recovered.
 
 Stock-Based Compensation
 
  The Company uses the intrinsic value-based method to account for all of its
employee stock-based compensation plans.
 
 Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of
 
  The Company evaluates its long-lived assets and certain identifiable
intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of such assets or intangibles may not be
recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a
comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows
expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be
impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which
the carrying amount of the assets exceed the fair value of the assets. Assets
to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair
value less costs to sell.
 
 Unaudited Interim Financial Statements
 
  The accompanying unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim
financial information. In the opinion of management, the accompanying
unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the
audited financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting only of
normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the
Company's financial position as of June 30, 1998, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for the six month periods ended June 30, 1997
and 1998.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                          EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
  (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1998 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                            AND 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
 
 Net Loss Per Share
 
  Basic and diluted net loss per share has been computed by dividing the net
loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number shares
of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share does
not include the effect of the following common equivalent shares as the effect
of their inclusion is antidilutive during each period (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 YEAR ENDED     SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                DECEMBER 31,        JUNE 30,
                                             ------------------ -----------------
                                             1995  1996   1997    1997    1998
                                             ---- ------ ------ -------- --------
                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
   <S>                                       <C>  <C>    <C>    <C>      <C>
   Shares issuable under stock options.....  125     292  1,709      832   3,259
   Shares issuable pursuant to warrants to
    purchase common and redeemable
    convertible preferred stock............   85     637  2,813      870     247
   Shares of redeemable convertible
    preferred stock on an "as if converted"
    basis..................................  --   15,537 34,117   10,444     --
</TABLE>
 
 Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
  Effective January 1, 1998, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 130, Reporting of Comprehensive
Income. SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for the reporting and display of
comprehensive income and its components in a full set of financial statements.
Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during a period except
those resulting from the issuance of shares of stock and distributions to
stockholders. To date, there have not been material differences between net
loss and comprehensive loss for all periods presented.
 
(2) FINANCIAL STATEMENT COMPONENTS
 
 Property and Equipment
 
  Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                     --------------  JUNE 30,
                                                      1996   1997      1998
                                                     ------ -------  --------
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
   <S>                                               <C>    <C>     <C>
   Data centers and related equipment..............  $2,278 $16,316   $33,332
   Furniture, fixtures, computer equipment and oth-
    er.............................................     690  12,815    14,504
   Construction in progress........................     974     --      3,729
                                                     ------ -------   -------
                                                      3,942  29,131    51,565
   Less accumulated depreciation and amortization..     532   3,961     8,460
                                                     ------ -------   -------
                                                     $3,410 $25,170   $43,105
                                                     ====== =======   =======
</TABLE>
 
  Computer equipment and certain data center infrastructure are recorded under
capital leases that aggregated $860,000, $4,492,000 and $13,557,000 as of
December 31, 1996 and 1997 and June 30, 1998, respectively. Accumulated
amortization on the assets recorded under capital leases aggregated $221,000,
$722,000 and $1,561,000 as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and June 30, 1998,
respectively.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                          EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1998 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND
                               1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
 
 Accrued Expenses
 
  Accrued expenses consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER
                                                             31,
                                                         -----------  JUNE 30,
                                                         1996  1997     1998
                                                         ---- ------ -----------
                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
   <S>                                                   <C>  <C>    <C>
   Accrued payroll and related expenses................. $239 $1,183   $3,459
   Other................................................  342  1,625    2,376
                                                         ---- ------   ------
                                                         $581 $2,808   $5,835
                                                         ==== ======   ======
</TABLE>
 
 Net Interest Expense
 
  Net interest expense consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   SIX MONTHS
                                                   YEAR ENDED         ENDED
                                                  DECEMBER 31,      JUNE 30,
                                                 ----------------  ------------
                                                 1995 1996  1997   1997   1998
                                                 ---- ----  -----  ----  ------
                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
   <S>                                           <C>  <C>   <C>    <C>   <C>
   Interest expense............................. $ 38 $107  $ 699  $165  $2,039
   Interest income..............................  --   (68)  (193)  (28)   (931)
                                                 ---- ----  -----  ----  ------
                                                 $ 38 $ 39  $ 506  $137  $1,108
                                                 ==== ====  =====  ====  ======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
 
                          EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
  (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1998 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                            AND 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
 
(3) BANK BORROWINGS, EQUIPMENT LOANS, LINE OF CREDIT FACILITY AND DEBT
 
  During 1997, the Company had a $1,000,000 bank line of credit bearing
interest at the bank's prime rate plus 1% (9.5% at December 31, 1997) and
collateralized by accounts receivable. In December 1997, the line of credit
was amended to increase the available line to $5,000,000 and $3,000,000 was
outstanding as of December 31, 1997. In March 1998, the Company repaid the
$3,000,000 outstanding under the line of credit and in May 1998, the available
line was increased to $7,000,000. The line of credit expires in December 1998.
 
  A summary of equipment loans and line of credit facilities follows (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                     --------------  JUNE 30,
                                                      1996   1997      1998
                                                     ------ ------- -----------
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                  <C>    <C>     <C>
$850,000 equipment term loan with a financial
 institution; prime rate plus 2.5% (11.0% as of
 December 31, 1997); principal and interest due
 monthly for 42 months.............................  $  267 $   178   $   134
$1,800,000 equipment line of credit facility;
 effective interest rate of approximately 16.4%;
 principal and interest due April 2000 through
 September 2000; collateralized by equipment (see
 Note 5)...........................................   1,029   1,393     1,164
$3,000,000 equipment line of credit facility-April
 1997; effective interest rate of approximately
 12.9%; principal and interest due monthly through
 July 2001; collateralized by equipment (see Note
 5)................................................     --    2,756     2,429
$6,500,000 equipment line of credit facility;
 effective interest rate of approximately 15.9%;
 principal and interest due monthly through July
 2001; collateralized by equipment (see Note 5)....     --    6,312     5,428
$3,000,000 equipment line of credit facility-August
 1997; effective interest rate of approximately
 16.2%; principal and interest due monthly through
 May 2001; collateralized by equipment (see Note
 5)................................................     --    2,787     2,477
$5,000,000 equipment line of credit facility;
 effective interest rate of 16.4%; principal and
 interest due monthly through July 2001;
 collateralized by equipment (see Note 5)..........     --    3,044     3,500
$10,000,000 equipment line of credit facility;
 effective interest rate of approximately 13.8%,
 principal and interest due monthly through July
 2002; collateralized by equipment.................     --      --      5,622
$8,000,000 line of credit facility; interest rate
 of 12.95%; principal and interest due monthly
 through January 2000; collateralized by all of the
 Company's assets (see Note 5).....................     --      --      8,000
                                                     ------ -------   -------
                                                      1,296  16,470    28,754
Less current portion...............................     296   3,777     7,301
                                                     ------ -------   -------
Equipment loans and line of credit facility, less
 current portion...................................  $1,000 $12,693   $21,453
                                                     ====== =======   =======
</TABLE>
 
  Aggregate maturities for equipment loans and line of credit facility
outstanding as of December 31, 1997, for fiscal 1998, 1999, 2000 and 2001 are
$3,777,000, $4,478,000, $4,979,000 and $3,236,000, respectively.
 
                                     F-11
<PAGE>
 
                          EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
  (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1998 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                            AND 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
 
 Debt Offering
 
  On July 1, 1998, the Company issued $200,000,000 of 11 1/4% Senior Notes due
2008 for aggregate net proceeds of approximately $193,000,000 (net of
discounts to the initial purchasers and estimated offering expenses). The
Company deposited approximately $42,400,000 with an escrow agent that will be
used to pay the first four semi-annual interest payments when due.
 
(4) NOTE PAYABLE TO STOCKHOLDER
 
  As of December 31, 1995, the Company had a $200,000 note payable to a
stockholder bearing interest at the prime rate plus 2.5%. During 1996, this
note was converted into 484,378 shares of Series A preferred stock.
 
(5) REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
 
  As of December 31, 1997, the Company was authorized to issue 53,281,579
shares of common stock, 7,798,483 shares each of Series A and A1, 8,600,000
shares each of Series B and B1, 17,850,000 shares each of Series C and C1 and
3,231,579 shares each of Series D and D1 redeemable convertible preferred
stock.
 
 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
 
  In February and March 1996, the Company issued 7,798,483 shares of Series A
redeemable convertible preferred stock at $0.413 per share. In October 1996,
the Company issued 7,738,095 shares of Series B redeemable convertible
preferred stock at $0.84 per share. In March and June 1997, the Company
received a total of approximately $3,975,000 in cash in exchange for bridge
financing convertible promissory notes. In June 1997, the Company issued
15,789,868 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock for
$1.362 per share in exchange for approximately $17,500,000 in cash and the
conversion of the bridge financing notes. In December 1997, the Company issued
2,631,579 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock at $2.85
per share for aggregate cash proceeds of $7,500,000.
 
  The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the redeemable
convertible preferred stock are as follows:
 
  .  Shares of Series A, A1, B, B1, C, C1, D and D1 preferred stock are
     convertible at the option of the holder into an equal number of shares
     of common stock subject to certain price-based antidilution adjustments
     for the Series A, B, C and D redeemable convertible preferred stock.
     Such price-based antidilution adjustments will be made on a weighted
     average formula basis upon certain issuances of Common Stock by the
     Company made below the respective conversion price of the Series A, B, C
     or D preferred stock, as applicable.
 
  .  Conversion is automatic upon either (i) the closing of a public offering
     of the Company's common stock at an offering price of not less than
     $8.55 per share and aggregate proceeds of at least $30,000,000 (a
     "Qualified IPO") or (ii) the election of the majority of the
     stockholders of Series A, A1, B and B1 and two-thirds of the
     stockholders of Series C, C1, D and D1 redeemable convertible preferred
     stock, with the A and A1, B and B1, C and C1 and D and D1 voting as four
     separate classes.
 
  .  The holders of Series A, A1, B and B1 redeemable convertible preferred
     stock are entitled to noncumulative dividends at annual rates of $0.04,
     $0.04, $0.084 and $0.084 per share, respectively, when and if declared
     by the Board of Directors. The holders of Series C, C1, D and D1
     redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to cumulative
     dividends at the annual rate of $0.095, $0.095, $0.20 and $0.20 per
     share, respectively. In the event of a Qualified IPO or conversion, all
     accrued but unpaid dividends with respect to the Series C, C1, D and D1
     preferred stock will be forfeited.
 
 
                                     F-12
<PAGE>
 
                          EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
  (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1998 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                            AND 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
  .  Shares of Series A, A1, B, B1, C, C1, D and D1 redeemable convertible
     preferred stock have liquidation preferences of $0.413, $0.413, $0.84,
     $0.84, $1.362, $1.362, $2.85 and $2.85 per share, respectively, plus all
     declared but unpaid dividends.
 
  .  After payment has been made to the holders of redeemable convertible
     preferred stock of the full preferential amounts, holders of common
     stock will receive all remaining assets pro rata based on the number of
     shares of common stock held.
 
  .  At any time after June 25, 2002, upon notification by not less than a
     majority of the holders of Series A, A1, B and B1 redeemable convertible
     preferred stock, the Company must redeem up to 50% of the outstanding
     shares of Series A, A1, B and B1 redeemable convertible preferred stock
     by paying in cash a sum per share equal to the original issue price (as
     adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to
     such shares) plus all declared but unpaid dividends. The holders of
     Series A, A1, B and B1 redeemable convertible preferred stock can
     request redemption of any remaining shares at any time after June 25,
     2003. At the option of the holders of the Series C, C1, D and D1
     redeemable convertible preferred stock, up to one-half of the Series C,
     C1, D and D1 redeemable convertible preferred stock must be redeemed
     after June 25, 2002 and any remaining shares after June 25, 2003 at a
     redemption price equal to the greater of $1.362 and $2.85 per share,
     respectively, plus cumulative dividends, or their fair market values. As
     of December 31, 1997, the Company had accreted $663,000 towards the fair
     market values of the Series C and D redeemable convertible preferred
     stock.
 
  .  Each share of Series A, A1, B, B1, C, C1, D and D1 redeemable
     convertible preferred stock has voting rights on an "as if converted"
     basis.
 
In the event the Company proposes to issue additional shares of any series of
preferred stock, the current holders of such shares will have the right of
first refusal to participate on a pro rata basis. In the event of a dilutive
subsequent financing, the holders of Series A, B, C and D redeemable
convertible preferred stock are provided with antidilution protection if they
purchase their pro rata share of such dilutive financing. If they do not
purchase their pro rata share, their Series A, B, C and D redeemable
convertible preferred stock will convert to Series A1, B1, C1 and D1
redeemable convertible preferred stock, respectively, which will have no such
antidilution protection.
 
  Redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrants issued and outstanding
as of December 31, 1997 was as follows:
 
  REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      ISSUED AND
   SERIES                           SHARES DESIGNATED OUTSTANDING CARRYING VALUE
   ------                           ----------------- ----------- --------------
   <S>                              <C>               <C>         <C>
   A...............................     7,798,483      7,798,483   $ 3,168,000
   A1..............................     7,798,483            --            --
   B...............................     8,600,000      7,775,930     6,473,000
   B1..............................     8,600,000         65,524        55,000
   C...............................    17,850,000     15,845,855    20,333,000
   C1..............................    17,850,000            --            --
   D...............................     3,231,579      2,631,579     7,246,000
   D1..............................     3,231,579            --            --
                                       ----------     ----------   -----------
                                       74,960,124     34,117,371   $37,275,000
                                       ==========     ==========   ===========
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-13
<PAGE>
 
                          EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
  (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1998 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                            AND 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
 
  WARRANTS:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      ISSUED AND
   SERIES                                             OUTSTANDING CARRYING VALUE
   ------                                             ----------- --------------
   <S>                                                <C>         <C>
   B.................................................    160,862    $      --
   B1................................................    466,072           --
   C.................................................  1,523,024     1,242,000
   C1................................................    271,598           --
   D1................................................    372,826       730,000
                                                       =========    ==========
     Total...........................................  2,794,382    $1,972,000
                                                       =========    ==========
</TABLE>
 
 Stock Purchase Plans
 
  During 1995, the Company adopted a Stock Purchase Plan under which 366,667
shares of common stock are authorized. Awards totaling 96,334 and 11,034
shares of common stock were granted to individuals in 1995 and 1996,
respectively, at an exercise price of $0.24 per share, the estimated fair
market value of the shares on the date of the award. No awards were granted
during the year ended December 31, 1997. Generally, the shares are subject to
a 50-month vesting period. As of December 31, 1997, 14,434 shares remained
unvested. Unvested shares are subject to repurchase, at the Company's option,
at the original purchase price upon a participant's termination. Of the shares
granted, 41,734 had been repurchased by the Company as of December 31, 1997.
 
  In January 1998, the Company adopted the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
(the "Purchase Plan") and reserved a total of 600,000 shares of the Company's
common stock for issuance thereunder. The Purchase Plan permits eligible
employees to purchase common stock through payroll deductions at a purchase
price of 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock on the
first day of the offering period or on the last day of the purchase period.
 
 Stock Options
 
  In January 1997, the Company adopted the 1997 Equity Incentive Plan (the
"1997 Plan"), which serves as the successor to the Company's 1995 Stock Option
Plan (the "1995 Plan"). Options granted under the 1995 Plan before its
termination continue to remain outstanding in accordance with their terms, but
no further options may be granted under the 1995 Plan. Options granted under
the 1995 Plan were granted with exercise prices not less than fair market
value at the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors, generally
vested 12% after six months from the date of grant and 2% per month
thereafter, and generally are exercisable for a term of ten years after the
date of grant. Under the 1997 Plan, the Company has reserved 2,200,000 shares
of the Company's common stock for issuance to employees and consultants which
may be granted as either incentive or nonqualified stock options. Options
granted under the 1997 Plan generally vest 12% after six months from the date
of grant and 2% per month thereafter and are generally exercisable for a term
of ten years after the date of grant.
 
  In January 1998, the Company adopted the 1998 Equity Incentive Plan (the
"1998 Plan"). On the effective date of the Company's initial public offering
("IPO"), the 1998 Plan became effective as the successor to the 1997 Plan. The
Company has reserved 1,500,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the
1998 Plan in addition to the shares that remain from the 1997 Plan. The 1998
Plan permits the grant of either incentive or nonqualified stock options.
Options granted under the 1998 Plan will have a maximum term of ten years and
generally will vest over four years. The 1998 Plan will terminate in January
2008.
 
                                     F-14
<PAGE>
 
                          EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
  (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1998 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                            AND 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
 
  In January 1998, the Company adopted the 1998 Directors Stock Option Plan
(the "Directors Plan") and reserved a total of 200,000 shares of the Company's
common stock for issuance thereunder. Each nonemployee director who is or
becomes a member of the Board of Directors on or after the effective date of
the Company's IPO, with certain limited exceptions, will initially be granted
an option for 20,000 shares of the Company's common stock and, thereafter, an
option to purchase an additional 5,000 shares of the Company's common stock
annually. Initial options granted under the Directors Plan will vest as to 33
1/3% of the shares on each annual anniversary of the date of grant. Annual
grants will vest 25% on each annual anniversary of the date of grant. The
exercise price of the options granted under the Directors Plan will be at the
fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant.
 
  The Company uses the intrinsic value method in accounting for its plans.
Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for any of its stock
options because the exercise price of each option equaled or exceeded the fair
value of the underlying common stock as of the grant date for each stock
option, except for options granted from March through December 1997. With
respect to the options granted from March to December 1997, the Company
recorded deferred stock compensation of $3,482,000 for the difference at the
grant date between the exercise price and the fair value of the common stock
underlying the options. This amount is being amortized consistent with the
method described in FASB Interpretation No. 28 over the vesting period of the
individual options, generally 50 months. Had compensation cost been determined
in accordance with SFAS No. 123, the Company's 1995, 1996 and 1997 net loss
would not have been significantly affected.
 
  The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the
minimum value method with the following weighted average assumptions:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                --------------------------------
                                                   1995       1996       1997
                                                ---------- ---------- ----------
   <S>                                          <C>        <C>        <C>
   Dividends...................................       None       None       None
   Expected life............................... 3.20 years 2.55 years 2.59 years
   Risk free interest rates....................      5.71%      6.28%      5.91%
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-15
<PAGE>
 
                          EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
  (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1998 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                            AND 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
 
  A summary of the status of the Company's stock option plans is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   1995                    1996                     1997
                          ----------------------- ----------------------- -------------------------
                                     WEIGHTED-               WEIGHTED-                 WEIGHTED-
                                      AVERAGE                 AVERAGE                   AVERAGE
                          SHARES   EXERCISE PRICE SHARES   EXERCISE PRICE  SHARES    EXERCISE PRICE
                          -------  -------------- -------  -------------- ---------  --------------
<S>                       <C>      <C>            <C>      <C>            <C>        <C>
Outstanding at beginning
 of year................      --       $ --       125,083      $0.24        292,033      $0.25
  Granted...............  131,467       0.24      224,734       0.26      1,611,800       0.82
  Forfeited.............   (6,384)      0.24      (52,850)      0.24       (105,860)      0.64
  Exercised.............      --         --        (4,934)      0.25        (88,687)      0.32
                          -------                 -------                 ---------
Outstanding at end of
 period.................  125,083       0.24      292,033       0.25      1,709,286       0.76
                          =======                 =======                 =========
Options exercisable at
 end of year............   35,667       0.24       80,667       0.25        223,950       0.45
                          =======                 =======                 =========
Weighted-average fair
 value of options
 granted during the year
 at market..............  131,407       0.05      224,734       0.04        333,267       0.04
Weighted-average fair
 value of options
 granted during the year
 at less than market....                 --                      --       1,278,533       2.30
</TABLE>
 
  The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding
as of December 31, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         OUTSTANDING                      EXERCISABLE
                          ----------------------------------------- ------------------------
                                       WEIGHTED-
                                        AVERAGE        WEIGHTED-                WEIGHTED-
                          NUMBER OF    REMAINING        AVERAGE     NUMBER OF    AVERAGE
RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES   SHARES   CONTRACTUAL LIFE EXERCISE PRICE  SHARES   EXERCISE PRICE
- ------------------------  --------- ---------------- -------------- --------- --------------
<S>                       <C>       <C>              <C>            <C>       <C>
$0.24 to 0.30...........  1,003,228    9.14 years        $0.29       186,423      $0.28
$0.75...................    569,725    9.79               0.75        30,860       0.75
$3.75 to 5.25...........    136,333    9.86               4.32         6,667       3.75
                          ---------                                  -------
                          1,709,286    9.42               0.77       223,950       0.45
                          =========                                  =======
</TABLE>
 
 Warrants
 
  In 1995, in connection with various financing arrangements and the
appointment of a director, the Company issued warrants to purchase an
aggregate of 85,173 shares of the Company's common stock at prices ranging
from $2.40 to $4.50 per share. These warrants expire at various dates through
December 1997.
 
  In 1996, in connection with various financing arrangements, the Company
issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 17,157 shares of the Company's
common stock at prices ranging from $2.40 to $2.67 per share. These warrants
expire at various dates in 2001. Also in 1996, in connection with various
lease agreements and other matters, the Company issued warrants to purchase
329,167 shares of the Company's Series B1 redeemable convertible preferred
stock at $0.84 per share. These warrants expire at various dates from June
2003 through August 2004.
 
                                     F-16
<PAGE>
 
                          EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
  (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1998 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                            AND 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
 
  In March and June 1997, in connection with the bridge financing convertible
promissory notes discussed above, the Company issued warrants to purchase
198,697 shares of the Company's Series B redeemable convertible preferred
stock at $0.84 per share. The warrants expire in 2002 or upon the closing of
an IPO. In April 1997, in connection with the $3,000,000 equipment line of
credit (see Note 3), the Company issued warrants to purchase 196,429 shares of
the Company's Series B1 redeemable convertible preferred stock at $0.84 per
share. These warrants expire in April 2007. In June 1997, in connection with
the issuance of the Company's Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock,
the Company issued warrants to purchase 1,579,011 shares of the Company's
Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at $1.362 per share. These
warrants expire the earlier of June 2002 or immediately prior to the closing
of a Qualified IPO. In August and September 1997, in connection with the
$3,000,000 and the $6,500,000 equipment lines of credit (see Note 3), the
Company issued warrants to purchase a total of 271,598 shares of the Company's
Series C1 redeemable convertible preferred stock at $1.362 per share. These
warrants expire through September 2004. In December 1997, in connection with
the $8,000,000 line of credit facility and the $5,000,000 equipment line of
credit (see Note 3), the Company issued warrants to purchase 247,826 and
125,000 shares, respectively, of the Company's Series D1 redeemable
convertible preferred stock at $2.85 per share, expiring in December 2007 and
June 2003, respectively.
 
  The fair value of all warrant issuances, calculated using the Black-Scholes
option pricing module, using the following assumptions: dividends--none;
expected life--contractual term; risk free interest rates--5.7% to 6.7%;
volatility--60%, was not material except as follows:
 
  .  The 1,579,011 warrants issued in connection with the sale of the Series
     C redeemable convertible preferred stock for which the fair value was
     determined to be $1,200,000. This amount was recorded as a reduction in
     the carrying value of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred
     stock and recorded as the carrying value of the Series C warrants as
     reflected in the accompanying December 31, 1997 balance sheet, to be
     accreted to the redemption price through June 2003.
 
  .  The 247,826 and 125,000 warrants issued in connection with the
     $8,000,000 line of credit facility and $5,000,000 equipment line of
     credit, respectively, for which the values were determined to be
     $530,000 and $200,000, respectively. These amounts will be amortized on
     a straight-line basis through the commitment periods of the credit
     facilities.
 
 Initial Public Offering
 
  On March 24, 1998, the Company completed its IPO of 5,125,000 shares of its
common stock. Net proceeds to the Company, after deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and offering expenses, aggregated approximately
$69,900,000. At the closing of the IPO, all redeemable convertible preferred
stock was converted to common stock and all warrants to purchase redeemable
convertible preferred stock were converted to warrants to purchase common
stock on a one-for-three basis. In connection with the IPO, certain warrant
holders exercised their warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred
stock (which converted into common stock), which resulted in additional
proceeds of $1,842,000.
 
(6) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
 Leases
 
  The Company has entered into a number of operating leases for its
facilities. The leases expire from 1998 through 2007. As of December 31, 1997,
the Company had collateralized letters of credit with certificates of deposit
aggregating $1,753,000 for these leases. The Company also leases certain data
center infrastructure and
 
                                     F-17
<PAGE>
 
                          EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
  (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1998 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                            AND 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
equipment under capital leases (see Note 5). Certain of these capital leases
were entered into as sales-leaseback transactions. No gain or loss was
recorded in any such transaction due to the short holding period from the time
the assets was purchased until the time of the sale-leaseback. Future minimum
lease payments as of December 31, 1997 were as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   YEAR ENDING                                                 CAPITAL OPERATING
   DECEMBER 31,                                                LEASES   LEASES
   ------------                                                ------- ---------
   <S>                                                         <C>     <C>
   1998....................................................... $1,543   $ 3,160
   1999.......................................................  1,476     3,282
   2000.......................................................  1,357     3,366
   2001.......................................................    --      3,316
   2002.......................................................    --      2,702
   Thereafter.................................................    --     10,910
                                                               ------   -------
   Total minimum lease payments...............................  4,376   $26,736
                                                                        =======
   Less amount representing imputed interest..................    791
                                                               ------
   Present value of minimum lease payments....................  3,585
   Less current portion.......................................  1,143
                                                               ------
   Capital lease obligations, less current portion............ $2,442
                                                               ======
</TABLE>
 
  In December 1997, the Company entered into an agreement for a 42-month
$4,000,000 equipment lease facility for equipment delivered no later than
March 31, 1998. Subsequent to December 31, 1997, the Company drew down the
entire amount under this facility.
 
  Subsequent to December 31, 1997, the Company entered into approximately
$3,100,000 of additional capital leases and has approximately $3,900,000
remaining under an equipment lease facility.
 
  The Company's rent expense was $85,000, $248,000, $1,764,000, $454,000 and
$2,069,000 for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, and the six
months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively.
 
 Telecommunications Agreements
 
  In September 1997, the Company entered into an agreement to obtain
telecommunications services for a period of 60 months with a minimum
commitment of $230,000 per month.
 
  In July 1998, the Company entered into an agreement to obtain
telecommunication services for a period of 36 months with a minimum commitment
of approximately $500,000 per month.
 
 Royalty Agreement
 
  In April 1997, the Company entered into an agreement with a software company
under which the Company licensed certain software for a royalty based on 1% of
the Company's gross revenues. Royalty expenses related to this agreement have
not been significant to date.
 
                                     F-18
<PAGE>
 
                          EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
  (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1998 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                            AND 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
 
 Contingencies
 
  The Company is engaged in certain legal actions arising in the ordinary
course of business. The Company believes that it has adequate legal defenses
and that the ultimate outcome of these actions will not have a material effect
on the Company's financial position and results of operations.
 
(7) INCOME TAXES
 
  As of December 31, 1997, the Company had federal and California net
operating loss carryforwards of approximately $29,600,000 and $14,800,000,
respectively, which can be used to offset the Company's future tax
liabilities. The federal and California net operating loss carryforwards will
begin expiring in 2011 and 2001, respectively.
 
  Federal and California tax laws impose significant restrictions on the
utilization of net operating loss carryforwards in the event of a shift in the
ownership of the Company that constitutes an "ownership change" as defined by
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. As stated in Note 5, the Company has
had numerous equity transactions. These transactions most likely have
subjected its net operating loss to the aforementioned restrictions. The
Company plans to compute exact limitations upon realization of taxable
earnings and associated utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards.
 
  The Company has deferred tax assets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 of
approximately $2,000,000 and $11,700,000, respectively, which have been fully
offset by valuation allowances. The deferred tax assets principally resulted
from the net operating loss carryforwards. The Company has provided a
valuation allowance due to the uncertainty of generating future profits that
would allow for the realization of such deferred tax assets. Accordingly, no
tax benefit was recorded in the accompanying statements of operations.
 
(8) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
 Reincorporation and Reverse Stock Split
 
  In February 1998, the Company reincorporated in the state of Delaware.
Following the closing of the Company's IPO, the Certificate of Incorporation
of the Delaware successor corporation authorized 50,000,000 shares of common
stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock,
$0.001 par value per share. The reincorporation resulted in a one-for-three
reverse stock split of the Company's common stock. The accompanying financial
statements have been retroactively restated to give effect to the
reincorporation and reverse stock split but the numbers of shares of
redeemable convertible preferred stock have not been adjusted as the reverse
stock split adjusts the conversion ratio but not the number of outstanding
preferred shares.
 
 Leases
 
  In February 1998, the Company entered into an additional facility operating
lease with a 120-month term. Future minimum lease payments commence at
approximately $20,000 per month and increases to approximately $60,000 per
month upon completion of construction of the related facility.
 
                                     F-19
<PAGE>
 
                          EXODUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
  (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1998 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                            AND 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
 
 Stock Options
 
  In January 1998, the Company granted stock options to purchase 333,334
shares of Common Stock to an officer of the Company, of which half have an
exercise price of $9.00 per share and vest 100% after three years and half
have an exercise price of $18.00 per share and vest 100% after five years. The
stock options accelerate and become fully vested if the Company is acquired or
sells all or substantially all of its assets.
 
  In March 1998, the Company granted a stock option to an officer of the
Company to purchase 721,981 shares of Common Stock with an exercise price of
$9.00 per share that vests as to 12% of such shares in September 1998 and
vests as to an additional 2% per month thereafter.
 
                                     F-20



© 2019 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission